Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011

Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011
PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF ONTARIO INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, OSHAWA, ONTARIO 2010

OUR VISION
The University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) is an innovative and market-oriented institution,
pursuing inquiry, discovery and application through excellence in teaching and learning, value-added
research and a vibrant student life.
OUR MISSION
The mission of UOIT is to:
:: Provide career-oriented undergraduate and graduate university programs with a primary focus on programs
that are innovative and responsive to the needs of students and employers;
:: Advance the highest quality of research;
:: Advance the highest quality of learning, teaching, and professional practice in a technologically enabled
environment;
:: Contribute to the advancement of Ontario and Canada in the global context with particular focus on
Durham Region and Northumberland County;
:: Foster a fulfilling student experience and a rewarding educational (work) environment; and
:: Offer programs with a view to creating opportunities for college graduates to complete a university degree.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
UOIT reserves the right to make changes to the information contained in this calendar, in its printed or
electronic form, without prior notice. Though all reasonable efforts are made to ensure the publication of
accurate information, the university does not warrant that all general information and course references
are accurate.
In the event of an inconsistency between this calendar and the regulations and policies established by the
faculties, Academic Council or university Board of Governors, the regulations and policies established by the
faculties, Academic Council and Board of Governors shall prevail.
Not every course listed in this calendar will necessarily be available every year. Lists of available courses
are provided on the university website at www.uoit.ca.
The university reserves the right to limit access to courses or programs, and at its discretion, to withdraw
particular programs, options or courses altogether. In such circumstances, the university undertakes to the
best of its ability to enable students registered in affected programs to complete their degree requirements.
The regulations and policies published herein apply only for the academic year indicated on the cover page
of the publication.
Students have a responsibility to:

:: Familiarize themselves with degree requirements;
:: Familiarize themselves with the regulations and policies of the university and its faculties; and
:: Ensure they register for the courses necessary to satisfy their degree requirements.
Students agree by the act of registration to be bound by the regulations, policies and bylaws of UOIT that
are in effect at the time of registration.
Protection of privacy
UOIT collects and retains student and alumni personal information under the authority of the UOIT Act
(2002). The information is related directly to and needed by the university for the purposes of admission,
registration, graduation and other activities related to its programs.
The information will be used to admit, register and graduate students, record academic achievement, issue
library cards, and administer and operate academic, athletic, recreational, residence, alumni and other
university programs.
Information on admission, registration and academic achievement may also be disclosed and used for
statistical and research purposes by the university, other post-secondary institutions and the provincial
government.
Personal information provided for admission and registration and any other information placed into the
student record will be collected, protected, used, disclosed and retained in compliance with Ontario’s
Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act (R.S.O. 1990, c. F.31).
In addition to collecting personal information for its own purposes the university collects specific and
limited personal information on behalf of Your Student Association (SA). Your SA uses this information for
the purpose of membership administration, elections, annual general meetings and its health plans. The
university discloses the personal information to the student association only for those purposes. Please
contact Your SA office if you have any questions about its collection, use and disclosure of the information.
T: 905.721.1609, E: [email protected]
If you have any questions about the collection, use and disclosure of your personal information by the
university, please contact the director, Human Resources, 2000 Simcoe Street North, Oshawa ON L1H 7K4
T: 905.721.8668.
Notification of disclosure of personal information to Statistics Canada

The federal Statistics Act provides the legal authority for Statistics Canada to obtain access to personal
information held by educational institutions. The information may be used only for statistical purposes, and
the confidentiality provisions of the Statistics Act prevent the information from being released in any way
that would identify a student.
Under the federal Privacy Act, individuals can request access to their own information held on federal
information banks, including those held by Statistics Canada.
Students who do not wish to have their information used can ask Statistics Canada to remove their
identifying information from the national database.
Further information on the use of this information can be obtained from Statistics Canada’s website at
www.statcan.gc.ca/concepts/psis-siep/contact-eng.htm or by writing to:
Institutional Surveys Section
Centre for Education Statistics,
Statistics Canada
Main Building, SC 2100-K
Tunney’s Pasture, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0T6
MESSAGE FROM THE DEAN
OF GRADUATE STUDIES
Graduate studies at the University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) is a growing and vibrant
community that will broaden your academic horizons.
Since 2006, we have successfully launched more than 20 graduate programs at the master’s and doctoral
levels. Our graduate programs provide students with high-quality education through the expertise of our
globally experienced professors and hands-on, progressive research. Upon graduating from UOIT you will be
equipped with the skills and experience needed to contribute to the advancement of Ontario and Canada in
a global context. At UOIT we are preparing the leaders of tomorrow.
Graduate students at UOIT benefit from state-of-the-art academic facilities and talented professors who are
engaged in the highest-quality research. Our award-winning campus is the ideal environment for interactive
learning. With modern meeting places and wireless Internet access on campus, students have plenty of
opportunity for shared learning. In addition, our high-tech research labs and our inviting Campus Library with
its dedicated graduate student study space are excellent settings for exploration and analysis.
UOIT has built a strong national reputation for research excellence. The university’s commitment to research
excellence has resulted in major research awards and grants, including six prestigious Canadian Research
Chairs and five industrial chairs in strategic national priority areas. Contributing to this research excellence
are our innovative professors who hold degrees from more than 20 countries. Their real-world, global
experience and established reputations make them first-class educators.
This calendar contains the programs that we are offering in the 2010-2011 academic year. Please be sure
to visit our website at www.gradstudies.uoit.ca for updates on program approvals, new program additions
and changes to any policies and/or procedures.
We are very proud of all that we have accomplished here at UOIT and look forward to continued success and
a bright future ahead.
Sincerely,
Dr. Brian Campbell
Associate provost and dean of Graduate Studies
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
USED IN THIS CALENDAR
Academic standing: A student’s official status of enrolment at the university as evaluated at the end
of each semester; used to assess whether students are meeting the standards
prescribed for continuing in the university and/or their programs.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN THIS CALENDAR

Academic year: The period from September 1 to August 31.
Appeal: The request for review of a judgment regarding the application of regulations.
Award: A general term used to mean any presentation, monetary or otherwise, made to a
student.
Bursary: A monetary award given to a student where the primary criterion is not academic
performance.
Concentration: A prescribed set of courses in a particular discipline that a student may take out of
interest or for purposes of external accreditation that do not result in the award of
a formal credential.
Co-requisite: A course that must be taken concurrently with the course for which it is required.
Course: A unit of work in a particular subject normally extending through one semester or
session, the completion of which carries credit toward the requirements of a degree 5
or graduate diploma.
Credit hour: The measure used to reflect the relative weight of a given course toward the
fulfilment of degree requirements. Unless otherwise indicated, a course normally
has a credit hour value of three.
Credit restriction: Where two or more courses are closely related, credit may be limited to one of the
courses.
Cross-listed course: A course that is listed under two or more faculties and can be taken for credit from
one faculty only.
Degree: A credential awarded upon successful completion of a set of required and elective
courses as specified by a program in a particular faculty.
Field: A distinct area of strength, concentration or specialization that has been approved
by the Ontario Council on Graduate Studies (OCGS) for advertisement within a given
program.
Final examination: Final examinations as referenced in the Graduate Academic Calendar and Course
Catalogue should be interpreted in the ordinary sense of the word; usually covering
all, or a very substantial portion of the material dealt within one academic term.
GPA: The abbreviation for grade point average. A semester GPA is the weighted average
of the grade points awarded on the basis of academic performance during a single
semester. A cumulative GPA is the weighted average of the grade points awarded in
all courses completed by a student at the university.
Graduate diploma: A stand-alone, direct-entry program designed to suit the needs of a particular
clientele or market developed by a unit already offering a master’s (and sometimes
a doctoral) program.
Prerequisite: A course that must be successfully completed prior to commencing a second
course for which it is required.
Program: A series of courses, the successful completion of which qualifies the candidate for
a formal credential, provided all other academic and financial requirements are met.
Registration: The process of selecting, enrolling in, and being assessed fees for courses.
Registration period: In a semester, the period extending from the first day of registration to the 10th
lecture day, as stated in the academic schedule. In a session, it is the period
extending from the first day of registration to the fifth lecture day.
Scholarship: A monetary award to a student based primarily on academic merit, although other
criteria may be considered based on donors’ requirements.
Semester: 64 days of lectures and an examination period.
Session: A period of approximately seven consecutive weeks in the summer semester
consisting of 32 days of lectures. The first half of summer semester is designated
as spring session; the second half is designated as summer session.
Special student: A student taking courses but not seeking a degree. With the permission of the
dean, such a student may subsequently be admitted to a degree program in
which case courses already taken may be used to satisfy undergraduate degree
GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN THIS CALENDAR
requirements. Special students register formally in courses, with the consent of the
instructor; such students submit assignments, write examinations, receive grades
and may request an official transcript. Such students are charged full course fees.
Specialization/ An increased depth of study in a particular field within a major program.
concentration:
Transcript: The complete report of a student’s academic record.
Transfer credit: Academic credit granted for work completed at an institution other than UOIT.
Visiting student: A student participating in a formalized exchange program with another university.
Such students normally pay fees at their home institution and take courses at the
host institution.
Waiver: Permission granted by the appropriate authority for exemption from a particular
program requirement and/or a particular university regulation.
6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 1: General information 4.5.11 Time limits
1.1 History of the university 4.5.11.1 Extensions
1.2 Mobile learning environment 4.5.12 Absences from studies
1.3 Campus library 4.5.13 Repeating courses
4.5.14 Examinations
Section 2: Academic schedule 2010-2011 4.5.14.1 Deferral of course examinations
4.5.14.2 Supplemental examinations
Section 3: Governing bodies and staff 4.5.15 Grading and academic standing
3.1 Board of Governors 4.5.15.1 Grading
3.2 University officers 4.5.15.2 Grading scheme
3.3 Deans 4.5.15.3 Academic standing
4.5.15.4 Minimum average
Section 4: Policies and procedures 4.5.15.5 Grade changes
for Graduate Studies 4.5.16 Grade re-appraisals and appeals
TABLE OF CONTENTS
4.1 Administration of Graduate Studies 4.5.16.1 Requesting a grade re-appraisal
4.1.1 Dean of Graduate Studies 4.5.16.2 Grade appeals
4.1.1.1 Responsibilities 4.5.17 Other academic appeals
4.1.2 Graduate program directors 4.5.18 Documents and student files
4.1.2.1 Appointment 4.5.19 Conferral of degrees
4.1.2.2 Responsibilities 4.5.20 Provision for waiver of regulations
4.2 Graduate faculty appointments 4.5.21 Other academic policies
4.2.1 Categories of graduate teaching and 4.6 Student supervision 7
supervision privileges 4.6.1 Faculty advisor appointment
4.3 Program 4.6.2 Faculty advisor responsibilities
4.3.1 Program format 4.6.3 Research supervisor appointment
4.3.2 New graduate programs and review of 4.6.4 Research supervisor responsibilities
existing programs 4.6.5 Student responsibilities
4.4 Admission policies and regulations 4.6.6 Student-research supervisor conflicts
4.4.1 Application procedure 4.7 Supervisory committee
4.4.1.1 Application deadline dates 4.7.1 Appointment
4.4.1.2 Assessment of eligibility 4.7.2 Composition
4.4.1.3 Honesty in applications 4.7.3 Responsibilities
4.4.2 Admission requirements 4.7.4 Chair’s responsibilities
4.4.2.1 Transfer from a thesis-based master’s to 4.8 Thesis, project or major paper
a PhD program 4.8.1 PhD candidacy examinations
4.4.3 Transfer credits 4.8.1.1 Outcomes of the PhD candidacy
4.4.4 English language proficiency examination
4.4.5 Types of graduate students and offers of 4.8.2 Permission to begin
admission 4.8.3 Use of copyright material in student work
4.4.5.1 Classification of graduate students 4.8.4 Oral examination for master’s and
4.4.5.2 Deferral of applications and offers doctoral candidates
4.4.5.3 Refusal of admission 4.8.4.1 Examining committee
4.4.5.4 Appeal of admission decisions 4.8.4.2 External and university examiners
4.4.6 Students with disabilities 4.8.4.3.1 External examiner’s report for master’s
4.4.7 Program changes and doctoral candidates
4.4.8 Mature applicants 4.8.4.3.2 University examiner’s report for doctoral
4.4.9 Visiting students candidates
4.4.9.1 Visiting students within Canada – OVGSP 4.8.4.4 Approval for the oral examination
and CUGTA 4.8.4.5 Examination procedure
4.4.9.2 Visiting students outside Canada – 4.8.4.6 Outcomes of completion of the oral
letters of permission examination
4.4.10 Readmission of former UOIT graduate 4.8.5 Project or major paper evaluation
students 4.8.6 Thesis, project or major paper notation
4.5 Registration policies and regulations 4.8.7 Permission to withhold dissertation/
4.5.1 Session dates thesis from public domain
4.5.2 Degree requirements 4.8.8 Submission of student work
4.5.3 Prerequisites/co-requisites 4.9 Intellectual property
4.5.4 Full-time/part-time status 4.9.1 Students and ownership of intellectual
4.5.5 Selecting courses property
4.5.6 Registration 4.9.2 Students and ownership of externally
4.5.7 Course changes and voluntary withdrawal funded research
4.5.8 Program changes 4.10 Academic conduct
4.5.9 Second degrees 4.10.1 Academic conduct
4.5.10 Residency requirements 4.10.2 Academic misconduct: offences
4.10.3Procedure for resolution Section 9: Graduate programs offered by the
4.10.3.1Informal resolution Faculty of Education
4.10.3.2Formal resolution 9.1 Contact information
4.10.4Penalties 9.2 Graduate programs offered
4.10.5Dismissal 9.3 Graduate faculty
4.10.6Academic appeals 9.4 Program information
4.10.6.1Graduate academic appeals procedures 9.5 Admission requirements
4.11 Fees and financial assistance 9.6 Part-time studies
4.11.1 Tuition and miscellaneous service fees 9.7 Degree requirements
4.11.2 Financial assistance 9.7.1 Master of Arts (MA) in Education
9.7.2 Master of Education (MEd)
Section 5: Fees and charges 9.7.3 Graduate Diploma in Education and
5.1 General information Digital Technologies
5.2 Methods of payment 9.8 Course listing
5.3 Tuition and fees
5.3.1 Health and dental insurance Section 10: Graduate programs offered by the
5.3.2 Mobile Learning program Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science
5.3.3 Residence and campus dining plans 10.1 Contact information
5.3.4 Parking 10.2 Graduate programs offered
TABLE OF CONTENTS
10.3 Graduate faculty

Section 6: Financial Aid and Awards 10.4 Program information
6.1 Financial assistance 10.5 Admission requirements
6.2 Ontario Student Assistance Program 10.6 Part-time studies
6.3 On-campus work programs 10.7 Degree requirements
6.4 Bursaries 10.7.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in
6.5 Emergency loans Nuclear Engineering
8 6.6 Graduate student awards 10.7.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Nuclear
6.7 Donor awards Engineering
6.8 Internal scholarships 10.7.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Nuclear
6.9 External scholarships Engineering
6.10 Other sources of funding 10.7.4 Graduate Diplomas in Nuclear Technology
6.10.1 Graduate Research Assistantships (GRAs) 10.8 Course listing
6.10.2 Teaching Assistantships (TAs)
6.10.3 Research Assistantships (RAs) Section 11: Graduate programs offered by the
Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science
Section 7: Student Services 11.1 Contact information
7.1 Introduction 11.1.2 Graduate degrees offered
7.2 Student Life 11.1.3 Admission requirements
7.3 Hired Career Services 11.1.4 Part-time studies
7.4 Personal financial counselling 11.1.5 General degree requirements
7.5 Services for students with disabilities 11.2 Automotive Engineering
7.6 Athletics 11.2.1 Graduate faculty
7.7 Chaplain services 11.2.2 Program information
7.8 Campus Health Centre 11.2.3 Degree requirements
7.9 Residence 11.2.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in
7.10 Graduate Student Council Automotive Engineering
7.11 Student rights and responsibilities 11.2.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in
Automotive Engineering
Section 8: Graduate programs offered by the Faculty 11.2.4 Course listing
of Business and Information Technology 11.3 Electrical and Computer Engineering
8.1 Contact information 11.3.1 Graduate faculty
8.2 Graduate degrees offered 11.3.2 Program information
8.3 Master of Business Administration (MBA) 11.3.3 Degree requirements
8.3.1 Graduate faculty 11.3.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in
8.3.2 Program information Electrical and Computer Engineering
8.3.3 Admission requirements 11.3.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Electrical
8.3.4 Part-time studies and Computer Engineering
8.3.5 Degree requirements 11.3.3.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Electrical
8.3.6 Course listing and Computer Engineering
8.4 Master of Information Technology Security 11.3.4 Course listing
(MITS) 11.4 Mechanical Engineering
8.4.1 Graduate faculty 11.4.1 Graduate faculty
8.4.2 Program information 11.4.2 Program information
8.4.3 Admission requirements 11.4.3 Degree requirements
8.4.4 Part-time studies 11.4.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in
8.4.5 Degree requirements Mechanical Engineering
11.4.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in
Mechanical Engineering
11.4.3.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Mechanical Section 14: Graduate programs offered by the
Engineering Faculty of Social Science and Humanities
11.4.4 Course listing 14.1 Contact Information
14.2 Graduate degree offered
Section 12: Graduate programs offered by the 14.3 Graduate faculty
Faculty of Health Sciences 14.4 Program information
12.1 Contact information 14.5 Admission requirements
12.2 Graduate degree offered 14.6 Part-time studies
12.3 Graduate faculty 14.7 Degree requirements
12.4 Program information 14.8 Course listing
12.5 Admission requirements
12.6 Part-time studies Section 15: Graduate course descriptions
12.7 Degree requirements
12.8 Course listing
Section 13: Graduate programs offered by the

Faculty of Science
13.1 Contact information
13.1.1 Graduate degrees offered
TABLE OF CONTENTS
13.2 Applied Bioscience
13.2.1 Graduate faculty
13.2.2 Program information
13.2.3 Admission requirements
13.2.4 Part-time studies
13.2.5 Degree requirements
13.2.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Applied
Bioscience 9
13.2.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Applied
Bioscience
13.2.6 Course listing
13.3 Computer Science
13.3.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Computer
Science
13.3.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer
Science
13.4 Materials Science
13.4.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Materials
Science
13.4.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Materials
Science
13.5 Modelling and Computational Science
13.5.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Modelling and
Computational Science
13.5.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Modelling
and Computational Science
SECTION 1:
GENERAL INFORMATION
1.1 History of the university
For more than 10 years, prominent Durham Region leaders worked to realize their vision for a
student-focused institution dedicated to great teaching, groundbreaking research and the use of
leading-edge learning technology. By preparing students for critically needed, knowledge-intensive
careers, the university would ensure bright futures for its graduates and generate economic growth
SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION
for Durham Region, Northumberland County and all of Ontario.

In one of Ontario’s earliest efforts to combine university and college studies in one location, the
Durham University Centre was created in 1996 on the campus that UOIT shares with Durham
College. Courses offered at the centre were taught by professors from both Trent and York
universities. However, despite this notable achievement, the unique vision for UOIT remained strong.
May 9, 2001 marked a historic day for Durham Region and Northumberland County when the Ontario
government announced plans for the province’s first new university in 40 years and earmarked $60
million in start-up funds through the Ontario SuperBuild Corporation. An operations centre was set
up next to the President’s office, where 11 teams who worked seven days a week, produced a to-do
list of 856 tasks and hundreds of subtasks. Team members toured top institutions across North
10 America to study best practices.
UOIT officially came into being on June 27, 2002, with the provincial legislature’s passage of Bill
109, Schedule O, the University of Ontario Institute of Technology Act, 2002, and in September
2003, it welcomed its first class of 947 students. By September 2009, its award-winning campus
had grown to just over 6,500 undergraduate and graduate students driven by a common desire for
excellence and innovation.
From an academic perspective, professors at UOIT are experts in their fields from around the world
who challenge and inspire students to push their boundaries of thinking and learning. The
university’s commitment to research excellence sees students collaborate with professors in the
classroom, the lab, and the field, to turn innovative ideas into real solutions designed to make an
impact on society.
UOIT’s short history has been marked by tremendous accomplishment and growth and an exciting
future lies ahead. The university’s first two state-of-the-art academic buildings – the Science and
Business and Information Technology buildings – as well as its architecturally award-winning Campus
Library were completed by Fall 2004. The Ontario Power Generation (OPG) Engineering building
opened in 2006 and the 90,000-square-foot Campus Recreation and Wellness Centre opened in
June 2007. UOIT has also expanded north across Conlin Road, thanks to the estate of industrialist
E.P. Taylor and the donation of a portion of Windfields Farm; a world-class thoroughbred racing
operation that once nurtured the great champion, Northern Dancer. On this land stands the Campus
Ice Centre and the year-round Campus Tennis Centre.
In Fall 2008, the university expanded once again when it opened its first downtown Oshawa location,
which is home to the Faculty of Education.
In November 2009, UOIT assumed ownership of the historic Regent Theatre as its new lecture hall
and agreed to lease a new 30,000-square-foot, five-storey building, which is directly north of the
Regent Theatre, for classroom, lab, office and other learning areas. The new facility, located in
downtown Oshawa, is home to the Faculty of Social Science and Humanities, which is growing in size
and reputation. In addition, the university signed a 30-year lease for use of the Alger Press building,
located on Charles Street immediately east of the General Motors Centre. This building is also
utilized by UOIT’s Faculty of Social Science and Humanities. An urban campus in the heart of the city
is an ideal fit for a faculty dedicated to preparing its students to be critical thinkers and social
justice innovators.
To further support UOIT’s expansion efforts, the university received $73.4 million in funding from
both the federal and provincial governments towards the construction of two buildings on the north
Oshawa campus, the General Motors of Canada Automotive Centre of Excellence (ACE) and the
Energy Research Centre (ERC). The funding was received as part of the joint federal and provincial
Knowledge Infrastructure Program.
The General Motors of Canada Automotive Centre of Excellence (ACE), scheduled to open in late
2010, will provide faculty, staff, students and industry partners with access to what will be the first
commercial automotive research, development and innovation centre of its kind in the world. Among
its many key design and testing features, the 16,300-square-metre centre will be home to a climatic
wind tunnel with extreme weather capabilities.
The new Energy Research Centre (ERC), a 9,290-square-metre training and research facility, is
scheduled to open in 2011. It will serve as the premier training ground for future energy scientists
SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION

and nuclear engineers while enabling leading-edge research in the development of clean and green
energy and technology.
1.2 Mobile learning environment

UOIT’s leading-edge mobile learning environment enables students to connect with professors and
peers at any time and from any place, putting them one step ahead come graduation.
In fact, UOIT’s state-of-the-art Mobile Learning program is so highly regarded for the advantages it
provides to students and faculty that it has received national acclaim as the recipient of a
prestigious Silver Award of Excellence in the category of Organizational Transformation from the
Canadian Information Productivity Awards (CIPA) program.
11
At Ontario’s first laptop-based university, graduate students are not required to subscribe to the
Mobile Learning program, but they may choose to do so if they wish. This provides students with a
high-end Lenovo ThinkPad laptop, loaded with the latest program-specific software. An annual mobile-
computing fee covers the use of hardware learning tools, extensive technical support, virus
protection, high-speed Internet, free printing services, insurance and a wide range of educational
software tailored specifically to each program. In addition, all laptops are refreshed with the
appropriate program-based software every year and upgraded every two years. UOIT is committed to
giving students even more value for their education and investment in technology.
1.3 Campus Library

Most of the Campus Library’s resources are in digital format and available through its web page. Full-
text e-books, e-periodicals, and documents can be accessed by computer from virtually anywhere, 24
hours a day, seven days a week. The Campus Library also offers traditional print collections including
a casual reading collection and a graduate student study zone. Librarians are available to assist with
the skills required to navigate effectively through the information environment.
At the downtown Oshawa campus, the Faculty of Education building includes a small branch library
and an additional branch library is being planned as part of the Faculty of Social Science and
Humanities move. Students, faculty and staff may use any of these library facilities and may request
items be sent to them from another site for next day pick-up.
For more information about the Campus Library and its services, please visit www.uoit.ca/library.
SECTION 2:
ACADEMIC SCHEDULE
2010-2011
SECTION 2: ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 2010-2011
Fall term
September 6, 2010 Labour Day, no lectures.
September 8, 2010 Deadline for payment of fees, fall semester.
September 9, 2010 Lectures begin, fall semester.
Last day to submit a program change request, fall semester.
Last day to change full-time/part-time status, fall semester.
Last day to submit a leave of absence form, fall semester.
September 22, 2010 End of regular registration period; last day to add courses, fall
semester.
Last day to drop courses and receive a 100 per cent refund of
12 tuition fees, fall semester.
October 1, 2010 Last day to submit online application for graduation for
students completing degree requirements at the end of the
summer semester.
October 6, 2010 Last day to withdraw from fall semester courses without
academic consequences (i.e. without receiving a grade).
Courses dropped after this date will be recorded on the
academic transcript with a grade of W to indicate withdrawal.
tuition fees, fall semester.
October 11, 2010 Thanksgiving Day, no lectures.
November 16, 2010 Last day to withdraw from fall semester courses. As of
November 17, 2010 students may not drop courses or
withdraw. Active fall semester courses will be graded by
instructors.
December 8, 2010 Last day of lectures, fall semester.
December 10 to December 22, 2010 Fall semester final examination period. Students are advised
not to make commitments during this period (i.e. vacation,
travel plans).
December 25, 2010 to January 2, 2011 University closed.
December 31, 2010 Last day to submit online application for graduation for
students completing degree requirements at the end of the fall
semester.
Winter term
January 3, 2011 University re-opens.
January 10, 2011 Lectures begin, winter semester.
Deadline for payment of fees, winter semester.
Last day to submit a program change request, winter semester.
Last day to change full-time/part-time status, winter semester.
Last day to submit a leave of absence form, winter semester.
January 21, 2011 End of regular registration period; last day to add courses,
winter semester.
tuition fees, winter semester.
February 4, 2011 Last day to withdraw from winter semester courses without
academic consequences (i.e. without receiving a grade).

tuition fees, winter semester.
February 21, 2011 Family Day, no lectures.
February 21 to February 25, 2011 Midterm break.
February 28, 2011 Last day to submit online application for graduation for the
spring session of convocation for students completing degree
requirements at the end of the winter semester.
March 23, 2011 Last day to withdraw from winter semester courses. As of
March 24, students may not drop courses or withdraw. Active
winter semester courses will be graded by instructors.
April 14, 2011 Lectures end, winter semester.
April 18 to 30, 2011 Winter semester final examination period. Students are advised
not to make commitments during this period (i.e. vacation, 13
travel plans).
Spring/summer session
May 9, 2011 Lectures begin, summer semester, (including 14-week summer
semester and seven-week spring session).
Deadline for payment of fees, spring session and 14-week
summer semester.
Last day to submit a program change request, summer
semester.
Last day to change full-time/part-time status, summer
semester.
Last day to submit a leave of absence form, summer semester.
May 13, 2011 Last day to add seven-week spring session courses.
Last day to drop seven-week spring session courses and
receive a 100 per cent refund of tuition fees.
May 20, 2011 Last day to add courses, 14-week summer semester.
Last day to drop 14-week summer semester courses and
Last day to withdraw from seven-week spring session courses
without academic consequences (i.e. without receiving a grade).
Last day to withdraw from a seven-week spring session course
and receive a 50 per cent refund of tuition fees.
May 23, 2011 Victoria Day, no lectures.
June 3, 2011 Spring Convocation.
June 6, 2011 Last day to withdraw from 14-week summer semester courses
Last day to drop 14-week summer courses and receive a
50 per cent refund of tuition fees.
June 10, 2011 Last day to withdraw from seven-week spring session courses.
As of June 11, students may not withdraw, or drop seven-week
spring session courses. Active seven-week spring session
courses will be graded by instructors.

June 22, 2011 Lectures end, seven-week spring session.
June 23 to June 26, 2011 Spring session final examination period (four days). Students
are advised not to make commitments during this period.
June 27 to June 30, 2011 Midterm break, 14-week summer semester.
July 1, 2011 Canada Day, no lectures.
July 4, 2011 Lectures begin, seven-week summer session.
Deadline for payment of fees, seven-week summer session.
Lectures resume, 14-week summer semester.
July 8, 2011 Last day to add courses, seven-week summer session.
14 Last day to drop seven-week summer session courses and
July 15, 2011 Last day to withdraw from seven-week summer session courses
Last day to drop seven-week summer session courses and
July 29, 2011 Last day to withdraw from 14-week summer semester courses.
As of July 30 students may not withdraw or drop 14-week
summer semester course. Active 14-week summer semester
courses will be graded by instructors.
August 1, 2011 Civic Holiday, no lectures.
August 5, 2011 Last day to withdraw from seven-week summer session
courses. As of August 6, students may not withdraw, or drop
seven-week summer session courses. Active seven-week
summer session courses will be graded by instructors.
August 17, 2011 Lectures end 14-week summer semester and seven-week
summer session.
August 18 to August 21, 2011 Summer semester final examination period (includes seven-
week and 14-week courses). Period spans four days inclusive.
Students are advised not to make commitments during this
period.
Note: Deadlines related to the following areas can be found on the graduate studies website: application
deadlines for admission to graduate programs at UOIT, deadlines for the submission of projects and major
papers, submission and defence of theses/dissertations, tuition refund deadlines for thesis completion
during a term, and deadlines for scholarships, awards and bursaries.
Spring/summer session courses in Education may run on a schedule that varies from the above. Consult
the Graduate Studies website for specific start and end dates.
SECTION 3:
GOVERNING BODIES AND STAFF
3.1 Board of Governors
Chair
SECTION 3: GOVERNING BODIES AND STAFF

Peter Williams
Vice-chair
Michael Martin
Members
Michael Angemeer
Perrin Beatty, Chancellor
David Broadbent
Brian Cutler
Peter Dixon 15
Carlee Fraser
John Friedlan
Allan Furlong
Adam Lipchitz
Patricia MacMillan
Doug McKay
R. Peter McLaughlin
Ian Ngaira
Bill Robinson
Larry Seeley
Angela Shama
Ann Stapleton McGuire
Gerry Warman
Heather White
Franklin Wu
Ron Bordessa, President (Ex-officio)
Karen Spearing, Secretary to the board
3.2 University officers
Chancellor
Hon. Perrin Beatty, BA
President and vice-chancellor

Ron Bordessa, BA, PhD, LLD (Hon)
Provost
Richard J. Marceau, BEng, MScA, PhD, PEng, FCAE
Associate provost, Research

Michael Owen, BA, MEd, PhD
Associate provost, Academic

Bill Muirhead, BEd, MEd, PhD
Associate provost and dean, Graduate Studies

Brian Campbell, BA, BPhil, PhD
16 Vice-president, External Relations

MaryLynn West-Moynes, BSc (Hons), MA
Vice-president, Facilities and Ancillary Services

Ralph Aprile, BTech, MBA
Vice-president, Finance and CFO

Tom Austin, BA, CMA
Vice-president, Student Affairs

Margaret Greenley, BA, MA
Registrar
Victoria Choy, BA (Hons), MA
University librarian
Pamela Drayson, BA, MA, PhD
3.3 Deans
Dean, Faculty of Business and Information Technology

Pamela Ritchie, BA, MSc, PhD
Dean, Faculty of Education

Jim Greenlaw, Hon BA, BEd, MA(T), PhD
Dean, Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science

George Bereznai, BE (Hons), MEng, PhD, PEng

Dean, Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science
George Bereznai, BE (Hons), MEng, PhD, PEng
Dean, Faculty of Health Sciences

Mary Bluechardt, EMT, BPHE, MSc, PhD
Dean, Faculty of Science

William Smith, BASc, MASc, MSc, PhD, PEng
Dean, Faculty of Social Science and Humanities 17
Nawal Ammar, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhDG BOD

SECTION 4:
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
SECTION 4: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR GRADUATE STUDIES
FOR GRADUATE STUDIES
4.1 Administration of Graduate Studies

4.1.1 Dean of Graduate Studies
The role of the dean of Graduate Studies is central to all major academic and administrative
graduate study activities.
4.1.1.1 Responsibilities
The responsibilities of the dean of Graduate Studies include:
:: Providing leadership, strategic planning and vision, particularly in the growth and development of
graduate programs and activities;
:: Administering all regulations relating to graduate studies;
18
:: Chairing the Graduate Studies Committee of Academic Council;
:: Representing graduate studies at Academic Council; and
:: Representing the university’s graduate studies to internal and external individuals and groups.
4.1.2 Graduate program directors

Each faculty and/or program has a graduate program director. This role is of critical importance to
ensuring the success of the program and its students.
Graduate program directors should have a strong interest in students and their success, thoroughly
understand UOIT’s policies and procedures for graduate studies, and be available on a regular basis
to assist students seeking advice on issues related to their studies.
The graduate program director is accountable to the dean of the faculty and, with respect to
graduate activities, to the dean of Graduate Studies.
4.1.2.1 Appointment
The graduate program director is appointed by the dean of the home faculty, in consultation with the
dean of Graduate Studies. The duration of the appointment may be two or three years at the
discretion of the home faculty dean with opportunity for re-appointment.
4.1.2.2 Responsibilities
Each graduate program director has a formal role and responsibilities relating to the Graduate
Studies Committee of Academic Council, including nominations, supervisory committees, student
awards and similar matters.
The main duties of the graduate program director are to:

:: Ensure that all graduate studies policies and procedures are administered fairly and correctly and
are communicated to students in their program;
:: Chair the academic committee for the program and make recommendations to the dean of
Graduate Studies regarding the admission of applicants;
:: Approve a program of studies for each student and provide advice regarding changes to a
student’s status or program;
:: Appoint a faculty advisor or research supervisor for each student;
:: Where applicable, work with the student and research supervisor to form a supervisory committee
and appoint a committee chair;
:: Recommend external examiners to the dean of Graduate Studies;
:: Consider requests from students to defer an examination;
:: Consider the approval of changes to a student’s grade;
:: Liaise regularly with the dean of Graduate Studies and, as needed, with the registrar;

:: Maintain student records and forward to the appropriate UOIT office(s), as required;
:: Provide advice, as needed, to units and bodies such as the Graduate Studies Committee of
Academic Council;
:: Help ensure that graduate students have the necessary resources, facilities and support;
:: Co-ordinate financial assistance (including assistantships and fellowships) for graduate students;
:: Help monitor the progress of graduate students;
:: Provide input and assistance as requested for the creation and review of graduate programs;
:: Mediate as needed in conflicts or disputes between a graduate student and his or her research
supervisor; and
:: Co-ordinate graduate student recruitment activities for the program.
4.2 Graduate faculty appointments

Graduate faculty must have an academic appointment at UOIT.
All faculty members listed in the new proposal briefs are automatically considered for graduate
faculty status as determined by the criteria set out below.
19
Graduate faculty status is effective until the program is subject to an external appraisal or internal
audit. At this point, all faculty members are re-evaluated for graduate teaching and supervision
privileges.
The updated graduate faculty list is printed annually in the paper and electronic versions of the
Graduate Calendar. It is the responsibility of the graduate program director to keep an up-to-date list
of eligible faculty members who participate in a graduate program.
4.2.1 Categories of graduate teaching and supervision privileges

There are two categories of graduate teaching and supervision privileges: graduate faculty and
associate graduate faculty.
Graduate faculty
Graduate faculty are UOIT core faculty members who are authorized to participate in a graduate
program on a regular and sustained basis. These privileges are renewable for a program whenever it
is appraised or audited. Graduate faculty are authorized to perform a variety of activities including
serving as a research supervisor or co-supervisor or as a member of a student’s supervisory
committee, participating in an examining committee, teaching graduate-level courses, acting as a
faculty advisor, and mentoring and advising graduate students in all aspects of their program.
Graduate faculty have a research program that includes externally refereed publication and
experience that is appropriate for the graduate program. Being the sole supervisor of a PhD thesis
student is restricted to graduate faculty who have advanced experience as appropriate for the
graduate program.
Core faculty wishing to become graduate faculty are nominated by the graduate program director in
consultation with the home dean(s) for the program and the core faculty member’s home dean(s).
The nomination is forwarded to the dean of Graduate Studies who can accept the appointment and
report this to the Graduate Studies Committee or refer the case to the Graduate Studies Committee
of Academic Council for the decision. Core faculty who are denied graduate faculty status may
appeal their case to the Graduate Studies Committee of Academic Council for a final decision.
Associate graduate faculty

Associate graduate faculty may be core, definite-term, or continuing appointments. They may also be
adjunct appointments or emeritus/emerita.
Associate graduate faculty may be appointed to serve on a supervisory committee. They may also be
allowed to teach graduate courses and participate on an examining committee. Associate graduate
faculty may be restricted in their privileges. For example, they may only have permission to teach
graduate courses or to supervise on projects and not theses. Candidates for associate graduate
faculty appointments are nominated by the graduate program director. Approval must be obtained
from the program home dean(s) in consultation with the faculty member’s home dean(s) with a
memo to the dean of Graduate Studies that includes an up-to-date curriculum vitae and any specified
restrictions. Associate graduate faculty appointments do not exceed three years and are renewable.
Core faculty who are denied associate graduate faculty status may appeal their case to the Graduate
Studies Committee of Academic Council for a final decision.
In no case may associate graduate faculty serve as the sole thesis supervisor of a graduate
student. Individuals with associate graduate teaching and supervision privileges may assist with
the direction of a graduate student’s research, following approval by the graduate program director,
through appointment as a thesis co-supervisor. In this case, however, one of the co-supervisors
must be a member of the graduate faculty for that graduate program.
4.3 Program
4.3.1 Program format
In some master’s programs at UOIT, students may choose between one or more formats such as a
thesis, project or a course work option. The program format and options are specified in the program
descriptions in this academic calendar and in other program information.
Some master’s programs require students to write a thesis, while other programs require a project,
major paper or other work. The thesis, project or major paper is a central part of the student’s
program and helps fulfill one of UOIT’s mandates: to promote the generation of knowledge through
20 scholarly research of the highest quality.
A thesis is an original work that is overseen by a research supervisor and a supervisory committee.
The thesis is worth at least nine credits and involves an oral examination that includes an
assessment by an external examiner. A project or major paper for a master’s degree is an original
work that is supervised by a research supervisor and includes a second reader. Projects and major
papers are worth at least six credits and do not require an oral examination or an external examiner.
A PhD student must prepare a written research proposal and pass an oral candidacy exam. Each
PhD candidate’s research and dissertation are overseen by a research supervisor and a supervisory
committee. The dissertation must be defended before an examining committee. A PhD dissertation
involves intensive research and constitutes a new contribution to the field of study.
4.3.2 New graduate programs and review of existing programs

When developing new graduate programs or reviewing existing ones, UOIT follows the policies and
procedures of the Ontario Council on Graduate Studies (OCGS). OCGS policies and procedures can
be found at http://ocgs.cou.on.ca.
4.4 Admission policies and regulations

4.4.1 Application procedure
Applications for admission to graduate studies programs are submitted online at
www.gradstudies.uoit.ca.
Supporting documentation shall be submitted to:
University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT)
Office of Graduate Studies
2000 Simcoe St. North
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 7K4
E: [email protected]
T: 905.721.8668
F: 905.721.3119
www.gradstudies.uoit.ca
4.4.1.1 Application deadline dates
Prospective students should refer to the Graduate Studies website for application deadlines.
Applications submitted after published deadlines may be considered on an individual basis.
4.4.1.2 Assessment of eligibility

Grade requirements stated below are normal minimum requirements. The actual cut-off levels for
admission cannot be determined until applications are received. Preference is given to students
presenting the strongest admission averages. Students whose grades have been affected by
exceptional circumstances that can be documented are encouraged to write to the Office of Graduate
Studies with appropriate information.
The Office of Graduate Studies at UOIT requires full disclosure of all marks achieved in all attempts
at post-secondary courses.
Applicants seeking information on the applicability of their educational backgrounds may seek
informal guidance from the Office of Graduate Studies if their circumstances are straightforward.
Applicants wanting a formal assessment of their credentials prior to application should contact a
credential evaluation service. Official determination of admissibility and transfer of credit cannot be
made until the point of application.
Regardless of educational background, all applicants to graduate programs must have specific
prerequisite subject knowledge for their intended program of study. The prerequisite subjects for
each program and other program specific requirements are listed in the faculty sections of this
calendar and on the Graduate Studies website. Normally, courses taken more than eight years prior
to application will not be accepted. Students in this situation may be admitted as mature students.
21
They may also be required to upgrade the prerequisite courses for their intended program of study.
4.4.1.3 Honesty in applications

Students must declare fully their educational history when applying to the university. Students must
also advise the Office of Graduate Studies should they attend another post-secondary institution
while registered as a student at UOIT. Failure to declare previous or concurrent post-secondary
education, or the falsification of any documents related to such academic pursuits, may result in
suspension or expulsion from the university, including possible revocation of degrees awarded.

To be eligible for admission to any graduate degree program at UOIT, applicants must meet the
following minimum requirements:
Master’s programs:
:: Hold a four-year honours degree or equivalent from a recognized institution in the area of
graduate study or a closely related subject; and
:: Overall academic standing of at least a B average (GPA: 3.0 on a 4.3 scale), with a minimum B
average in the last two full-time years (four semesters) of undergraduate work or equivalent.
PhD programs:
:: Completion of a research project or thesis-based master’s level degree from a recognized
institution in the same area of graduate study or a closely related subject; and
:: A minimum B+ average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
Graduate diplomas:
:: Hold a four-year honours degree or its equivalent from a recognized institution in the area of
graduate study or a closely related subject; and
:: A minimum B- average (GPA: 2.7 on a 4.3 scale).
Required documentation – applicable to all programs

1. A minimum of two letters of recommendation from persons having direct knowledge of the
applicant’s academic competence. Some faculties may require three letters. Academic
references are preferred; however, professional references are accepted. Letters of
recommendation should come from individuals under whom the applicant has worked closely or
studied. Knowledge of the applicant's ability must be within the last two years. Letters of
recommendation must be submitted in sealed envelopes with the author’s signature affixed
over the seal.
2. Provide proof of English proficiency if the first language is not English (See policy on English
language proficiency in section 4.4.4.)

3. One certified copy of each previous undergraduate and graduate transcript directly from the
granting institution. It is the student’s responsibility to provide a certified English translation of
the transcript if the original is in another language. Transcripts must be submitted in sealed
envelopes with the seal of the granting institution or the signature of its representative affixed
over the seal.
4. A photocopy of the applicant’s degree parchment(s). It is the student's responsibility to provide
a certified English translation of the degree parchment if the original is in another language.
5. A one- to two-page statement of interest outlining the applicant’s objectives in undertaking
graduate study. Applicants may describe career aspirations/plans, specific research interests (if
known), and experience relevant to their interests. If a potential thesis supervisor has been
contacted, he/she must be identified in the statement of interest.
6. Applicants may be asked to submit a brief description of the courses listed on the official
transcripts or provide a copy of the relevant calendar in which they are listed.
The aforementioned requirements are the minimum required for entry into graduate studies at UOIT.
Some faculties may have additional requirements for entry into a specific program. Refer to faculty
22 and program websites at www.uoit.ca.
4.4.2.1 Transfer from a thesis-based master’s to a PhD program

This transfer option is for exceptional students who have demonstrated superior academic credentials
and outstanding research potential in their master’s degree program. Applicants are considered on a
case-by-case basis and may not be considered at all in some programs. If a transfer from a master’s
degree to a PhD degree is allowed in a program, the following criteria must be met before a transfer
from a master’s to a PhD program can be considered:
:: Completion of a full master’s program of course work with at least an A- average;
:: Significant progress in the student’s master’s research project;
:: Strong evidence of ability for advanced independent research;
:: Approval of the transfer by the research supervisor(s), supervisory committee, the graduate
program director and the dean of Graduate Studies; and
:: Satisfactory completion of the PhD candidacy exam.
A judgment of satisfactory in the candidacy exam allows the student to transfer from a master’s to a
PhD. Upon transferring, the student must fulfill all other requirements for the PhD. If the judgment is
unsatisfactory, the student will continue in the master’s program. There will be only one examination
allowed for the transfer from a master’s to a PhD.
4.4.3 Transfer credits

Credits from other universities within and outside Canada are evaluated on an individual basis.
Credit is subject to the university’s residency requirement (see section 4.5.10) and to faculty
specific regulations.
All course credit transfers into graduate programs require the approval of the graduate program
director of the faculty delivering the equivalent course. Graduate courses are not considered for
transfer credit if they were completed more than eight years prior to admission or if the grade
received in the course is below B- (70 per cent). Transfer credits are indicated by a ‘T’ on the
student’s transcript and are not included in the calculation of the GPA at UOIT.
Students may request to have the outcome of an application for transfer credits re‐evaluated on the
basis of new information or additional clarification. The request should be directed to the dean of
Graduate Studies who will refer the case back to the appropriate admissions committee for a final
decision. The request must be lodged in the academic term in which the application for transfer
credit is made.
4.4.4 English language proficiency
All applicants are required to give evidence of their oral and written proficiency in English. This
requirement may be satisfied with one of the following criteria:
1. Your mother tongue or first language is English.
2. You have studied full-time for at least three years (or equivalent in part-time studies) or at least

six semesters (studying no less than three courses per semester) in a secondary school or
university where the language of instruction and examination was English. If this applies to you,
please provide verification from your school that the language of instruction and examination was
English. Please note: The minimum three-year requirement does not include time enrolled in ESL
courses.
3. You have achieved the required proficiency on one of the tests in English language acceptable to UOIT.
Below are the minimum recommended scores for English language proficiency tests. Higher scores
may be required by some programs.
TOEFL (iBT) 83-87

(Minimum sub-scores: Listening 20, Reading 20, Speaking 19, Writing 20)
TOEFL (paper-based) 560
IELTS* 7
MELAB 85
CAEL 70
23
(with no sub-score below 60)
*UOIT Graduate Studies only accepts IELTS scores in the Academic testing format. Scores from the
IELTS General Training format will not be accepted.
Students are advised to consult the Graduate Studies website for the most current requirements for
their program.
Students must arrange for original test scores to be sent directly from the testing centre to the
Office of Graduate Studies. UOIT’s TOEFL Code is 7178. Students need to provide this code to
TOEFL at the time of testing in order for test scores to be forwarded to UOIT.
Applicants who meet all the admission requirements for UOIT with the exception of the English
language proficiency requirement may enrol in the CultureWorks ESL program. This is an English
preparatory program for university-level studies offered at UOIT. Upon successful completion of all
levels, students are eligible to proceed into a graduate degree program at UOIT. More information on
the CultureWorks program can be obtained by visiting www.culture-works.com or contacting the Office
of Graduate Studies.
4.4.5 Types of graduate students and offers of admission

Regular student: Applicants meeting the minimum admission requirements are considered for
admission as a regular student.
Regular student offers of admission are either: with no conditions, conditional, or offers with
additional requirements.
Conditional admission: Conditional admissions may include, but are not limited to, requirements for
full official documentation, the completion of a previous degree, or the attainment of a minimum
score on an ESL test before the student is admitted. Conditional offers of admission have time
limits for the completion of conditions. The offer of admission will be rescinded if these conditions
are not met.
Admission with additional requirements: Applicants who have some minor deficiency may be offered
admission as a regular student with additional requirements. Offers of admission with additional
requirements may include, but are not limited to, taking additional courses to make up for minor
deficiencies or meeting other minor requirements or standards of performance. Offers of admission
with additional requirements may have time limits. Meeting additional requirements are required for
successful completion or continuation in a program.
Qualifying student: Applicants who do not meet the minimum admission requirements may be
considered for admission to a qualifying term or terms. Applicants must be approved by the graduate
program director who will prescribe a program of studies to meet the admission requirements. During
this time, the qualifying applicant will be admitted as a non-degree student until the qualifications
outlined have been met and the qualifying student can be moved into regular student status. Courses
taken and other work done during this qualifying period cannot be transferred for credit to the graduate
degree or diploma.
All offers of admission for regular and qualifying graduate students are based on the
recommendation of the graduate admissions committee for each program.
Special graduate student: Applicants who are non-degree or non-diploma seeking students may apply
to take graduate-level courses for professional upgrading or personal interest. Applicants must apply
through the Office of Graduate Studies and successful students must receive faculty consent prior to
registering for the course. Normally, courses taken as a special student cannot be transferred for
credit to a graduate degree or diploma.
4.4.5.1 Classification of graduate students

Full-time and part-time status
Regular and qualifying students may be classified as full-time or part-time.
Full-time: Graduate students are considered full-time if they meet the following criteria:
:: Pursue their studies as a full-time occupation;
:: Formally identify themselves as full-time students on all documentation;
24
:: Maintain regular contact with their faculty advisor or research supervisor, if applicable, and be
geographically available and visit the campus regularly; and
:: If employed by UOIT, work no more than an average of ten hours per week at diversionary
employment while they are registered as a full-time student. Diversionary employment is work that
takes a student’s time away from his/her program of study and research. For example, teaching
assistant positions are diversionary employment while most graduate research assistantships are
not, if they directly support students in their programs of study and research. In calculating this
diversionary work average, it is recognized that employment opportunities for full-time students
may fluctuate throughout the year. Students have a diversionary work allocation of 510 hours in
any 12 month period and no more than 255 hours in any of each of three terms: fall (September
to December), winter (January to April) and spring/summer (May to August).
Part-time: Graduate students who do not meet the above criteria are deemed part-time students.
Part-time students may have course load restrictions. Students should consult the individual faculty
with regard to the availability of part-time studies within their program.
4.4.5.2 Deferral of applications and offers

A request for a deferral of application or offer must be made in writing to the Office of Graduate
Studies.
Deferral of applications
A deferral of application is normally made after an application has been received by the university
and before an offer has been made. Applicants may defer their application for up to one year. Where
an application is deferred, the applicant will not have to re-apply but will be reassessed for
admissibility on a competitive basis in the relevant admission period.
Deferral of offers
Applicants who are offered admission may apply to defer their offer of admission for up to one year.
The deferral must be requested before the start of the term in which the student is scheduled to
begin. The deferral of offer specifies the new start-time(s) for the offer; this cannot be more than
one year. Deferrals of offer include a reassessment of scholarships, research assistantships,
teaching assistantships, and other funding commitments. An application for deferral of offer may be
rejected. In such cases, an applicant will be given the option of a deferral of application for a
specified start-time when it will be reassessed for admissibility on a competitive basis in the
relevant admission pool.
4.4.5.3 Refusal of admission
Due to enrolment limitations and additional requirements in some programs, meeting the minimum
requirements does not guarantee admission to the program. UOIT may, at its sole discretion, refuse
admission to an applicant even if the minimum admission criteria have been met.
Applicants who do not meet the minimum admission requirements and who are refused admission

may be advised by the graduate program director to complete a prescribed set of undergraduate
courses to upgrade their credentials in the hope of a more favourable consideration of the student’s
application at a later date. Students who successfully complete the prescribed set of undergraduate
courses are not guaranteed admission to a graduate program. They must resubmit an application to
the program in question and this will be considered with all other applications submitted for that
application period.
Courses taken and other work done to upgrade a student’s credentials cannot be transferred for
credit to a graduate degree or diploma.
Students completing this undergraduate work apply and register as special students as defined in
UOIT’s Undergraduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue.
4.4.5.4 Appeal of admission decisions

Individuals may appeal their admission decision in writing within 10 working days to the Office
of Graduate Studies. There may be a charge assessed for such appeals. Admission appeals are
directed to the dean of Graduate Studies who will refer the appeal to the Graduate Studies
Committee of Academic Council.
25
4.4.6 Students with disabilities
The university welcomes supporting documentation from applicants with disabilities. Any
documentation should be forwarded directly to the Centre for Students with Disabilities by the
application deadline. The Office of Graduate Studies, in cooperation with the Centre for Students
with Disabilities, ensures that each applicant is treated in a fair and equitable manner.
4.4.7 Program changes

Students wishing to pursue a program of study other than the one to which they were originally
admitted must submit a change of program form to the Office of Graduate Studies. Such requests
are subject to the admission requirements of the new program of study and final approval rests with
the graduate admissions committee of the program. Changes are permitted only if space is available
and all academic requirements are met. Students may be required to complete another application
for admission. Program change requests must be submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies before
September 1 for the fall term, January 1 for the winter term and May 1 for the spring/summer term.
4.4.8 Mature applicants

Mature student status is meant to allow individuals the opportunity to demonstrate academic
potential by other than strictly academic means.
Four years after completion of a baccalaureate degree, applicants whose academic preparation does
not meet the normal minimum admission requirements may be considered for admission as mature
students, provided they have four years of relevant professional experience. Students who have not
earned a baccalaureate degree but who have extensive and relevant workplace experience may be
considered for admission as mature students.
Applicants must submit references which specifically address the applicant’s aptitude for research
and graduate education. Such recommendations must be approved by the dean of Graduate Studies.
Students admitted to this category cannot receive transfer credit for any courses. In addition to
meeting all university and program-specific admission requirements, mature applicants must provide
a résumé and a one- or two-page statement of interest. The statement of interest should outline their:
1. Reasons for wanting to pursue graduate studies.
2. Future career goals.
3. Skills and activities that have prepared them for success at university including work or volunteer
experience, professional development activities, personal study and interests.
4. Explanations/documentation for any previous poor academic performance.
Applicants may be asked to submit samples of writing within a professional context (e.g., company
reports). Individual programs may request additional materials from applicants.
Admission decisions may be appealed to the dean of Graduate Studies. (See section 4.4.5.4.)
4.4.9 Visiting students

If certain conditions are met, UOIT students may apply to take courses at universities within and
outside Canada and to apply for credits earned to be transferred to their graduate program at UOIT.
Similarly, students from other universities within and outside Canada may apply to take courses at
UOIT that can be applied to their graduate work at the institution at which they are registered.
4.4.9.1 Visiting students within Canada – OVGSP and CUGTA

The Ontario Visiting Graduate Student Plan (OVGSP) permits a graduate student to take courses at
other Ontario universities while remaining a registered student at his or her home institution. UOIT
students must complete the OVGSP form and provide an outline of the course they wish to take,
desired term, and the reason for requesting such permission. The course must be a requirement of
the student’s program and the request must be formally approved by the graduate program director
as well as the student’s faculty advisor or research supervisor before it can be submitted to the
Office of Graduate Studies. Students from other universities wishing to register for graduate-level
courses at UOIT should contact the graduate studies office at their home institution for more
information regarding the process.
Similarly, UOIT students wishing to take courses at institutions outside Ontario but within Canada
26 may do so through the Canadian University Graduate Transfer Agreement (CUGTA). This agreement
provides students in good standing enrolled in a graduate degree or diploma program at a CAGS
member university the opportunity to take courses offered at another member institution (host) for
transfer credit to the program at their institution (home). The conditions for eligibility, documentation
and process are similar to those of the OVGS Plan. The CUGTA agreement requires students to pay
tuition for the course(s) concerned and applicable incidental fees at the host institution.
The minimum mark a student must achieve to have the course transferred is B- (70 per cent). The
grade from the transfer credit is not included in the calculation of the GPA at UOIT. Once the course
is completed, students are responsible for having copies of the final transcript from the host institution
forwarded to the UOIT Office of Graduate Studies for award of transfer credit.
Details and forms for the OVGSP and the CUGTA are available from the Office of Graduate Studies or
at www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/formsandpublications.
Only students who have been admitted without conditions or who have fully satisfied any conditions
specified at the time of admission will be approved to apply for graduate courses at other
universities through the Ontario Visiting Graduate Student (OVGS) Plan, the Canadian University
Graduate Transfer Agreement (CUGTA) or on a letter of permission (see section 4.4.9.2).
4.4.9.2 Visiting students outside Canada – letters of permission

UOIT students wishing to take courses at universities outside Canada may do so on a letter of
permission. Such an arrangement must be approved in advance by the student’s graduate program
director, in consultation with the student’s faculty advisor or research supervisor, as applicable. A
letter of permission ensures that the courses to be taken at the host institution will be recognized
for credit at UOIT and are applicable to the student’s program of study. This allows the student to
attend the host institution without formal admission. If the student is in clear academic standing and
has the necessary prerequisite courses, the student shall complete a Letter of Permission Request
form and submit the course outline(s) to the Office of Graduate Studies. Students are required to
meet any application requirements specified by the host institution.
Once the course is completed, students are responsible for having copies of the final transcript from
the host institution forwarded to the UOIT Office of Graduate Studies for award of transfer credit. The
minimum mark a student must achieve to have the course transferred is B- (70 per cent). The grade
from the transfer credit will not be included in the calculation of the GPA at UOIT.
UOIT students must apply for a letter of permission before taking a course elsewhere. Failure to do
so could result in revocation of admission.
Students completing graduate programs at universities outside Canada can apply to complete
individual courses at UOIT on a letter of permission from their home university. Such students shall
be admitted to UOIT as non-degree students. Letter of permission students are required to submit a
letter from the dean of graduate studies at their home university to the Office of Graduate Studies at
UOIT. This letter should confirm that the student is registered in a graduate program at the home
university, approve the student’s request to take the UOIT course and outline the expectations of
work to be completed while at UOIT.

It is the responsibility of the students to ensure they have the necessary prerequisites and are
academically prepared for the course. Students are responsible for any applicable application and
letter of permission fees.
4.4.10 Readmission of former UOIT graduate students

Students previously admitted to UOIT who have not been continuously enrolled and have not received
a deferral or a leave of absence are required to reapply for admission to the university.
Graduate students who have been dismissed from UOIT are not eligible to reapply.
4.5 Registration policies and regulations

4.5.1 Session dates
Graduate students normally register for three academic semesters per year: fall (September to
December), winter (January to April) and summer (May to August).

All candidates pursuing a graduate degree or diploma shall enrol in an advanced course of study
approved by the graduate program director of the program in which the student is registered. 27
Each student must meet the program requirements laid out by the host faculty, while maintaining
the required average to qualify to graduate in a timely manner.
4.5.3 Prerequisites/co-requisites
Some courses have prerequisites or co-requisites. Where a prerequisite is specified, the prerequisite
must be taken prior to the course in question. Where a co-requisite is specified, the co-requisite
must be taken at the same time or prior to the course in question. Prerequisites and co-requisites
may be waived with the permission of the graduate program director. Any student who requests such
a waiver is responsible to ensure that he/she is adequately prepared to proceed with the level of
study required in the course. Inadequate preparation is not a basis for appeal of a final grade in a
course for which a student has requested a waiver of prerequisite or co-requisite.
4.5.4 Full-time/part-time status

Students are required to register as full-time or part-time students at the time of admission and
registration. With permission from the graduate program director, students may change their status
from full-time to part-time, or vice versa, by completing a Change in Full-time or Part-time Status form
and submitting it to the Office of Graduate Studies for approval by the dean of Graduate Studies.
A change in status may have an impact on student aid and awards eligibility, fees, income tax
credits, and other areas.
For definitions of full-time and part-time students, see section 4.4.5.1.
4.5.5 Selecting courses

Requirements for programs of study are listed in the faculty sections of this calendar. Students
should become familiar with the degree requirements and plan their programs accordingly. Not all
courses are offered in any one term or academic year. Elective offerings may vary from semester to
semester. Students are advised to consult with their graduate program director, faculty advisor or
research supervisor as part of the planning process. All courses in the student’s program must be
approved by the graduate program director.
Students cannot take courses for credit in addition to the course requirements for their graduate
program.
4.5.6 Registration
Students must be registered in all terms commencing with the term specified in their letter of offer
and continuing until graduation. Failure to register in all terms results in withdrawal from the program.
Students are automatically registered in a graduate continuance course until graduation, withdrawal
or program termination. Students must actively register for all other program courses. Students who
do not formally register in a course cannot attend classes, access course materials on the learning
management system, submit assignments for evaluation or be assigned a grade in that course.
Concurrent registration
Graduate students may not be enrolled concurrently in two graduate programs unless the programs
are formally structured and approved for concurrent registration.
Auditing Courses
Graduate students are permitted to audit courses provided they have the approval of their supervisor
(if applicable), graduate program director and the course instructor. Students who are auditing
courses cannot submit assignments for evaluation or receive a grade for the course.
Taking graduate courses outside the program

Graduate students may take graduate courses outside their program with permission from the
student’s supervisor (if applicable), graduate program director for the program and the graduate
program director for the course. Students may be charged fees in addition to their regular program
fee for such courses.
28
4.5.7 Course changes and voluntary withdrawal

Students may add courses with the approval of the graduate program director within the first two
weeks of lectures in any given semester. Students may drop courses without academic penalty within
the first 75 per cent of the semester. Withdrawal from courses within this time frame will be noted
on the student’s record with “W”. The “W” will not affect the grade point average (GPA). However,
a large number of “W” grades may affect the way a transcript is viewed by other post-secondary
institutions or potential employers. Students should see the academic schedule for specific add and
drop deadlines. Financial deadlines may differ from these dates.
Withdrawal from a course can have implications for the student’s academic program. Students are
advised to consider all course changes carefully. Students are reminded that non-attendance in a
course is not equivalent to withdrawal.
Students who cease to attend a course but do not formally withdraw are academically and financially
responsible for that course.
4.5.8 Program changes

Any changes to a graduate student’s program must be approved by the graduate program director.
4.5.9 Second degrees

A student holding a UOIT graduate degree may pursue a second degree in another discipline as long
the admission requirements of the program to which the student is applying are met. Some credits
earned to meet the requirements of the first degree may be applied to the second degree.
4.5.10 Residency requirements

At least half of a graduate student’s courses must be from the UOIT course offerings in order to
meet the residency requirements for graduation. Some master’s programs may also have an on-campus
residency requirement of up to 12 months. Some PhD programs may also have an on-campus
residency requirement of up to 24 months. On-campus residency requirements, if any, are specified
in the regulations for the particular program.
4.5.11 Time limits
Master’s students
The minimum time allowed for full-time students to complete all requirements for a master’s program
is one year, and the maximum time is three years from the time of initial registration as a full-time
student. Students registering on a part-time basis have a maximum of six years to complete the degree.

Doctoral students
The minimum time allowed for full-time students to complete all requirements for a doctoral program
is two years, and the maximum time is six years from the time of initial registration as a full-time
student. Students registering on a part-time basis have a maximum of eight years to complete the
degree.
Graduate diploma students

The minimum time allowed for full-time students to complete all requirements for a graduate diploma
is one term, and the maximum time is one year from the time of initial registration as a full-time
student. Students registering on a part-time basis have a maximum of three years to complete the
graduate diploma.
Terms for which a student is granted a leave of absence shall not be included in these time limits.
4.5.11.1 Extensions
Students needing to exceed the normal allotted time for completion of their program must formally
request an extension to their program. Extension requests are to be made after the normal program 29
length to the dean of Graduate Studies.

Students who do not complete degree requirements within the allotted time and have not been
granted an extension will be withdrawn from the program. Under exceptional circumstances and on
the recommendation of the graduate program director, a student who did not complete the degree
requirements within the allotted time and has been withdrawn may be readmitted for one semester
only to complete those requirements. Final approval for readmission must be granted by the dean of
Graduate Studies.
4.5.12 Absences from studies

Graduate students are expected to be uninterruptedly registered in their designated program of study
in order to support the timely completion of their degree. However, the university recognizes that
under certain circumstances students may need to absent themselves from regular study while
maintaining their relationship with UOIT.
Such circumstances must have sufficient cause and an official leave of absence must be requested
through the Office of Graduate Studies and approved by the dean of Graduate Studies.
Acceptable circumstances include:
:: Exceptional circumstances: medical, extraordinary demands of employment, compassionate
circumstances;
:: Maternity leave: available to students during or following a pregnancy; and
:: Parental leave: available to students who face extraordinary demands in parental responsibilities
or whose duties require that they be absent from their studies for a period of time.
A leave normally begins on the first day of term, for a period of one, two or three academic terms.
During the period of leave, the following conditions apply:
:: Students are not registered or required to pay fees;
:: Students may not undertake any academic or research work or use any of the university’s
facilities;
:: Students are not eligible to receive UOIT scholarships or assistantships. (In the case of other
graduate student awards, the regulations of the particular granting agency apply);
:: Except for parental leave or in exceptional circumstances, it is not expected that a student will be
granted more than one leave under the terms of this policy. The time limits for completing the
degree program will be extended by the duration of the leave taken (i.e. one, two, or three terms
as appropriate);
:: Leave of absence forms will not be processed for students who have outstanding fees; and
:: Students must inform the university immediately upon return.
4.5.13 Repeating courses

Students who fail one required course may be permitted to continue their program with the
permission of their graduate program director. If the failed course is designated as a mandatory
course in the program, students may re-take the same course with the approval of the graduate
program director. If the failed course is an elective course, students may be able to take an
alternative elective approved by the graduate program director. The approved alternative course or
the second attempt of the failed course must be completed within 12 months of receipt of the
failing grade. Students who have a second failure are dismissed from the university.
All instances of a course appear on the academic transcript. The highest grade earned is used to
calculate the student’s grade point average.
Students approved to continue in the program are assigned probationary status and remain on
probation until such time as they successfully complete the required course (within a maximum
period of 12 months). They are required to maintain good standing (minimum B- grade) in all
coursework and satisfactory performance in all project/thesis work undertaken during this
probationary period. The graduate program director or designate provides progress reports to the
Office of Graduate Studies each term for the duration of the probation. Once the course in question
has been completed successfully, the probationary status is removed. Students who fail to maintain
clear academic standing or who earn a second failing grade are dismissed from the university.
30
4.5.14 Examinations
4.5.14.1 Deferral of course examinations
Students whose religious obligations conflict with a scheduled final examination are permitted to
write a deferred examination. Such students are required to give three weeks’ notice to their
graduate program director and to document the religious obligations involved.
Graduate program directors may grant deferred examinations on medical or compassionate grounds
where sufficient documentation exists. A request for deferral on medical or compassionate grounds,
along with supporting documentation, must be provided to the graduate program director within four
days after the scheduled writing of the examination.
A graduate program director may also grant a deferred examination to a student who is scheduled to
write three examinations in a 24 hour period. In this case, the exam in the middle of the three is
normally the one that will be considered for deferral.
Scheduling is conducted in such a way as to minimize the instance of consecutive examinations for
students.
If a technical difficulty prevents the writing of a computer-based examination, the graduate program
director may arrange for a deferred examination for all students in the class. Such an examination
will be scheduled no later than the end of the first week of classes in the following semester.
4.5.14.2 Supplemental examinations

In some circumstances, students may be allowed to write one supplemental examination. The mark
from a supplemental examination may replace or otherwise augment a mark previously obtained in
an examination in the same course. Students should contact their graduate program director for
regulations concerning supplemental examinations.
4.5.15 Grading and academic standing

4.5.15.1 Grading
Final grades for all courses are submitted to the Registrar’s office on a letter grade scale. Credit is
granted only for those courses completed with a grade of B- or better. Faculties may require higher
grades in some courses to meet degree requirements. The grading scheme in section 4.5.15.2
outlines the quality of work associated with each letter grade. Percentage-to-grade equivalencies
are included as a guideline for conversion. A failing grade of WF may be assigned if a student is
administratively withdrawn for non-attendance. Courses designated for pass/fail grading will be
assigned a grade of PAS or FAL. For such courses, only failing grades are included in the calculation
of the grade point average. The grade of FAL has a weighting of 0.0 grade points.
Graduate continuance courses are assigned a grade of CO (continuance) and are not included in
grade point average calculations.
If a student’s grade is not available when final grades are approved at the end of a term, special
designation is temporarily added to his/her record. If a deferred examination has been granted, a
grade of DEF is assigned. If a portion of the work required for the course is incomplete, a grade of

INC may be recorded. These grades may satisfy prerequisites for further courses on a temporary
basis, but not beyond the end of the subsequent term after which these grades revert to F.
4.5.15.2 Grading scheme
Grade Percentage Grade Point Description

A+ 90-100 4.3
Very Good to Excellent. Student
A 85-89 4.0 demonstrated mastery of the course
A- 80-84 3.7 material.
B+ 77-79 3.3
Acceptable to Good. Student demonstrated
B 73-76 3.0
adequate knowledge of course material.
B- 70-72 2.7
F 0-69 0 Inadequate. Student did not perform to
academic expectations.
31
For graduate students taking a standard undergraduate or an undergraduate course that is offered
at the graduate level, including a cross-listed graduate/undergraduate course or an undergraduate
course with an additional graduate component, the minimum grade required for a pass is B-.
For undergraduate students taking a course at a graduate level, whether it is cross-listed or has
additional graduate components, the student’s work should be graded according to the existing
undergraduate grading scheme.
4.5.15.3 Academic standing

Academic standing is calculated and recorded on academic transcripts at the end of each semester
for every full-time student.
Academic standing is determined by the semester. Cumulative grade point averages are calculated
based on the student’s academic standing in previous semesters. The minimum cumulative grade
point average required for graduation is 2.7.
Clear Standing Students are required to maintain a minimum cumulative grade point average of
2.7 to remain in clear standing.
Probation Students are placed on probation if they receive a failing grade in a course or if
they fail to make satisfactory progress in their project/thesis work. If students are
on probation for failing a course, they will remain on probation until such time as
they have successfully completed the failed course or an approved alternative
course. This must be done within a maximum period of 12 months. If students
are on probation for lack of satisfactory progress in thesis/project work, they must
attain a satisfactory progress report on their thesis/project work within 12 months
or else face dismissal. Students are required to maintain good standing (minimum
B- grade) in all course work and satisfactory performance in all project/thesis work
undertaken during the probationary period. Progress reports will be provided each
term to the dean of Graduate Studies by the graduate program director or
designate for the duration of the probation
Dismissal Grounds for dismissal from the university are defined in section 4.10.5.
4.5.15.4 Minimum average
In order to continue in a prescribed program of study at the graduate level, a student must maintain
a minimum B- average overall.
4.5.15.5 Grade changes

After grades have been officially approved and released, any grade changes must be submitted in
writing to the Office of Graduate Studies. Grade changes may result from the submission of course
work, the writing of a deferred examination, clerical errors, or an approved examination re-read. All
grade changes must be approved by the course instructor and the graduate program director or
designate.
4.5.16 Grade re-appraisals and appeals

Matters concerning term work normally fall within the authority of the instructor. If a student has a
concern regarding coursework, the student should make an appointment, as soon as possible, to
meet with the instructor so that any issues can be resolved quickly and informally. Students unable
to comply with given deadlines must contact their instructor prior to the deadline if an extension to
the deadline is requested. All term work must be submitted by the last day of classes, unless an
earlier date has been specified. Instructors may grant extensions beyond their own deadlines or
beyond the last day of classes up to the last day of the examination period provided that a student
presents valid reasons of illness, etc., with appropriate documentation.
4.5.16.1 Requesting a grade re-appraisal

32
In the event that a student wishes a grade on a piece of tangible work to be re-appraised, he or she
should, in the first instance, bring the disputed piece of work directly to the course instructor to
seek informal resolution. If this course of action does not satisfy the student, he or she may seek a
final grade appeal.
4.5.16.2 Grade appeals

Students may, with sufficient academic grounds, request that a final grade in a course be appealed.
This will comprise only the review of specific pieces of tangible but not oral work. Grounds not
related to academic merit are not relevant for grade appeals.
Students are normally expected to contact the course instructor first to discuss the grade received
and to request that their tangible work be reviewed. Students should be aware that a request for a
grade appeal may result in the original grade being raised, lowered or confirmed. The deadline for
submitting grade appeals is three weeks after the release of final grade reports in any term.
If the student wishes to formally appeal the grade, the student shall lodge a request with the Office
of Graduate Studies, which will contact the graduate program director and collect fees from the
student for the appeal. Students must specify the rationale for their appeal by making clear the
component of the final grade upon which they seek appeal. The graduate program director is
responsible for ensuring that the work is reappraised by an appropriate faculty member, ensuring
anonymity of both the student and the reappraiser and communicating the result of the appeal
(including the reappraiser’s comments) and the route of appeal to both the student and the course
instructor. The reappraiser is given the nature of the assignment and the rationale for the original
grade. It is expected that every effort will be made to render the decision within 30 days of the
reappraiser’s receipt of the work.
In the event that a student feels that the appeal procedures have not been followed appropriately,
the student may submit, in writing, a formal request for a grade appeal to the Graduate Studies
Committee. Such appeals can only be considered on the grounds of procedural irregularity.
Appeals must be submitted within 15 working days of notification of the decision. Appeals shall be
heard by a panel of a minimum of three committee members, as determined by the dean of Graduate
Studies, including at least one student and at least two faculty members. The appeal hearing shall be
chaired by the dean of Graduate Studies or designate, who shall be counted as a panel member.
At the discretion of the relevant appeals panel, the student and/or the faculty member may be
invited to meet with the panel to present their case(s) orally. The panel’s decision is taken in camera
and it is expected that parties will be informed of the decision in writing within 20 working days of
the filing of the appeal.
4.5.17 Other academic appeals
Further details regarding academic conduct and related appeals procedures are provided in section
4.10.
4.5.18 Documents and student files

Documents submitted to the Registrar’s office and the Office of Graduate Studies become the
property of the university and are protected under provincial privacy legislation. Original copies of
documents are kept on file at the Registrar’s office and the Office of Graduate Studies and may not
be returned to the student. Official student academic records deemed to have archival value and
preserved in the university archives shall be made available to researchers authorized by the
university for 75 years after the student ceases to be registered.
4.5.19 Conferral of degrees

Students expecting to graduate in any given term are required to contact the Registrar’s office for
application to graduate deadlines and information about the necessary forms and processes.
Degrees are deemed conferred at the time of Academic Council approval, and notation of the
degrees awarded are entered on the students’ records. All students who are awarded a degree are
eligible to attend the session of convocation that immediately follows the date of conferral.
4.5.20 Provision for waiver of regulations

Waivers of course prerequisites/co-requisites may be granted by the graduate program director.
Waivers of faculty, degree or general regulations may be granted by the dean of Graduate Studies. 33
4.5.21 Other academic policies

Students are advised to familiarize themselves with the following academic policies which are
available at www.uoit.ca:
:: Course evaluations;
:: Responsibilities of academic staff with regard to students;
:: Technology and web-centric teaching and learning; and
:: Use of Turnitin.com’s plagiarism detection system.
4.6 Student supervision

Each master’s student has a faculty advisor or research supervisor to provide guidance throughout
the program. In programs that do not require a thesis, project or major paper, the student is guided
by a faculty advisor throughout the program.
A student registered in a program that requires a thesis, project or major paper may initially have a
faculty advisor but will be assigned a research supervisor when the student begins his or her research.
In some cases, a student may have co-supervisors, with the terms established through an agreement
for co-supervision and made clear at the outset to all involved.
4.6.1 Faculty advisor appointment

The graduate program director is responsible for assigning faculty advisors.
4.6.2 Faculty advisor responsibilities

The faculty advisor is a member of the student’s home faculty. The main responsibilities of the
faculty advisor are to:
:: Consult with the student, recommend a program of study, and submit it to the graduate program
director for approval;
:: Help the student choose an appropriate area of research, if applicable;
:: Ensure that the student understands all degree requirements and regulations, as well as
applicable policies;
:: Be knowledgeable about, and inform the student of, key deadlines and related information;
:: Be reasonably available to the student to discuss the program of study, as well as any academic
concerns;
:: If requested, advise the student on academic or personal student services or resources; and
:: Monitor the student’s academic progress.
4.6.3 Research supervisor appointment

The relationship between the student and the research supervisor is most important to the student’s
successful completion of a graduate degree. The graduate program director will seek input from the
student before assigning a research supervisor.
All research supervisory appointments must be approved in the first instance by the dean of the
home faculty in which the student is registered. Except in extraordinary circumstances, approved on
an individual basis by the dean of Graduate Studies, research supervisors must be members of the
UOIT core faculty. Associate graduate faculty, including adjunct professors, may serve as co-supervisors
with the approval of the dean of the home faculty. (Categories of graduate teaching and supervision
privileges are defined in section 4.2.1.)
Before approving the appointment of a research supervisor, the dean should give careful
consideration to the faculty member’s research activities, supervisory experience and training,
previous performance in graduate student supervision, the number of graduate students already
being supervised, any imminence of leave (i.e. research, maternity or administrative) or retirement,
and any other relevant factors.
Since continuity of supervision is important in all graduate work, a change of research supervisor
34 may be made only for strong reasons and after extensive consultation with all involved. A request for
a change may come from the student, the research supervisor, the graduate program director or the
dean. It should normally be sent, in writing, to the graduate program director accompanied by the
reasons for the proposed change. If the home faculty dean concurs with the request, the
recommendation for change should be sent to the dean of Graduate Studies for final approval.
4.6.4 Research supervisor responsibilities

Specific responsibilities of the research supervisor include:
:: Being sufficiently familiar with the field of research to provide guidance and/or being willing to gain
that familiarity before agreeing to act as a research supervisor;
:: Being accessible to the student for consultation and discussion of the student’s academic
progress and research;
:: Helping the student select and plan a suitable, timely and manageable research topic;
:: Co-operating with the student and graduate program director to establish a supervisory committee
to convene meetings, normally at least once annually, to evaluate the student’s progress;
:: Responding in a timely, consistent and thorough manner to written work submitted by the student,
with constructive and well-informed suggestions for improvement and continuation;
:: Providing a research environment that is safe, healthy, tolerant and free from harassment,
discrimination and conflict;
:: Within the norms appropriate to the discipline, providing financial support and/or helping the
student obtain financial support from all reasonable sources;
:: Endeavouring to achieve consensus and resolve differences in the best interests of all involved
when there is conflicting advice, or when there are different expectations on the part of co-
supervisors or members of a student’s supervisory committee;
:: Acknowledging appropriately the contributions of the student in presentations and published
material, in many cases via joint authorship;
:: Being sensitive to cultural factors which may influence the individual student’s learning and
research behaviour and experience; and
:: Making arrangements for continuity of the student’s supervision before beginning an extended
leave of absence.
4.6.5 Student responsibilities
Student responsibilities include:
:: Making a commitment and showing substantial effort, initiative and dedication to gain the
background knowledge and skills needed to pursue the research project successfully;
:: Working with their research supervisor to develop a plan and a timetable for completion of all

stages of the research project and working assiduously to adhere to a schedule and to meet
appropriate deadlines;
:: Meeting regularly with their research supervisor and reporting fully and regularly on progress and
results;
:: Keeping their graduate program director fully informed regarding any matter relevant to their status
in the program and seeking advice from their research supervisor, as appropriate;
:: Meeting agreed-upon performance standards and deadlines of funding organizations to the extent
possible when financing has been provided by UOIT or a funding agency, or through a contract or
grant; and
:: Adhering to the standards of research ethics, health and safety, and respecting the requirements
of academic integrity, honesty and professionalism (this includes, but is not limited to,
acknowledging and crediting any source of ideas, assistance, materials and/or data provided by
others).
4.6.6 Student-research supervisor conflicts

It is the responsibility of UOIT and its faculties to ensure that all graduate students receive 35
appropriate and fair supervision. Due to the nature of the relationship between the student and
research supervisor, conflicts may arise. In such instances, the first step must be to attempt to
resolve the conflict informally between the student and research supervisor. It is the responsibility of
the graduate program director to act as a mediator.
A student who believes the conflict has not been resolved should contact the dean of the student’s
home faculty. If the conflict persists, the student may pursue appropriate resolution through the
dean of Graduate Studies.
4.7 Supervisory committee

Each graduate student in a program that requires a thesis has a supervisory committee. Early
formation of a supervisory committee, along with regular meetings and formal meeting records, help
ensure higher completion rates.
4.7.1 Appointment
The supervisory committee is appointed by the graduate program director, after consultation with the
research supervisor and the student. The appointment is made once the research supervisor is
satisfied that the student has made adequate progress in the chosen research area.
4.7.2 Composition
Master’s candidates
Normally, each supervisory committee for a master’s level candidate consists of the candidate’s
research supervisor(s) and at least one other UOIT faculty member. The chair, who may be someone
other than the candidate’s research supervisor, is appointed by the graduate program director of the
candidate’s home faculty.
Doctoral candidates
The supervisory committee for a doctoral candidate consists of the candidate’s research
supervisor(s) and at least two other UOIT faculty members. The chair, who may be someone other
than the candidate’s research supervisor, is appointed by the graduate program director of the
candidate’s home faculty.
4.7.3 Responsibilities
The supervisory committee’s main responsibilities are to:
:: Advise the student and help define the course of study;
:: Assess and approve the student’s research proposal;
:: Provide support to the student and research supervisor by broadening and deepening the range of
expertise and experience available;
:: Be reasonably accessible to the student to discuss and suggest other sources of information;
:: Offer comments when requested on written work submitted by the student;
:: Review the student’s progress toward successful completion of the thesis with scheduled meetings
at least once per year;
:: Provide constructive feedback and provocative discussion of the student’s program of study,
thereby exposing the student to a wider range of expertise and ideas than can be provided by the
research supervisor alone;
:: Report progress to the graduate program director and recommend continuation in the program
based on satisfactory performance (in the case of reports of unsatisfactory progress, the student
may be required to withdraw from the graduate program); and
:: Recommend to the graduate program director and the dean of Graduate Studies whether a thesis
should move to oral examination. (This recommendation must be made no less than three months
prior to the date set for examination.)
36
4.7.4 Chair’s responsibilities
The main responsibilities of the chair of the supervisory committee are to:
:: Convene and run supervisory committee meetings;
:: Keep the graduate program director informed of the student’s progress;
:: Recommend potential external examiners to the dean of Graduate Studies; and
:: Forward a copy of the student’s thesis to members of the examining committee at least four
weeks before the oral examination.
4.8 Thesis, project or major paper

Many master’s programs require students to write a thesis or major paper, or produce a project or
portfolio. All written work must be in English and in correct, concise and scholarly language.
4.8.1 PhD candidacy examinations

Each student in a doctoral program is required to prepare a written research proposal and pass a
candidacy exam. Full-time students are expected to do so within 18 months of their initial
registration in the program. The examination is to determine whether the candidate has the
appropriate knowledge and expertise to undertake a thesis in the selected field of study.
A candidacy committee conducts the examination.
This committee consists of:
:: The student’s supervisor(s).
:: At least two additional members from the student’s supervisory committee (The student’s
supervisory committee must be established prior to the oral examination.)
:: Graduate program director (or delegate) as chair. The chair cannot be a member of the student’s
supervisory committee.
:: An external examiner from outside the program who is not involved with the student’s course of
study. This external examiner is appointed by the dean of Graduate Studies in consultation with
the graduate program director.
All members of the committee are voting members. In the case of co-supervision, co-supervisors
collectively have one vote.
The candidacy committee must be established at least four weeks prior to the exam.
The candidacy examination comprises:
:: A written thesis proposal which must be distributed to the candidacy committee at least four full
weeks prior to the examination date. The thesis proposal demonstrates:
1. The students’ mastery of the relevant background knowledge including an appropriate breadth
of knowledge in the discipline; and

2. A coherent and achievable research plan which will result in an original contribution.
:: An oral presentation of the PhD thesis proposal (preferably 20 minutes and not to exceed 30
minutes), followed by open questioning of the candidate by the candidacy committee to ascertain
the readiness of the candidate to carry out the proposed research.
At the end of the oral exam, the chair asks the candidate to leave and the candidacy committee
meets in closed session. The candidacy committee deliberates and makes a judgment of
satisfactory or unsatisfactory. A written report is prepared by the chair, signed by all committee
members and submitted to the Office of Graduate Studies, with copies to the members of the
candidacy committee. The results are communicated to the student by the chair of the committee.
4.8.1.1 Outcomes of the PhD candidacy examination

A judgment of satisfactory allows the student to proceed with PhD studies.
If the judgment is unsatisfactory, the student is required to re-take the exam within four months. For
a second exam, the examination team must include an additional member of the graduate faculty
who was not involved in the original examination.
A judgment of satisfactory in a second exam allows the student to proceed with his/her studies. A 37
second unsatisfactory judgment results in a grade of FAIL and the student shall be dismissed from
the PhD program.
For those students taking the candidacy exam to transfer from a master’s to a PhD, a judgment of
satisfactory allows the student to transfer. For further details, see section 4.4.2.1.
4.8.2 Permission to begin

Permission to begin the thesis is given by the student’s supervisory committee when there is general
agreement that sufficient research has been done. If the student’s program requires a project or major
paper, the student’s research supervisor authorizes the student to begin the project or major paper.
Students should seek guidance from their research supervisor regarding the use of a style manual
appropriate to the academic discipline in which they are working, as well as other available guides
to assist in effective writing. See www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/thesis for deadlines, guidelines and
procedures for thesis preparation and submission.
Also, students are expected to be aware of and observe copyright requirements, and to follow
standards as outlined in the following UOIT policies:
Research Ethics –
www.uoit.ca/EN/main2/about/13525/14057/14152/150940/thesis.html
Research Involving Animals –
www.uoit.ca/EN/main2/11246/13525/14057/14152/research_guidelines.html.
4.8.3 Use of copyright material in student work

When preparing a thesis, major paper or other program work, students may include some copyright
material, typically in the form of excerpts from books or articles, charts, diagrams or similar previously
published materials. It is the student’s responsibility to acknowledge properly any copyright materials
used, strictly following the citation guidelines and rules of the faculty and/or program.
As well, students who use extensive selections of copyright work may need to seek advance written
permission from the author and must append the letter to their work. Students should contact the
copyright holder well in advance of their deadline, as obtaining permission to use copyright materials
may take considerable time. In addition, students may be required to pay a fee to obtain such
permission. Questions regarding the use of copyright materials should be discussed with the faculty
advisor or research supervisor, as appropriate.
Students may be required to submit their work to Turnitin.com. Further information can be obtained
online from UOIT’s policy on the Use of Turnitin.com’s Plagiarism Detection System at
www.uoit.ca/EN/main/11259/11265/150328/196937/turnitin_policy.html.
4.8.4 Oral examination for master’s and doctoral candidates

Master’s candidates whose programs require a thesis and doctoral candidates are required to
defend their completed thesis/dissertation orally in front of an examining committee. Candidates
are expected to follow the advice of their research supervisor(s) and their supervisory committee in
establishing when their work is ready for examination. In exceptional circumstances, candidates may
request that the dean of Graduate Studies arrange for an examination of the thesis/dissertation or
other work without the support of the research supervisor(s) and supervisory committee.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to ensure that all materials are prepared and assembled
appropriately. Candidates should consult their research supervisor(s) for specific regulations on the
preparation and presentation of thesis/dissertation materials.
4.8.4.1 Examining committee

The examining committee evaluates the academic merit of each student who defends a thesis and
decides whether the candidate has satisfactorily passed the oral examination.
For master’s candidates, the examining committee consists of all members of the supervisory
committee plus one external examiner (see section 4.8.4.2). The committee is chaired by the
38
graduate program director or designate.
Doctoral candidates
For doctoral candidates, the examining committee consists of the external examiner, one university
examiner (see section 4.8.4.2) and all members of the candidate’s supervisory committee (including
the research supervisor(s)). The committee is chaired by the graduate program director or designate.
4.8.4.2 External and university examiners

An external examiner is typically a faculty member outside the student’s program. The external
examiner for a master’s oral exam cannot be an associate or adjunct member of the student’s home
faculty, nor had any direct or indirect contact with the candidate as either a course instructor or
supervisor of the candidate’s thesis. This person will have considerable direct knowledge in the field
of study of the subject matter.
The external examiner is appointed by the dean of Graduate Studies, upon recommendation of the
graduate program director. When an external examiner from outside the university is recommended,
a curriculum vitae and written rationale for the choice must be provided to the dean of Graduate
Studies.
Conflicts of interest must be avoided when recommending the names of external examiners to the
dean of Graduate Studies. External examiners must not be teaching or supervising family members
or relatives of the candidate, must not be closely linked in a personal or research capacity, nor shall
they have shared financial interests with either the candidate or the research supervisor(s). Should
the candidate’s thesis contain chapters or sections of previously published works, the external
examiner shall not have been involved in the review or editing of this material in any capacity.
Doctoral candidates
The university examiner is a core faculty member at UOIT who has not been involved with the candidate
in any teaching or supervisory capacity.
External examiners should hold the rank of full or associate professor (or equivalent) if they are at a
university, or of comparable expertise and standing if not at a university. An external examiner for a
PhD dissertation is a well-qualified, objective and experienced individual who has not had any direct
contact with the candidate as either a course instructor or supervisor of the candidate’s dissertation
and who is not associated or affiliated with UOIT. This person shall have considerable direct
knowledge in the field of study of the subject matter.
The university and external examiners are appointed by the dean of Graduate Studies, upon
recommendation of the graduate program director. A curriculum vitae of the recommended external
examiner and written rationale for the choice must be provided to the dean of Graduate Studies.
Conflicts of interest must be avoided when recommending the names of university or external
examiners to the dean of Graduate Studies. University and external examiners must not be teaching

or supervising family members or relatives of the candidate, must not be closely linked in a personal
or research capacity, nor shall they have shared financial interests with either the candidate or the
research supervisor. Should the candidate’s dissertation contain chapters or sections of previously
published works, the university and external examiners shall not have been involved in the review or
editing of this material in any capacity.
4.8.4.3.1 External examiner’s report for master’s and doctoral candidates

The external examiner shall prepare a report of his/her assessment of the candidate’s thesis and
send it to the dean of Graduate Studies or designate no less than one week before the scheduled
exam date. The dean of Graduate Studies may postpone the final examination if the external
examiner's report is not received by this deadline.
The dean or designate will distribute copies of the report to all other members of the examining
committee. The content of the report is confidential and must not be discussed with the candidate
prior to the final examination. Depending on the content of the report, the examining committee and
the dean of Graduate Studies may meet to determine whether or not to proceed with the final
examination.
4.8.4.3.2 University examiner’s report for doctoral candidates 39
The university examiner shall prepare a report of his/her assessment of the candidate’s dissertation
and send it to the dean of Graduate Studies or designate no less than one week before the
scheduled exam date. The dean of Graduate Studies may postpone the final examination if the
university examiner's report is not received by this deadline.
The dean or designate will distribute copies of the report to all other members of the examining
committee. The content of the report is confidential and must not be discussed with the candidate
prior to the final examination. Depending on the content of the report, the examining committee and
the dean of Graduate Studies may meet to determine whether or not to proceed with the final
examination.
4.8.4.4 Approval for the oral examination

Before an oral examination can be held, the supervisory committee must approve the thesis for
examination (no more than one negative vote and/or abstention). The student’s work must be
submitted at least four weeks prior to the proposed oral examination.
4.8.4.5 Examination procedure

Once the work has been deemed ready for examination, the chair of the examining committee shall
make all necessary arrangements for sending the thesis to the external examiner, setting the
examination date, and preparing the relevant documents needed at the time of the examination.
If a member of the examining committee finds that he or she is unable to attend the oral examination,
the graduate program director should secure a suitable replacement. Should a suitable replacement
not be found, the member is asked to submit his or her questions or concerns, to be read by the
examining committee chair at the defence. In extraordinary circumstances, the examination will be
rescheduled if one or more members of the examining committee are unable to attend.
The oral examination consists of a short presentation (15-20 minutes) by the candidate summarizing
the main findings of the work. The presentation is an open event that can be attended by all
interested parties at the discretion of the chair, but visitors may not remain for the rest of the
proceedings.
Once the presentation has concluded, the student answers questions from members of the examining
committee, including the committee chair. Questions must be related to the work done by the
student for the thesis and be based on knowledge directly related to the material.
When the question period is over, the student is asked to leave the room and members of the
examining committee determine the outcome of the oral examination. The chair of the examining
committee is a non-voting member, unless the chair’s vote is needed to break a tie.
4.8.4.6 Outcomes of completion of the oral examination
The examining committee renders one of the following four evaluations:
1) Acceptable without change.
2) Acceptable with minor change.
3) Acceptable with major change.

4) Not acceptable.
1. Acceptable without change

A grade of pass is given if there is acceptance of the student’s work with no required revisions by
the committee as a whole.
2. Acceptable with minor change

A grade of pass is given if there is acceptance of the student’s work with minor revisions to be
completed within four weeks; revisions must not alter or drastically change the content of the thesis.
3. Acceptable with major change

A thesis which is not acceptable as a pass but not deemed a fail is referred for major revision. A
thesis cannot be referred for a major revision and a second oral examination more than once; no
further defence is permitted. In order to qualify for a decision of major revision, the work must meet
one of the following requirements:
40
:: The committee agrees that the work requires considerable change in order to be deemed a pass; or
:: There is a majority vote in favour of major revision.
In the case of a major revision, the examining committee will reconvene within six months to
continue the examination including the revisions. The revised thesis will be distributed within four to
six weeks prior to the meeting to all members of the committee for review and evaluation.
4. Not acceptable
A thesis is deemed failed if:
:: There is a majority vote to fail it; or
:: The thesis is deemed unacceptable after major revisions.
Detailed reasons for failure must be submitted by the chair of the examining committee to the dean
of Graduate Studies, the graduate program director, and the candidate within two weeks.
4.8.5 Project or major paper evaluation

The research supervisor or co-supervisors, and at least one other reader appointed by the graduate
program director from among the graduate faculty or associate graduate faculty for that program,
shall evaluate the project or major paper. All evaluations must be accompanied by a report that
outlines the reasons for the decision.
The supervisor(s) and reader(s) will assign one of the following evaluations:
1) Acceptable without change.
2) Acceptable with minor change.
3) Acceptable with major change.
4) Not acceptable.
In cases where all the submitted evaluations are acceptable without change, a grade of pass will
be given.
In cases where at least one evaluation is “acceptable with minor change” and there are no
“acceptable with major change” or “not acceptable” evaluations, the research supervisor ensures
that the student’s work is revised to respond to the recommended minor changes. Normally, these
revisions must be completed within four weeks. Revisions must not alter or drastically change the
content of the project or major paper. Upon the satisfactory completion of the revisions, a grade of
pass will be submitted for the student.
In cases where at least one evaluation is “acceptable with major change” and there are no “not
acceptable” evaluations, the research supervisor ensures that the student’s work is revised to
respond to the recommended changes. These revisions must be completed within six months. After
these revisions are complete, the student’s project or major paper is circulated a second time for
evaluation by the research supervisor or co-supervisor and at least one other reader appointed by
the graduate program director. Any evaluation of “acceptable with major change” or “not acceptable”

from the second reading results in a grade of fail. Any evaluation of “acceptable without change” or
“acceptable with minor change” will be processed accordingly and the student will be given a grade of pass.
In cases where there are at least two “not acceptable” evaluations, the student will be given a grade
of fail.
In cases where there is only one “not acceptable” evaluation, the graduate program director will
meet within two weeks with the research supervisor and the student. The graduate program director
has two options after this consultation:
1. The graduate program director sends the project or major paper to another reader within four
weeks. The project or major paper may incorporate only minor revisions.
If the new reader determines that the project or major paper is either “acceptable without
change,” “acceptable with minor change” or “acceptable with major change,” the evaluation of the
student’s work will continue with the appropriate level of response as outlined above for the
decision that requires the greatest revision. If the new reader evaluates the work as “not acceptable,”
the student will have then received a second “not acceptable” and is given a grade of fail; or
2. The graduate program director follows the procedures associated with “acceptable with major
revision.”
41
4.8.6 Thesis, project or major paper notation

Upon acceptance of the student’s thesis, project or major paper, the title of the work and date of
approval are recorded on the transcript.
4.8.7 Permission to withhold dissertation/thesis from public domain

If, at the time of submitting his/her thesis, the student elects to protect any rights to immediate
commercial publication, or to obtain a patent which may arise from his/her research, or to keep
his/her dissertation/thesis out of circulation for other reasons, he/she may apply in writing to the
dean of Graduate Studies requesting that the dissertation/thesis be withheld from the public domain
for a period of up to 12 months from the date of successful defence.
The student must submit any request for extension of the restriction of circulation one month prior
to the termination of the previous period. The student and his/her supervisor are required to justify
the extension of the restriction. Subsequent requests must follow the same procedure.
This request must be made when the dissertation/thesis is first submitted to the Office of Graduate
Studies.
4.8.8 Submission of student work

Once a student’s thesis, project or major paper has been approved, the student must submit the
work formally. The following procedures and conditions apply:
1. One bound copy and one electronic copy of the original thesis, project or major paper become
UOIT property.
2. The student grants UOIT a royalty-free, non-exclusive license to make copies of the work for
academic purposes at UOIT, and upon request from other universities or bona fide institutions.
3. The international copyright symbol (©) is displayed prominently on the title page of the thesis or
displayed with similar prominence on other types of work.
4. The site licence, signed by the student at the start of the program, takes effect; the site licence
permits the UOIT library to circulate as part of its collection and/or copy the work for academic
purposes only (the university’s copyright notice is placed on all copies made under the authority
of the licence).
5. While the site licence excludes the sale of authorized copies for profit, UOIT may recover
duplication costs through a fee.
6. Every copy made available under the licence clearly states that the copy is being made available
in this form with full consent of the copyright owner and only for the purposes of private study or
research.
7. UOIT may submit the work to the National Library of Canada, which is permitted to reproduce and
lend copies for educational or research use only.
4.9 Intellectual property

Intellectual property (IP) comprises original work which often takes various forms such as research
data, books, journal papers, theses, projects, photographs, computer programs, websites, equipment,
devices, or audio recordings.
4.9.1 Students and ownership of intellectual property

Students, as well as faculty members and researchers, may create intellectual property. This may be
done individually or in collaboration with one or more students, the student’s research supervisor or
faculty advisor, or other faculty members.
UOIT’s Intellectual Property Policy generally states that creators own their work. As a result, student
rights are treated as equivalent to those of all other academic personnel, including faculty members.
When a student works collaboratively with other students, the student’s research supervisor, or other
UOIT faculty members or researchers, credit for the work is generally shared among the research
collaborators. To be considered for joint authorship, all collaborators must:
:: Have made a significant contribution to the concept, design, collection, analysis or interpretation of
42 the data; and
:: Have helped write and revise the draft publication for intellectual content.
In addition, as the Student Contributors section of UOIT’s Research Guidelines states: “A student
should be granted due prominence on the list of co-authors for any multiple-authored article or report
that is based primarily on the student’s own work, according to the commonly accepted practice in
the field.”
4.9.2 Students and ownership of externally funded research

While jointly created intellectual property (IP) is owned jointly, other ownership rules may apply when
a student participates in a project that is funded by externally sponsored contracts or grants. In such
cases, the sponsoring organization or any contractual agreement with UOIT may determine ownership
and control of IP.
Students should discuss with their research supervisor or faculty advisor whether any such
conditions apply to the student’s work. Nevertheless, an external organization or agency may not
delay completion of a student’s thesis, project or major paper. Only in special circumstances may an
outside organization or agency be permitted to temporarily delay public dissemination of such
student work.
If the work has commercial value, the student, in conjunction with other co-creators of the work, may
wish to apply for a patent or other IP protection. Upon request, UOIT will assess the commercial
value of the work and may agree to pay for these costs and manage the IP commercialization
process on behalf of the creators. In all cases, commercialization activities require authorization
from the associate provost, Research to confirm that obligations to UOIT and any research sponsors
have been met and will continue to be satisfied.
4.10 Academic conduct

4.10.1 Academic conduct
Faculty members and students share an important responsibility to maintain the integrity of the
teaching and learning relationship. This relationship is characterized by honesty, fairness, and mutual
respect for the aims and principles of the pursuit of education. Academic misconduct impedes the
activities of the university community and is punishable by appropriate disciplinary action.
UOIT and its members have the responsibility of providing an environment which does not facilitate
the inadvertent commission of academic misconduct. Students and faculty should be made aware of
the actions which constitute academic misconduct, the procedures for launching and resolving
complaints, and the penalties for commission of acts of misconduct. A lack of familiarity with the
university’s policy on academic conduct on the part of a student does not constitute a defense
against its application.
4.10.2 Academic misconduct: offences

Academic misconduct includes, but is not limited to:

:: Unreasonable infringement on the freedom of other members of the academic community (i.e.
disrupting classes or examinations, or harassing, intimidating or threatening others);
:: Violation of safety regulations in a laboratory or other setting;
:: Cheating on examinations, assignments, reports or other work used to evaluate student performance
(Cheating includes copying from another student’s work or allowing one’s own work to be copied,
submitting another person’s work as one’s own, fabrication of data, consultation with an
unauthorized person during an examination, use of unauthorized aids, and submitting work
prepared in collaboration with other member(s) of a class, when collaborative work on a project
has not been authorized by the instructor);
:: Impersonating another student or allowing oneself to be impersonated for purposes of taking
examinations, or carrying out laboratory or other assignments;
:: Plagiarism, which is the act of presenting the ideas, words, or other intellectual property of another
as one’s own, including images, designs, processes, computer software, digital, audio and video
files, Internet resources and other works without appropriate attribution or credit. The use of other
people’s work must be properly acknowledged and referenced in all written material;
:: Obtaining by improper means examination papers, tests or similar materials, or the use or
distribution of such materials to others; 43
:: Falsifying academic records, including tests and examinations, or submitting false credentials for
the purpose of gaining admission to a program or course, or for any other purpose;
:: Misrepresentation of facts, whether written or oral, which may have an effect on academic
evaluation; this includes making fraudulent health claims, obtaining medical or other certificates
under false pretences, or altering certificates for the purposes of misrepresentation;
:: Submission of work when a major portion has been previously submitted or is being submitted for
another course, without the express permission of all instructors involved; and
:: Professional unsuitability, such as behaviour inconsistent with the norms and expectations of the
profession.
4.10.3 Procedure for resolution

With respect to all accusations of academic misconduct, students are presumed innocent until the
contrary has been established. Decisions regarding the commission of academic misconduct are
based on the balance of probabilities. A record of all allegations of misconduct, along with details of
the resolution, will be entered into the central academic records kept by the Registrar’s office.
Faculty, staff, or students who have reason to believe that an academic offence has been committed
should report the matter promptly to the appropriate dean. A written report of the alleged offence
shall be prepared, together with any relevant evidence.
The dean must decide promptly whether an attempt is to be made to resolve the matter informally;
otherwise, the dean shall follow the procedures for formal resolution.
In either case, a student will not be permitted to withdraw from the course in which the offence was
alleged to have been committed until the matter is resolved and penalty imposed, if applicable.
4.10.3.1 Informal resolution

The dean must inform the student of the accusation of academic misconduct. The student will have
five working days in which to respond to these allegations. If the alleged offender responds with an
admission of guilt and agrees to the terms of a resolution as set out by the dean, the matter will be
considered closed. The terms of the resolution shall be detailed in writing and signed by the dean
and the student in question. A copy of this document will be sent to the dean of Graduate Studies.
Informal resolution may not result in the expunging of grades, the revoking of degrees, or in the
student being suspended or expelled.
4.10.3.2 Formal resolution
When an attempt at informal resolution fails or is deemed inappropriate, the dean must inform the
student in writing of the charge, the possible penalties, and provide a copy of the pertinent policy
statement. The student will be given five working days to prepare a response. The dean will then
meet with the student to hear the response.
Both the dean and the student are entitled to be accompanied by up to two advisors at this meeting,
provided the identity of the advisors is given no less than 48 hours before the meeting.
The dean shall then conduct a thorough investigation of the allegations and response, to be
concluded within ten further working days, and notify the parties of the decision in writing. A copy of
the decision will be provided to the dean of Graduate Studies and, on a need to-know basis, to
administrative units (i.e. the graduate program director, other faculties, the registrar).
4.10.4 Penalties
If a student is deemed to have committed academic misconduct, one or more of the disciplinary
penalties in the following list may be imposed. The severity of the penalty will be determined by the
nature of the offence and the student’s past record of conduct. Students found guilty of successive
acts of misconduct will receive increasingly severe penalties.
The disciplinary penalties are:
:: Resubmission of the piece of academic work in respect of which the misconduct was committed,
for evaluation;
:: A written reprimand, warning the student that the behaviour was unacceptable and that further
44 misconduct will lead to additional penalties. A copy of the reprimand will be placed in the
student’s file, but no notation will appear on the academic record;
:: Submission of a failing grade in an examination, test, assignment or course;
:: Disciplinary probation for the remainder of the student’s registration in his current program of
study. A note to this effect will be placed in the student’s file, but no notation will appear on the
academic record. Any further offence will lead to a more severe penalty;
:: Expunging of grades or revoking of degrees;
:: Restraining orders or monetary restitution where appropriate in the case of threats, harassment,
or damage to property;
:: Suspension from attendance in a course, program, faculty or UOIT itself, for a period not exceeding
three years as deemed appropriate. While suspended, a student may not register and loses the
right to attend lectures, write examinations, and receive payment from UOIT sources. Courses
taken elsewhere during the period of suspension are not eligible for transfer credit. Notice of
suspension will be placed in the student’s file and will appear on the student’s academic record.
The conditions of suspension will specify the length of time such notice will remain on the
student’s academic record;
:: Permanent expulsion from UOIT. A note to this effect will be placed in the student’s file and will
remain on his/her academic record; and
:: Such other penalty as deemed appropriate.
4.10.5 Dismissal
Grounds for dismissing a student from the university may include, but are not limited to:
:: Failure to achieve the required grades to continue as outlined in the degree regulations;
:: Failure to achieve a satisfactory evaluation on a candidacy exam;
:: Failure to successfully complete a thesis, project or major paper;
:: Failure to maintain the academic requirements for clear standing during a probationary period;
:: Earn two failing course grades;
:: Lack of progress toward completion of the program;
:: Recommendation of dismissal from the supervisory committee;
:: Failure to meet the conditions of admission;
:: Failure to register in any semester;
:: Failure to report, in advance, courses being taken at another institution;
:: Academic misconduct;
:: Non-academic misconduct;
:: Professional unsuitability as defined by the program; or

:: Research misconduct and/or non-compliance with UOIT’s research ethics guidelines or policies.
4.10.6 Academic appeals

All decisions of the university relating to academic conduct or program termination may be appealed
to the Graduate Studies Committee of Academic Council. The student is given ten working days to
gather new evidence and to submit a letter of appeal to the dean of Graduate Studies. Under normal
circumstances, disciplinary penalties will not be imposed before an appeal is decided; however,
official transcripts will not be issued during this period. Formal registration may be revoked where
warranted. In the case of suspected professional unsuitability, a student may be withdrawn from
classes, practica, work placements or other program-related activities pending resolution of the case.
A student may apply to the dean of Graduate Studies for continued attendance in classes and
related activities while the appeal is being heard. In order for such a request to be granted, the dean
of Graduate Studies must be satisfied that there would be no detrimental effect of such continued
attendance. If the appeal is granted, formal registration will be reinstated.
4.10.6.1 Graduate academic appeals procedures

1. Appeals shall be heard by a panel of a minimum of three committee members, as determined by
45
the dean of Graduate Studies, including at least one student and at least two faculty members.
2. The appeal hearing shall be chaired by the dean of Graduate Studies or designate, who shall be
counted as one of the panel members.
3. Decisions with respect to the final disposition of an appeal will be carried by a simple majority of
panel members hearing the appeal.
4. An appellant must have completed any prior levels of appeal open to him or her before filing a
Notice of Appeal with the committee.
5. An appeal to the committee shall be commenced by filing a Notice of Appeal in the required form
no later than 4 p.m. on the tenth working day after the date of the decision which is being
appealed.
6. The chair may refuse to give a hearing to an appeal on the grounds that it is not within the
jurisdiction of the committee.
7. The panel of the committee hearing an appeal may dismiss an appeal by unanimous decision
after considering the written submissions notwithstanding a request for an oral hearing on the
grounds that there is no real case for an appeal (i.e. the appeal is frivolous or vexatious and
without merit).
8. In the Notice of Appeal, the appellant shall elect whether an oral hearing is requested. If no
election is made, the appeal shall be determined in writing.
9. Where an appeal is to be determined in writing:
i. As soon as reasonably practicable the panel shall provide a copy of the Notice of Appeal to the
responding faculty;
ii. The responding faculty has ten working days to deliver to the panel a written response to the
Notice of Appeal, attaching any documents relevant to the decision under appeal. A copy of the
written response and attached documents shall be mailed to the appellant; and
iii. The appellant shall have ten working days from the mailing date of the responding faculty’s
response to provide any final written response. A copy of this shall be mailed to the faculty.
10. Where the appeal is to be determined by oral hearing:
a. Upon receipt of the Notice of Appeal, the panel, in consultation with the appellant and the
responding faculty, will schedule a date for the oral hearing;
b. No less than ten working days prior to the hearing, the appellant shall deliver to the panel
(three copies) and the responding faculty (one copy) of:
i. Any written submissions to be relied upon at the hearing;
ii. Copies of all documents to be referred to at the hearing; and
iii. A list of persons attending as witnesses and a brief summary of each witness’s intended
evidence.
c. No less than five working days prior to the hearing, the responding faculty shall deliver to the
panel (three copies) and the appellant (one copy) of the material listed in paragraph 10(b), (i)
to (iii) above.
11. Where the appeal is to be determined in writing, the members of the panel may convene in
person or via teleconference.
12. For an oral hearing, the following procedures shall apply:
:: At the commencement of the hearing, the chair shall identify the parties and the members of the
panel;
:: The appellant or a representative shall briefly describe the case to be presented, and provide
factual support for the case through documentary evidence and testimony of the appellant and any
witnesses, if relevant;
:: The responding faculty or a representative shall briefly reply to the appellant’s case and provide
facts in opposition to the case through documentary evidence and the testimony of witnesses, if
relevant;
:: Panel members may ask questions at the conclusion of each person’s statement or testimony, or
at the conclusion of the appellant’s or responding faculty’s case;
:: Normally, neither the appellant nor the responding faculty may ask questions of the other’s
46 witnesses. Where facts important to the decision of the appeal are in dispute, however, either
party may ask permission and, if appropriate, the panel may grant permission for the cross-
examination of some or all witnesses;
:: Following the presentation of the appellant’s and the responding faculty’s cases, the appellant and
the responding faculty may each make brief closing statements to summarize the main points of
their respective positions;
:: Following the foregoing steps, the parties will withdraw and the panel will move in camera for its
deliberations; and
:: The decision of the panel will be in writing and shall include the names of the panel and all who
appeared, a brief summary of the issues on the appeal, the panel decision and reasons in support
of the decision.
13. The time limits specified under these procedures may be extended by the chair at the request of
the appellant or responding faculty, if reasonable grounds are shown for the extension.
4.11 Fees and financial assistance

4.11.1 Tuition and miscellaneous service fees
To view current tuition and miscellaneous service fees, visit www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/tuitionandfees.
4.11.2 Financial assistance

Various types of financial support are available from the university, government or other sources. All
are offered on a competitive basis except bursaries and OSAP assistance; these are awarded on the
basis of financial need. Tuition and accommodation costs are the student’s responsibility. Canadian
students are strongly encouraged to apply to provincial and federal granting agencies for graduate
scholarships and foreign students are encouraged to apply to granting agencies in their own countries.
Qualified full-time students may be eligible for financial support through research assistantships
funded by their faculty supervisor’s research grants, government scholarships such as NSERC, CIHR,
SSHRC, and OGS, or other merit scholarships and/or teaching assistantships. Further details can be
found in Section 6 of this calendar and at www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/funding.
The following UOIT policies and guidelines also apply to graduate studies:
:: Student Conduct;
:: Protection of Privacy and Access to Information; and
:: Intellectual Property.
These can be found at www.uoit.ca.
SECTION 5:
FEES AND CHARGES
5.1 General information
Through the online registration process, each student is able to view a detailed assessment of fees
due. No fee statements are mailed. Students are responsible for paying amounts owing by the fee
deadlines specified in the academic schedule (See section 2).
Students with fees outstanding beyond the due date are assessed a late payment fee and are
subject to the university’s hold policy. Students on hold are unable to register, order transcripts,
SECTION 5: FEES AND CHARGES

obtain approval for a leave of absence, or graduate. Other services (e.g. library access, parking
passes) may also be denied.
Students expecting to receive financial aid or awards after payment deadlines should make
arrangements with the Financial Aid + Awards Office. Deferred payment plans are available for a
fee. In all cases, outstanding fees must be paid before subsequent registration will be allowed.
A student dropping courses within the first ten lecture days in any semester is not liable for tuition
fees for those courses. Any student who drops a course after the 10th day of lectures up to the
20th day of lectures receives a 50 per cent refund of tuition fees. No tuition will be refunded for
courses dropped after the 20th day of lectures. Students wishing to drop courses should consult the
47
graduate studies website for specific refund dates.
5.2 Methods of payment

Fees may be paid in cash or by certified cheque, money order, debit, Visa, MasterCard, or American
Express. Payments are to be made payable to the University of Ontario Institute of Technology.
Please do not send cash in the mail. Fees may also be paid via online or ATM banking at any major
financial institution. To do so, students are instructed to use their student number as an account
number and to indicate ‘University of Ontario Institute of Technology’ as the payee. For more
information, please contact the Accounting office at 905.721.3022.
Tuition deferments may be available for students experiencing financial difficulties. Arrangements for
tuition deferments must be made through the Financial Aid + Awards Office.
Graduate students who wish to apply their on-campus earnings against their tuition owing must
formally elect to do so through the Financial Aid + Awards Office. Visit the Graduate Studies website
for further details.
5.3 Tuition and fees

Regular graduate students are charged tuition fees on the basis of full- or part-time enrolment in a
master’s or PhD program. Students are expected to confirm their status as full-time or part-time
students at the time of their initial registration in the program. Students may apply to change from
full-time to part-time status or vice versa through the Office of Graduate Studies.
To view current tuition and other fees, visit www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/tuitionandfees.
5.3.1 Health and dental insurance

Health and dental insurance fees are charged annually and are assessed as part of fall semester
fees. These fees are charged to full-time students only. Students dropping to part-time status before
the opt-out date can receive a refund of health and dental fees.
International students are required to pay the University Health Insurance Plan (UHIP) fees in
addition to regular health and dental insurance fees. The rates are determined by the insurer.
5.3.2 Mobile Learning program

Graduate students are not required to participate in the Mobile Learning program, but they may
choose to do so if they wish. Further information is available at www.uoit.ca.
5.3.3 Residence and campus dining plans
Residence fees are charged for an eight-month period (September to April). For payment deadlines
and details, visit www.uoitrez.ca.
Campus dining plans

Students living in the South Village Residence must choose one of the compulsory dining plans.
All other students may choose to purchase one of the voluntary dining plans. Campus dining plans
consist of a set number of meals per week and a credit account which may be used to purchase
food from on-campus eating facilities.
5.3.4 Parking
Parking rates are determined annually. Rates vary depending on the permit type. Visit www.uoit.ca
for more information.
SECTION 5: FEES AND CHARGES
48
SECTION 6:
FINANCIAL AID AND AWARDS
6.1 Financial assistance
Financial planning is a vital element of student success. Various types of financial support are available
from the university, government or other sources. All are offered on a competitive basis except bursaries
and OSAP assistance; these are awarded on the basis of financial need. Tuition and accommodation
SECTION 6: FINANCIAL AID AND AWARDS

costs are the student’s responsibility. Canadian students are strongly encouraged to apply to provincial
and federal granting agencies for graduate scholarships and foreign students are encouraged to
apply to granting agencies in their home countries.
Qualified full-time students are eligible for financial support through research assistantships funded
by their faculty supervisor’s research grants, government scholarships such as NSERC, SSHRC, CIHR
and OGS, or other merit scholarships and/or teaching assistantships. The Office of Graduate Studies
and individual graduate program directors have the most up-to-date information on external and
internal awards and other financial support options. For further details regarding scholarships,
awards and bursaries, visit www.gradstudies.uoit.ca/funding and UOIT’s Financial Aid + Awards office
website, www.dc-uoit.ca/EN/main/financialaid.html.
6.2 Ontario Student Assistance Program 49
The Ontario Student Assistance Program (OSAP) provides both loan and grant assistance to help
students and their families finance their education. By completing an OSAP application, qualified
students will be assessed for loans and grants offered by both the federal and provincial governments.
Students can apply for OSAP online at www.osap.gov.on.ca. OSAP loans are interest free until one
month after an individual ceases to be a full-time student and principle repayment begins six months
after the individual is no longer a full-time student.
A variety of government bursary programs are also available through the OSAP application process.
6.3 On-campus work programs

The university provides many on-campus part-time jobs, as well as full-time summer employment.
Apply early if working part-time is part of your financial plan. The Ontario Work Study Program may
provide on-campus, part-time employment to applicants demonstrating a financial need beyond their
resources. Please note that students registered full-time in a graduate program are limited to working
an average of 10 hours per week. This includes employment as TAs or RAs (see section 6.10).
6.4 Bursaries
Students who are experiencing financial difficulties face unexpected and significant challenges which
affect not only their academic progress but also their ability to remain in school. Full-time graduate
students can complete an on-line application available on the MyCampus website called the Student
Financial Profile to be considered for financial assistance. The Student Financial Profile is used to
assess students for financial need and eligibility for financial resources while attending UOIT. Students,
including those identified under the Student Access Guarantee guidelines, may be approved for
several types of assistance with the one application.
Bursary funding is intended to aid students in meeting unforeseen expenses outside a typical student
budget and is not intended to fund a student for the duration of their program.
Students who face unanticipated financial problems at any time in the year should contact the
Financial Aid + Awards office. They can make an appointment with a financial aid officer who will
assist them in finding solutions. Emergency appointments are available for students every day.
6.5 Emergency loans

Emergency loans are sometimes available to students awaiting the arrival of their OSAP funding.
Appointments are required to determine eligibility. Appointments are not available until the school
year has commenced.
6.6 Graduate student awards
Information on awards specifically designated for graduate students may be found on the MyCampus
website, under the UOIT student tab, in the Graduate Student section. This area contains information
and application instructions for both UOIT awards and external scholarships and bursaries for
graduate students. UOIT awards include awards generously donated by members of the community
and institutional bursaries to assist students with financial need.
6.7 Donor awards

There are a limited number of donor awards available specifically for graduate students. Information on
these awards is available on the Graduate Studies website. These awards are administered by the
Financial Aid + Awards office. The faculties and the Office of Graduate Studies work with UOIT’s Advancement
SECTION 6: FINANCIAL AID AND AWARDS
Office to increase scholarship opportunities from community, business and industrial donors.
6.8 Internal scholarships

Dean's Graduate Scholarship – master's level: Full-time master's students with a high academic standing,
entering a thesis-based degree program (MA, MASc, MHSc and MSc) are eligible to receive funding from
the Office of Graduate Studies for a minimum of one year. The value of this scholarship at the master's
level is dependent on the student's entrance average and residency and is awarded at the discretion of
the Office of Graduate Studies. This scholarship is usually given for the standard length of the thesis-based
master's program to a maximum of two (2) years. The length of time of the award is specified in the
offer. Renewal beyond the first year requires a minimum GPA of A- in all completed courses.
Dean's Graduate Scholarship – doctoral level: All full-time doctoral students entering a doctoral
50
program are eligible to receive funding from the Office of Graduate Studies for a minimum of three
years. The value of this scholarship is dependent on the student's residency and is awarded at the
discretion of the Office of Graduate Studies. Doctoral students entering their fourth year of study
may apply for a renewal.
Students are automatically assessed for scholarship eligibility at the time of admission and do not
need to apply. Funding eligibility terms and conditions are described in the Graduate Student Funding
Terms and Conditions publication located on the Graduate Studies website. Most offers of
scholarship will be made with the offer of admission.
6.9 External scholarships

Scholarships are available through external federal and provincial funding agencies such as NSERC,
SSHRC, CIHR and the Ontario Graduate Scholarship program. Information on external scholarship
opportunities can be acquired from graduate program directors, the Office of Graduate Studies and
the Graduate Studies website. These competitions occur in the fall of each academic year and are
for funding in the following year. Students are required to apply for these scholarships and to meet
the internal application deadlines of their home faculties and the Office of Graduate Studies.
6.10 Other sources of funding

Students may be eligible for one of the following types of assistantships. These are available to both
Canadian and international students. Normally, funding will not be provided to part-time students.
6.10.1 Graduate Research Assistantships (GRAs)

These are funds paid to graduate students from research grant funding that has been awarded to a
professor. GRAs are scholarship funding that enable students to conduct scholarly activities directly
related to their own coursework or to the development of their theses or major projects. The dollar
value of these awards varies. The graduate student’s supervisor normally defines the terms of GRA
funding prior to the offer of admission.
6.10.2 Teaching Assistantships (TAs)

These positions are assigned to qualified full-time graduate students. These positions give students
valuable teaching experience and enable them to build rewarding relationships with students and
professors. TAs are arranged by the faculty within which the student is registered. Details of the
assignment are specified by the professor to whom the assistant is assigned.
6.10.3 Research Assistantships (RAs)
Students may be employed to do work on professors’ research projects and they are paid for this
work from professors’ research grants. The difference between this form of funding and GRAs is that
students who work as research assistants are not paid to conduct research for their own coursework,
projects or theses. Payment for being a research assistant is considered a salary.
SECTION 7: STUDENT SERVICES

7.1 Introduction

The University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) provides a transformational educational
experience that encourages students to reach their full potential. A team of student affairs
professionals supports student achievement by delivering quality services that contribute to
students’ academic success and eliminates non-academic barriers. Student engagement is
cultivated through a living, learning environment that is committed to developing the whole student,
while preparing tomorrow’s leaders. For more information, including office locations and operational
hours, visit www.uoit.ca.
7.2 Student Life

51
At UOIT, emphasis is given to building a learning community that is increasingly supportive of student
success. The Student Life office welcomes the student voice, connects students to existing campus
opportunities and assists students in developing new initiatives. The office liaises with Your Student
Association, the Student Centre, residence, student clubs, academic departments, and student
support services to enhance student satisfaction and campus life.
The wide variety of activities available makes life on campus a more rewarding and enriching
experience. In keeping with this commitment, UOIT offers students the Co-curricular Recognition
program to support and acknowledge student participation and leadership in campus activities.
This record will also be used to determine eligibility for student leadership awards. Please visit
MyCampus or the Student Life web page for more information.
7.3 Hired Career Services

Career services are available to both students and graduates. Advisors deliver workshops and
conduct individual assistance in the following areas: job search techniques, resumé and cover letter
writing, interview skills, as well as career planning.
A number of career events are hosted on campus such as the Part-time Job Fair during Orientation
Week, the Career and Education Fair in the fall and the Job Fair in the winter. In addition to these
large recruitment events, dozens of employers visit the campus throughout the academic year to
provide students with expert labour market information and employment opportunities.
Interactive career services are available online through the Hired portal. The site is accessible to
students and graduates through MyCampus and features on-campus employer recruitment events,
workshops, career appointment booking, job postings, resource information and other interactive
services.
7.4 Personal financial counselling

One-to-one financial aid counselling is available to students needing to explore their options for
funding their post-secondary education. The Financial Aid office also provides students with advice
on how to prepare a school-year budget. This process encourages students to consider their income
and expenses and enables a counsellor to identify potential problems and offer solutions. Through
financial counselling, students can learn the skills required to keep their finances in good order.
7.5 Services for students with disabilities
UOIT is committed to facilitating the integration of students with disabilities into the university
community. While all students must satisfy the essential requirements for courses and programs,
accommodations, supports and services related to the student’s disability needs are available
through the Centre for Students with Disabilities to support students.
Reasonable academic accommodation may require members of the university community to exercise
creativity and flexibility in responding to the needs of students with disabilities while maintaining
academic standards.
This policy acknowledges that fundamental to the academic and personal success of students is
their responsibility both to demonstrate self-reliance and to identify needs requiring accommodation.
The Centre for Students with Disabilities will support students with disabilities who require
accommodations as legally required by the Ontario Human Rights Code.
Students are encouraged to contact the Centre for Students with Disabilities if they plan to attend
the university, so that the relevant supports can be put in place. Supports may include, but are not
limited to, alternative testing arrangements, FM hearing systems, note takers, training and access to
computers and adaptive software, alternative formats, interpreters, class assistants, counselling and
learning strategies instruction. For further information or to set up an appointment, please see the
centre’s webpage at www.uoit.ca/csd.
7.6 Athletics
UOIT has a variety of facilities and spaces on campus to promote active and vibrant student life.
52 These facilities are home to intramural, recreation and fitness programs offered on campus and they
include:
:: A triple gymnasium;
:: A 200m indoor running/walking track;
:: Group fitness studios;
:: Student sports club space;
:: A double gym;
:: Squash courts;
:: An indoor golf centre;
:: A state-of-the-art year-round tennis centre with six clay courts;
:: A new arena complex with two NHL-size ice pads;
:: A softball diamond; and
:: A soccer field complex.
7.7 Chaplain services

Chaplain services are available to students in need through community services.
7.8 Campus Health Centre

The Campus Health Centre is committed to providing the highest level of health care to all UOIT
students throughout the year. Whether you have a health emergency, a concern about nutrition or a
bad case of the flu, you can expect care dispensed by health professionals who are friendly, concerned
and accessible.
Located in the Campus Recreation and Wellness Centre, our services include a medical clinic where
you can receive medical assessment and treatment of illness or injury, annual health exams,
laboratory testing and screening, birth control counselling and pregnancy testing, immunizations and
allergy injections and a variety of health education services which include resources such as books,
pamphlets, bulletin boards, web resources and health newsletters.
An on-site pharmacy, physical therapy, massage therapy, nutritional counselling and chiropractic
services are provided along with student run, health resource centres: Leave The Pack Behind,
LGBTQ, and the Sexual Health Resource Centre.
If you require assistance dealing with relationship issues, family problems, stress, depression, or
other personal problems, a team of counselling professionals are available to help by providing
support, discussion, therapy and education, and/or referrals.
Medical and alternative health services are available to both graduate students and their immediate
family members.
7.9 Residence
UOIT residence is a modern home away from home. It provides students with the opportunity to
participate fully in campus activities. Residence facilities are located on campus and offer students
a safe and convenient living solution.
7.10 Graduate Student Council

The Graduate Student Council (GSC) is a platform where graduate students' concerns are heard by

faculty representatives. The council ensures that the university is aware of the concerns of graduate
students and advocates for resolutions and changes where applicable. The GSC is a division of the
Student Association at UOIT and is represented by the president on the Board of Directors for the
association. For more information on the GSC, visit their website at www.uoitgsc.ca.
7.11 Student rights and responsibilities

The Student Rights and Responsibilities office is responsible for the maintenance of the non-academic
Code of Conduct on campus. Students’ rights will be vigorously protected and their responsibilities
re-enforced to increase student retention and produce graduates who reflect the values of the
53
institution and the community at large. One of these values is respect for others and the re-enforcement
of this value will create a positive relationship between students, faculty, support staff, administration
and the community. Success will be measured by the ability of each student to succeed and the
achievement of good community relations.
The mission of the UOIT diversity initiative is to build a more inclusive community, grounded in
respect of differences based on education, age, race, ethnicity, gender, religion, disability, sexual
orientation, class, marital status, political affiliation, and national origin. To accomplish this mission,
the UOIT diversity initiative will encourage and facilitate strategies to create a more sensitive and
welcoming campus environment through programs and on-going projects. In addition, the initiative
will co-ordinate efforts to increase the visibility and coherence of campus diversity activities. The
Diversity office acts as an advocate for students and staff to support educational justice on campus.
SECTION 8:
GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE
FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND INFORMATION
FACULTY OF BUSINESS AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SECTION 8: GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE
TECHNOLOGY
Faculty of Business and Information Technology
2000 Simcoe Street North
Oshawa, Ont. L1H 7K4
Canada
T: 905.721.8668 ext. 2830
F: 905.721.3167
E: [email protected], [email protected], [email protected]
www.businessandit.uoit.ca
54
8.2 Graduate degrees offered

:: Master of Business Administration (MBA)
:: Master of Information Technology Security (MITS)
:: Master of Science (MSc) in Computer Science (offered in collaboration with the Faculty of Science.
See section 13 for program information)
:: Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer Science (offered in collaboration with the Faculty of
Science. See section 13 for program information.)
8.3 Master of Business Administration (MBA)

Bin Chang, LLB, MA, MA, PhD
Cuiping Chen, BEng, MA, PhD
Raymond Cox, BSc, BComm, MBA, PhD, CMA, CFA, CCM
Shantanu Dutta, BTech, MEngMgmt, MBA, PhD
John Friedlan, BSc, MBA, PhD, CA
Tripat Gill, BTech, MBA, PhD
William Goodman, BA, MA, PhD
Ying Jiang, BA, MPhil, PhD
Salma Karray, BComm, MSc, PhD
Joseph Krasman, BAS, MBA, PhD
Jill Lei, BBA, PhD
Zhenfeng Ma, BA, MA, PhD
Jennifer Percival, BMath, PhD
Suhaib Riaz, BSc, MBA, PhD
Pamela Ritchie, BA, MSc, PhD
John Rowcroft, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Bernadette Schell, BA, MSc, PhD
Kamal Smimou, BSc, MBA, PhD
Chirag Surti, BE, MS, PhD
Terry Wu, BA, MA, PhD

The objective of the program is to prepare graduates to work at the middle management and
executive levels of administration in both private and public sectors. The Master of Business

Administration (MBA) program enables the degree holder to provide organizations with a business

management skill set such that it raises the competitiveness of the entity and leads not only to a
comparative advantage but retains higher skilled and thus higher income jobs within the province.
The design of the MBA program focuses on the breadth of a general management core curriculum
coupled with emphasis on particular business career specializations.
The courses emphasize not only the theoretical approach, but they also provide students with real
world case studies and examples. Students learn how to apply textbook theories in realistic examples.
To facilitate this, the program draws expertise from firms and government agencies in the region to
bring to the classroom real-world experiences and effective career networking. Such firms and
agencies also provide the basis for the program’s required research project. The MBA program is
supported by specialist facilities such as the faculty’s Marketing Research Lab and its Virtual Trading
Lab in Finance.
The MBA is directed towards students looking for deeper knowledge and experience in one of the
program’s fields of concentration. These degree paths provide students with the opportunity to
explore management problems in a particular area at a more theoretical level and hence to prepare 55
themselves for further graduate study if they wish. The program is designed to be completed in four
semesters (sixteen months). The MBA provides the opportunity for students to specialize in one of
four areas of faculty expertise:
:: Finance
:: Marketing
:: International Business
:: Logistics and Supply Chain Management
Finance and marketing are two fundamental areas of graduate business study in strong and
consistent demand. International business is also strongly represented, but the approach at UOIT
follows recent practice by offering a further examination of global business through its impact on
other specializations such as finance, marketing and management. Logistics and supply chain
management has emerged as a crucial area of study relating production planning, warehousing and
inventory optimization and transportation. UOIT is one of the first universities in Canada to offer this
as a concentration at the MBA level.

In addition to the general admission requirements for graduate studies at UOIT described in section
4.4.2, students applying to the MBA program must meet the following program-specific requirements:
:: Minimum overall academic standing of a B (GPA: 3.0 on a 4.3 scale), with a minimum of B+ in the
last two full-time years (four semesters) of undergraduate work or equivalent;
:: Submission of a third letter of recommendation from a person having direct knowledge of the
applicant’s professional and/or academic competence to succeed in the MBA program. A former or
present supervisor from employment may be considered;
:: Minimum Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) score of 550;
:: Submission of an essay that explains the applicant’s background, reasons for pursuing a MBA, and
career goals. The essay should provide essential information about whether the applicant is qualified,
prepared, and where he/she is headed. The following should also be captured in the essay:
i) Relevant past experience;
ii) Long- and short-term goals;
iii) An assessment of strengths and gaps in experience/education;
iv) How a MBA program will bridge the applicant’s past and future and how it will fill in gaps in
experience/education; and
v) Why the UOIT MBA is a good match with the applicant’s needs.
:: Submission of a resumé;
:: Minimum of two year’s work experience or equivalent. Applications from exceptional candidates
with less than two years of work experience may also be considered;
:: If applicable, a minimum score of 580 (paper-based) or 92-93 (Internet-based) on the TOEFL test
for English language proficiency. Note that these are slightly higher scores than those required for
some other graduate programs at UOIT. Language requirements are specified in section 4.4.4.
Individuals without an undergraduate degree and who have extensive business experience may be
considered on a case-by-case basis. For more information, see section 4.4.8 for UOIT’s policy on
mature applicants.
Admission is competitive and subject to availability of space. Accordingly, satisfaction of minimum
entry conditions does not ensure admission.

The MBA is offered on a part-time and full-time basis. The structure of the program is such that
part-time students may flow through it while fulfilling all prerequisite requirements. Scheduling of
courses is designed to facilitate this.

56
Students in the MBA are required to successfully complete 11 required courses, four courses
relevant to their concentration and an applied research project on a local or global business problem
for a total of 52 credits.
The program’s first two semesters include a set of required courses. In the second semester, students
normally take their first field course within their chosen concentration. After completing BUS 6700G
Strategic Management at the beginning of the third semester, students then take an additional three
field courses chosen in consultation with a faculty supervisor. During the third semester, they also
commence a supervised research project which is scheduled to be completed by the end of the fourth
semester. Concentrations are available in four areas: 1) International Business, 2) Finance, 3)
Logistics and Supply Chain Management, and 4) Marketing. Ideally, students will identify their
research supervisor before the beginning of the second semester.
The research project for the MBA is worth nine credits. This course provides graduating students
with the opportunity to apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired in the MBA program to a
research problem in their area of concentration. Projects may be related to local businesses and will
emphasize the theoretical basis of a problem and its resolution at the theoretical level. In conjunction
with a faculty supervisor, students are expected to produce a written report describing the problem,
summarizing relevant literature and presenting and defending a solution. Normally, each student
completes a separate research project. However, in appropriate circumstances, two or more students
may be assigned to a larger project in which each student focuses on a different aspect of the
overall business problem and produces a separate report.
Program map
Semester 1 Credits
BUSI 5000G Business Communication 1
BUSI 5010G Foundations of Business 3
BUSI 5020G Ethics and Leadership 3
BUSI 5100G Accounting Systems 3
BUSI 5200G Marketing Management 3
BUSI 5400G Quantitative Analysis in Business 3
Semester 2
BUSI 5410G Financial Management 3
BUSI 5500G Management Information Systems 3
BUSI 5600G Operations and Project Management 3
BUSI 5800G International Business 3
Field course 3
Semester 3

BUSI 6700G Strategic Management 3

Field Course 3
Field Course 3
Field Course 3
BUSI 6910G MBA Research Project 9
Semester 4
BUSI 6910G MBA Research Project continued
Total credits 52
This program map is designed for full-time students who begin their studies in the fall semester.
Part-time students should consult with the graduate program director to determine their study plans.

Required courses 57
BUSI 5000G Business Communication

BUSI 5010G Foundations of Business
BUSI 5020G Ethics and Leadership
BUSI 5100G Accounting Systems
BUSI 5200G Marketing Management
BUSI 5400G Quantitative Analysis in Business
BUSI 5410G Financial Management
BUSI 5500G Management Information Systems
BUSI 5600G Operations and Project Management
BUSI 5800G International Business
BUSI 6700G Strategic Management
BUSI 6910G MBA Research Project
Elective courses
BUSI 5300G Organizational Behaviour
BUSI 5510G E-Commerce Strategies
BUSI 5640G Optimization
BUSI 5650G Supply Chain Management
BUSI 5700G Entrepreneurship
BUSI 6090G Special Topics in Business
BUSI 6210G Consumer Behaviour
BUSI 6220G Marketing Strategy
BUSI 6230G Internet Marketing
BUSI 6250G International Marketing
BUSI 6260G Marketing Research
BUSI 6410G Global Finance
BUSI 6420G Equity Securities
BUSI 6430G Fixed Income Securities
BUSI 6440G Derivative Strategies
BUSI 6450G Portfolio Management
BUSI 6630U Inventory and Logistics in Supply Chain Management
BUSI 6650U Advanced Supply Chain Management
BUSI 6660G Impact of Technology on the Supply Chain
BUSI 6810G International Management
Courses required for concentration in Finance
BUSI 5410G Financial Management (core)
Three courses chosen from:
BUSI 6420G Equity Securities
BUSI 6430G Fixed Income Securities
BUSI 6440G Derivative Strategies
BUSI 6450G Portfolio Management

Courses required for concentration in International Business

BUSI 5800G International Business (core)
BUSI 6810G International Management
Courses required for concentration in Logistics and Supply Chain Management

BUSI 5640G Optimization
BUSI 5650G Supply Chain Management (replaces elective)
Two courses chosen from:
BUSI 6630G Inventory and Logistics in Supply Chain Management
BUSI 6650G Advanced Supply Chain Management
58 BUSI 6660G Impact of Technology on the Supply Chain
Courses required for concentration in Marketing

BUSI 5200G Marketing Management (core)
Four courses chosen from:
BUSI 6210G Consumer Behaviour
BUSI 6220G Marketing Strategy
BUSI 6230G Internet Marketing
BUSI 6260G Marketing Research
8.4 Master of Information Technology Security (MITS)

Khalil El-Khatib, BCompSc, MCompSc, PhD
Shahram S. Heydari, BSc, MSc, MASc, PhD
Patrick C.K. Hung, BSc, MPhil, MASc, PhD
Xiaodong Lin, BSc, MSc, PhD, PhD
Carolyn McGregor, BAppSc (Comp.Sc), PhD (Cross-appointment with the Faculty of Health Sciences)
Miguel Vargas Martin, BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Ying Zhu, BSc, MSc, PhD (Cross-appointment with the Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)

The Master of Information Technology Security (MITS) program is a graduate professional program
that prepares graduates to work in the high-demand information technology (IT) security industry. The
program is designed to enable students to “learn how to learn” in the rapidly evolving IT security
field. The program adopts a project method that provides students with the experience to apply core
course materials to a substantial project in the workplace during the latter part of the program.
The MITS program is one of the first of its kind in Canada and one of few specialized IT security
graduate degree programs available in the world. Through theory and applied learning, the program
enables students to develop an extensive understanding of business and information technology
security, polish communication skills and examine business and IT ethics in a team environment.
To achieve the objectives of the program and to enhance students’ learning experience, it is
important for the program to provide students with the necessary hands-on skills and knowledge.
The Faculty of Business and Information Technology provides a Hacker Research Lab to enhance
the curriculum of the MITS program. This lab facility hosts an array of network settings and consists

of a variety of network equipment and wireless devices in a secure setting. It offers students a

secluded environment within which to work on various IT security projects and experiments.
The MITS curriculum contains the domains found in the CISSP (Certified Information Systems
Security Profession) exam. The curriculum, which includes an IT security capstone project, also
provides students with the opportunity to apply core course concepts to a substantial project in the
workplace. This plan of study introduces students to the fundamental knowledge of the ever-
changing IT security field. MITS graduates will not only be able to understand and apply the best of
current practice, but will also be able to act as managers of transformation to improve that practice
as the field evolves. MITS graduates are prepared to work in different levels as IT security
professionals.

4.4.2, students applying to the MITS program must meet the following program-specific requirements:
:: While applicants may hold any four-year undergraduate degree from an accredited institution, 59
preference is given to applicants whose undergraduate degree is in the field of information
technology, engineering, science, or related fields;
:: Work experience in IT related jobs is preferred;
:: Submission of a portfolio indicating relevant work experience and skills in information technology; and
:: Successful completion of at least one course in advanced programming (e.g. Java/C/C++/C#) and
advanced mathematics (e.g. linear algebra, calculus, number theory, etc.), and at least one course
or proven work experience in operating systems (Windows and/or Unix or Linux). To assist with the
assessment of the application, applicants should submit detailed descriptions of any completed
courses in these areas. Course descriptions should be copied from the university's academic
calendar.

Students can complete this program on a part-time basis, but because the IT security field changes
rapidly, any students who wish to pursue security certification are encouraged to enrol full-time. It is
essential that part-time students seek approval from their faculty advisor or the graduate program
director regarding their study plan.

Students are required to complete eight required courses and a capstone research project for a total
of 30 credits. Approximate time for program completion, based on full-time status, is 12 months.
Program map
Semester 1 Credits
MITS 5110G Legal Issues, Ethics and Incident Handling in IT Security 3
MITS 5200G Advanced Communication Networks 3
MITS 5500G Cryptography and Secure Communications 3
MITS 5900G MITS Seminar* 3
Semester 2
MITS 5400G Secure Software Systems 3

MITS 5300G Operating Systems Security 3

MITS 6400G Biometrics/Access Control and Smart Card Technology 3
MITS 6300G IT Security Capstone Research Project I** 3
Semester 3
MITS 6100G Attack and Defence (Prerequisites: MITS 5200G and MITS 5300G) 3
MITS 6600G IT Security Capstone Research Project II 3
Total credits 30
*MITS 5900G MITS Seminar continues in the second semester and concludes in third semester.
**Students present their capstone projects at the end of the third semester.
This program map is designed for full-time students who begin their studies in the fall semester.
Part-time students should consult with the graduate program director to determine their study plans.
60
SECTION 9:
GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED
BY THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION
SECTION 9: GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED BY

Faculty of Education
11 Simcoe Street North, PO Box 385
THE FACULTY OF EDUCATION

Oshawa, Ont. L1H 7L7
Canada
T: 905.721.3181 (automated)
F: 905.721.1707
www.education.uoit.ca
9.2 Graduate programs offered

:: Master of Arts (MA) in Education 61
:: Master of Education (MEd)

:: Graduate Diploma in Education and Digital Technologies

Shawn Bullock, BSc, BEd, MEd, PhD
Francois Desjardins, BA, BEd, PhD
Maurice DiGiuseppe, BSc, BEd, MEd, PhD
Allyson Eamer, BA, BEd, MEd, PhD
Jim Greenlaw, BA (Hons), BEd, MA(T), PhD
Janette Hughes, BA, BEd, MEd, PhD
Bill Hunter, BA, PhD
Robin Kay, BSc, MA, PhD
Liesel Knaack, BA (Hons), BEd, MEd, PhD
Ann LeSage, BSc (Hons), BEd, MEd, PhD
Bill Muirhead, BA, MA, PhD
Diana Petrarca, BSc (Hons), BEd, MEd
Lorayne Robertson, BA, BEd, MEd, EdD
Shirley Van Nuland, BA, BEd, MEd, PhD
Roland Van Oostveen, BSc (Hons), MEd, PhD
9.4 Program information

At UOIT, the graduate programs in Education are designed specifically to prepare future leaders and
specialists in learning and technology, and meet the needs of the constituents within this social
context. The Master of Education (MEd), Master of Arts (MA) in Education and Graduate Diploma in
Education and Digital Technologies are unique and at the leading edge in both their objectives and
approaches to learning online. Not only do these programs deal with the most recent issues around
the interactions between digital technology and education, but the professors do so using approaches
that favour collaborative learning, co-construction of knowledge and peer tutoring. Finally, all this is
designed with you in mind and built on the university’s institutional strength in digital technology and
the Faculty of Education’s focus on learning with technology.
The field of Education and Digital Technologies within the MA, MEd and the Graduate Diploma builds
on the institutional strengths of information and communication technologies at UOIT. Those
students who are interested in a more general MEd can take courses in a variety of key areas.
The Graduate Diploma in Education and Digital Technologies is intended to be a high quality
professional development opportunity for educators. The graduate diploma provides educators with
an alternative form of professional development when they do not wish to do a full master’s degree,
but want to take some graduate level courses.
Students enrolled in all graduate programs in Education will take their courses online, which includes
regular (ie. weekly) video conferencing meetings. Some of the program activities may be available in
a hybrid (combination of online and face-to-face) fashion.

4.4.2, students applying to the MA, MEd and Graduate Diploma in Education and Digital
Technologies programs must meet the following program-specific requirements:

:: Hold a four-year honours degree from a Canadian university or a three-year university degree and a
Bachelor of Education degree or its equivalent from a recognized institution;
:: Overall academic standing of at least a B (GPA: 3.0 on a 4.3 scale), with a minimum B in the last
two full-time years (four semesters) of undergraduate work or equivalent; and
62 some other graduate programs at UOIT. Language requirements are specified in section 4.4.4.
Please note that an admission interview may also be required.
9.6 Part-time studies

This program is particularly well suited for candidates holding part-time or full-time employment and
wishing to pursue studies in education at the graduate level on a part-time basis. Not only do all
courses make use of web-based tools for information and communication in the usual manner, but
students also meet with their colleagues and professors on a regular basis using a powerful and
user-friendly video-conferencing system. All meetings are scheduled during weekday evening hours,
except for the month of July (summer term), where an intensive weekday schedule is implemented.
Since all meetings can be conducted online, students can complete the entire program from home,
eliminating time and distance constraints.

9.7.1 Master of Arts (MA) in Education (30 credits)
Students in the MA are required to take six 3-credit courses and complete a 12-credit thesis.
EDUC 5001G Principles of Learning
EDUC 5002G Research Methods in Education
EDUC 5003G Advanced Research Methods and Design
6 credits from cluster 1 in section 9.8
12 credits from thesis
3 other course credits
9.7.2 Master of Education (MEd) (30 credits)

The MEd program is available either with a portfolio option or a project option. Students in the
portfolio option are required to take ten 3-credit courses (one of which is the 3-credit digital
portfolio). Students in the project option take eight courses together with a 6-credit research project.
Portfolio option (30 credits)

EDUC 5001G Principles of Learning (required for all MEd students)
EDUC 5002G Research Methods in Education (required for all MEd students)
3 credits from other core courses
3 credits from EDUC 6300G MEd Graduate Portfolio
Project option (30 credits)

EDUC 5001G Principles of Learning (required for all MEd students)
EDUC 5002G Research Methods in Education (required for all MEd students)
3 credits from other core courses
6 credits from EDUC 6200G MEd Graduate Research Project

9.7.3 Graduate Diploma in Education and Digital Technologies (12 credits)

Students in the graduate diploma program must complete four courses in the field of Education and
Digital Technologies for a total of 12 credits. The four courses must be completed within a three

year period with a minimum passing grade of B- in each course.
Courses may be selected from the following offerings:

EDUC 5101G Learning with Technology
EDUC 5102G Educational Technology and Communication
EDUC 5103G Online Technology in Education
EDUC 5104G Learning Tools
EDUC 5105G Technology Diffusion in Education 63
EDUC 5205G Leadership and Technology

EDUC 5303G Technology and the Curriculum
EDUC 5304G Digital Literacy: Theory, Practice and Research
EDUC 5199G Special Topics in Education and Digital Technologies
Students who complete the graduate diploma program and wish to be considered for admission to
the MEd can have up to six of the 12 credits counted toward the master’s degree. Students who are
enrolled in the graduate diploma program and wish to switch to the MEd may apply for admission. If
an offer of admission is granted, they may transfer all of their credits from the diploma program to
the master’s degree. In this case, they would not receive the graduate diploma. Students who have
completed UOIT’s MA or MEd, or an equivalent program, and who wish to enrol in the graduate
diploma program, may transfer up to six credits toward the diploma, depending on the courses they
have taken in their master’s program.
9.8 Course listing

Core courses
EDUC 5001G Principles of Learning (required for all MA and MEd students)
EDUC 5002G Research Methods in Education (required for all MA and MEd students)
EDUC 5003G Advanced Research Methods and Design (required for MA students)
EDUC 5004G The Reflective Practitioner
EDUC 5005G Social and Cultural Context of Education
Cluster 1 – Courses in the field of Education and Digital Technologies

EDUC 5101G Learning with Technology
EDUC 5102G Educational Technology and Communication
EDUC 5103G Online Technology in Education
EDUC 5104G Learning Tools
EDUC 5105G Technology Diffusion in Education
EDUC 5199G Special Topics in Education and Digital Technologies
Cluster 2 – Leadership and administration courses
EDUC 5201G Foundations of Leadership
EDUC 5202G Organizational Theory, Culture and Decision Making
EDUC 5203G Dynamics of Change
EDUC 5204G Staff Development and Supervision
EDUC 5206G Education Law and Governance
EDUC 5299G Special Topics in Leadership and Administration
Cluster 3 – Curriculum courses

EDUC 5301G Curriculum Theory
EDUC 5302G Curriculum Planning and Implementation

EDUC 5305G Authentic Assessment
EDUC 5399G Special Topics in Curriculum
Cluster 4 – Adult education courses

EDUC 5401G Introduction to Adult Education and Higher Education
EDUC 5402G The Adult Learner in a Digital Age
64
EDUC 5403G Adult Education: Contexts, Problems, and Issues
EDUC 5404G Teaching in an Adult Learning Environment
EDUC 5405G Digital Technologies in Adult Education
Completion options
EDUC 6100G MA Thesis
EDUC 6200G MEd Graduate Research Project
EDUC 6300G MEd Graduate Portfolio
SECTION 10:
BY THE FACULTY OF ENERGY SYSTEMS
FACULTY OF ENERGY SYSTEMS AND NUCLEAR SCIENCE

AND NUCLEAR SCIENCE
Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science
Canada
T: 905.721.8668 ext. 2932
F: 905.721.3046
www.nuclear.uoit.ca
65
10.2 Graduate programs offered

Nuclear Engineering
:: Master of Applied Science (MASc)
:: Master of Engineering (MEng)
:: Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Graduate Diplomas in Nuclear Technology

:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Fuel, Materials and Chemistry
:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Reactor Systems
:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Operation and Maintenance
:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Safety, Licensing and Regulatory Affairs
:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Health Physics
:: Graduate Diploma in Nuclear Technology - Radiological Applications

Dhavide Aruliah, BSc, MS, PhD
Emma Bartfay, BSc, MMath, PhD
Wally Bartfay, RN, MN, PhD
Michael Bennett, BS, MA, PhD
George Bereznai, BE, MEng, PhD, PEng
Peter Berg, Dipl-Phys, PhD
Luciano Buono, BSc, MSc, PhD
Ibrahim Dincer, BSc, MSc, PhD
Shari Forbes, BSc, PhD
Hossam Gabbar, BSc, PhD, PEng
Kamiel Gabriel, BSc, MSc, MBA, PhD, PEng
Mark Green, BSc, MSc, PhD
Julia Green-Johnson, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Glenn Harvel, BEng, MEng, PhD, PEng
Doug Holdway, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Brian M. Ikeda, BSc, MSc, PhD
Holly Jones-Taggart, BSc, (Hons), PhD
Matthew Kaye, BASc, MSc, PhD
Greg Lewis, BSc, MSc, PhD

Lixuan Lu, BESc, MESc, PhD, PEng
Rachid Machrafi, BSc, MSc, PhD
Richard Marceau, BEng, MScA, PhD, PEng, FCAE
Greg Naterer, BMath, MASc, PhD, PEng, FCSME
Eleodor Nichita, BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng
Scott Nokleby, BEng, MASc, PhD, PEng
Igor Pioro, MSc, PhD, Dr. Tech Sc., PEng
Jing Ren, BA, MSc, PhD
Marc Rosen, BASc, MASc, PhD, PEng, FCSME, FEIC, FASME, FIEF
Anthony Waker, BSc, PhD
66 Edward Waller, BSc, MScE, PhD, PEng

The University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) offers graduate programs leading to the
degrees of Master of Applied Science (MASc), Master of Engineering (MEng) and Doctor of
Philosophy (PhD) in Nuclear Engineering. In addition, six graduate diploma programs are offered
in Nuclear Technology. The Nuclear Engineering graduate programs encompass the nuclear power
industry, from fuel manufacture to radioactive waste disposal, and the many and varied applications
of radiation in industrial and medical disciplines, with a strong emphasis on health physics. Typical
workplace activities include fundamental and applied research, design and development of new
equipment, systems and procedures, maintenance and modifications, commissioning and
decommissioning of equipment and complete facilities, operation, analysis, and regulatory affairs.
Graduates of a master’s level degree program in Nuclear Engineering must be competent in a wide
range of disciplines that impinge on the safe and reliable operation of the many and varied systems
that comprise radiological equipment, nuclear power plants, and related facilities. They must
understand the complex interrelationships between humans, non-human biota and the physical,
chemical, economic, and social components of the environment. The program provides the depth
and breadth of knowledge necessary for practicing professionals in nuclear engineering. Under the
guidance of a research supervisor and a multi-disciplinary team of scientific and engineering faculty,
each student has the opportunity to engage in in-depth study of particular problems that emphasize
theory and/or experimentation. The master’s program is comprised of two fields: 1) Nuclear Power,
and 2) Radiological and Health Physics.
The PhD program in Nuclear Engineering comprises the following two fields: 1) Nuclear Power and
Energy Applications, and 2) Radiological and Health Physics. The main objective of the PhD program is
to prepare graduates for a career that includes research and/or teaching in academia or industry, as
well as for leadership positions that require problem solving skills with highly specialized knowledge,
often in interdisciplinary fields, and the management of finances, projects, and people. Graduates of
the program are expected to be able to conduct independent research. Graduates of the program will
be able to work in research labs in both industry and government or as academics in universities.
The six graduate diplomas in Nuclear Technology are based on areas of specialization within the
fields of Nuclear Power, and Radiological and Health Physics. The programs have been designed to
accommodate the needs of personnel working in the nuclear industry and to promote an orientation
toward lifelong learning as students may choose to complete a number of these diplomas over the
course of their careers. Students in the graduate diploma programs will upgrade their knowledge
and skills and position themselves for transfer and/or advancement within their industry. Diplomas
are offered in the areas of Fuel, Materials and Chemistry; Reactor Systems; Operation and
Maintenance; Safety, Licensing and Regulatory Affairs; Health Physics; and Radiological Applications.
4.4.2, students must meet the following program-specific requirements.
Master of Applied Science (MASc) and Master of Engineering (MEng) in Nuclear Engineering
Completion of a four-year honours undergraduate science or engineering degree from a Canadian
university, or its equivalent from a recognized institution.

Overall academic standing of at least a B (GPA: 3.0 on a 4.3 scale), with a minimum B in the last
two years (four semesters) of full-time undergraduate work or equivalent, although a B+ is preferred
for MASc applicants.
Close technical contact with a faculty member is an essential part of graduate education in
engineering and science. Prior to being accepted into the MASc program, students must find a
professor who specializes in the applicant’s desired area of research and who is willing to act as
a supervisor. In the event the applicant cannot find a thesis supervisor, the applicant may be
considered for admission into the MEng-Course option.
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Nuclear Engineering

The minimum admission requirement for the PhD program is completion of a MASc level degree
in engineering from a Canadian university or its equivalent from a recognized institution, with a
minimum B+ average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
Prior to being accepted into the program, PhD students must also find a professor who specializes
in the applicant's desired area of research and is willing to act as a supervisor. 67
Under exceptional circumstances, MASc students may transfer directly to the PhD program after
completing one academic year in the MASc program if the following conditions are met: 1) completion
of a full master‘s program of course work (five courses worth a total of 15 credits) with at least an
A average; 2) strong evidence of research ability; and 3) approval of the direct transfer by the thesis
supervisor(s) and the supervisory committee. The transfer must also be approved by the graduate
program director and the dean of Graduate Studies. The faculty will usually require up to 12 additional
credits of course work in the PhD program. See section 4.4.2.1 for additional information.
Graduate Diplomas in Nuclear Technology

To be considered for admission into any of the graduate diploma programs, applicants must hold a
bachelor’s degree in the fields of engineering, science or mathematics, with a grade point average of
B- (GPA: 2.7 on a 4.3 scale). This is one grade below that for entry into a MEng degree program.
Individuals without an undergraduate degree and who have extensive experience relevant to the
chosen field of diploma studies may be considered on a case-by-case basis. For more information,
see section 4.4.8 for UOIT’s policy on mature applicants.
As students applying to the graduate diploma programs are not required to prepare a thesis or major
project, they are not required to find a supervisor. Their program advisor will be the graduate program
director of the Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science.

To facilitate access to all potential students, part-time studies are permitted. Engineers in local
industries, in particular, may wish to pursue the MEng program or a graduate diploma program
through part-time studies.

10.7.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in Nuclear Engineering
The objective of the MASc program is to prepare students for a career as engineers in fields that require
specialized knowledge and skills. It is expected that graduates of the program will be able to work
as engineers in industry, companies, and government agencies with strong R&D programs, or to
continue their education by pursuing a PhD degree. The objective of the MASc program is achieved
through a combination of course work, supervised research, a research seminar, and a research
thesis. Students must complete five courses for a total of 15 credits, a non-credit seminar course
and a thesis worth 15 credits.
10.7.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Nuclear Engineering
The objective of the MEng program is to provide the opportunity for engineers in industry to upgrade
and expand their skills, including developing research skills. Graduates of the program will be able to
use what they have learned in a variety of applications in industry, government and academia. All MEng
students are required to engage in research activities as part of projects in many of the courses.
The MEng degree program has three options:
:: MEng-Graduate Research Project, which consists of a combination of courses and a project;
:: MEng-Industrial Research Project, which consists of a combination of courses and a project; and
:: MEng-Course, which consists of only courses.
For the MEng-Graduate Research Project option, students must complete seven courses worth a total
of 21 credits and a graduate research project worth nine credits. Under the supervision of a faculty
member, students have the opportunity to integrate and synthesize knowledge gained throughout
their program of study. The chosen topic is dependent on the area of specialization of the student,
using resources normally available on campus. Students are required to write a report and give a
presentation on their completed project.
Students in the MEng-Industrial Research Project option must complete eight courses (24 credits)
and an industrial project worth six credits. Students enrolled part-time in this program option may
designate a period of approximately four months in an industrial laboratory to carry out an industry-
oriented project under the supervision of a suitably qualified staff engineer or scientist, as well as a
university co-supervisor. The faculty works with the students and their employers to arrange suitable
projects. A satisfactory project topic and appropriate arrangements are required for the project to be
68 approved by the faculty. However, it is possible that in some cases, this may not be feasible. Upon
completion, students are expected to submit a substantial report and conduct a presentation about
the project at the university. The industrial research project can only be undertaken after at least
half the required courses have been completed.
For the MEng-Course option, students must complete 10 courses worth a total of 30 credits.
Students in the MASc or MEng programs may take no more than one-third of their courses from the
undergraduate courses listed in section 10.8 or other 4xxx courses specifically approved by the
graduate program director, provided the students did not take similar courses during their
undergraduate degree programs.
Students must take at least half of their graduate courses from the list of NUCL 5xxxG courses in
section 10.8. Courses not listed and offered by other faculties at UOIT or other universities can only
be taken for credit if first approved by the graduate program director.
Courses are offered on the basis of demand with the expectation that courses will be offered at a
minimum of once every two years.
10.7.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Nuclear Engineering

Students in the PhD program must complete four courses worth a total of 12 credits and a
dissertation worth 40 credits (NUCL 6001G PhD Thesis). In general, the PhD dissertation involves
intensive research and requires determination and enthusiasm to deliver a new contribution to the
field of study. The duration of the PhD program is normally three to four years and financial support
for the student must be secured. In addition to the four courses and dissertation, the student must
successfully complete NUCL 6002G Workshop and Professional Development and NUCL 6003G
Doctoral Seminar. These are graded on a pass/fail basis. Courses in other graduate programs at
UOIT may be taken provided students have not taken similar courses during their undergraduate or
master’s degrees and the courses are approved by the graduate program director.
Students, who transfer directly from a MASc program into the PhD program, must complete nine
courses worth a total of 27 credits and a dissertation worth 40 credits (NUCL 6001G PhD Thesis).
In addition to the nine courses, the students must successfully complete NUCL 6002G Workshop
and Professional Development and NUCL 6003G Doctoral Seminar.
Within 18 months of entry into the PhD program, students must prepare a written research proposal
and pass an oral candidacy exam. PhD students must also successfully defend their dissertation in
front of an examining committee.
10.7.4 Graduate Diplomas in Nuclear Technology
To earn a graduate diploma, students are required to complete four courses approved by the
graduate program director that are relevant to one of the six areas of specialization. Each diploma
has a set of defined courses relevant to the area of specialization. In addition, there are number of
non-specialist courses common to all diploma programs. The four courses must be completed within
a three year period with a minimum passing grade of B- for each course.
The selected courses must not have been taken previously at UOIT or at another university with a
comparable program. The student must select the specific diploma he or she wishes to obtain at the

time of registration. Any changes to this choice and to the selection of courses which are designed
to achieve the intent of the specific specialty, must be approved by the graduate program director. It
should be noted that any one course can only be counted towards one diploma and that transfer
credits between other graduate diploma programs are not permitted.
Students must:
:: Complete a minimum of two courses from the specialty, including at least one NUCL course;
:: Complete no more than one course from another specialty and/or up to two courses from the
non-specialist common courses;
:: Complete a minimum of two NUCL courses at the 5000 level; and
:: Subject to the approval of the graduate program director, one graduate course may be taken that
is not listed for the Diploma in Nuclear Technology (i.e., from a graduate program offered by other
UOIT faculties).
Of the four required courses for each graduate diploma, no more than one may be selected from the
69
specified undergraduate course options.
Students who complete any of the Graduate Diplomas in Nuclear Technology and wish to be considered
for admission to the MASc or the MEng in Nuclear Engineering may have up to six of the 12 credits
counted toward their master’s degree. Students who are enrolled in the graduate diploma program
and wish to switch to the MASc or MEng in Nuclear Engineering may apply for admission. If an offer
of admission is granted, they may be able to transfer all of their credits from the diploma program to
the master’s degree. In this case, they would not receive the graduate diploma. Students who have
completed UOIT’s MASc or MEng in Nuclear Engineering, or an equivalent program, and who wish to
enrol in the graduate diploma program may transfer up to six credits toward the diploma, depending
on the courses they have taken in their master’s program.
Diplomas in the field of Nuclear Power

1. Fuel, Materials and Chemistry
NUCL 5080G Advanced Topics in Environmental Degradation of Materials
NUCL 5220G Fuel Management in Nuclear Reactors
NUCL 5300G Advanced Topics in Radioactive Waste Management
NUCL 5450G Advanced Material Analysis
ENGR 4510 Nuclear Plant Chemistry
ENGR 4610 Corrosion for Engineers
ENGR 4620 Radioactive Waste Management Design
ENGR 4680 Nuclear Materials
ENGR 4810 Nuclear Fuel Cycles
2. Reactor Systems
NUCL 5200G Reactor Physics
NUCL 5210G Advanced Reactor Physics
NUCL 5215G Advanced Reactor Engineering
NUCL 5230G Advanced Nuclear Thermalhydraulics
NUCL 5240G Heat Transfer in Nuclear Reactor Applications
NUCL 5290G Advances in Nuclear Power Plant Systems
ENGR 5122G Computational Fluid Dynamics
ENGR 4700 Nuclear Plant Design and Simulation
ENGR 4730 Reactor Control
ENGR 4780 Nuclear Reactor Design
3. Operation and Maintenance
NUCL 5100G Nuclear Plant Systems and Operation
NUCL 5250G Power Plant Thermodynamics
NUCL 5270G Control, Instrumentation and Electrical Systems in CANDU Based Nuclear Power Plants
NUCL 5280G Advanced Reactor Control
ENGR 5121G Advanced Turbo Machinery
ENGR 5740G User Interface Design
ENGR 5910G Embedded Real-Time Control Systems

ENGR 5920G Analysis and Control of Nonlinear Systems
ENGR 5930G Adaptive Control
ENGR 5940G Intelligent Control Systems
ENGR 5960G Power System Operations, Analysis and Planning
ENGR 4670 Shielding Design
4. Safety, Licensing and Regulatory Affairs

NUCL 5050G Applied Risk Analysis
NUCL 5070G Environmental Modelling
NUCL 5090G Occupational Health and Safety
NUCL 5260G Reactor Containment Systems
NUCL 5430G Advanced Dosimetry
70 NUCL 5440G Advanced Radiation Biophysics and Microdosimetry
ENGR 4520 Nuclear Plant Safety Design
ENGR 4660 Risk Analysis Methods
RADI 4220 Radiation Biophysics and Dosimetry
RADI 4550 Radiation Detection and Measurement
Diplomas in the field of Radiological and Health Physics

5. Health Physics
NUCL 5440G Advanced Radiation Biophysics and Microdosimetry
6. Radiological Applications
NUCL 5400G Advanced Radiation Science
NUCL 5410G Physics of Radiation Therapy
NUCL 5460G Industrial Radiography
NUCL 5470G Nuclear Forensic Analysis
RADI 4430 Industrial Applications of Radiation Techniques
RADI 4440 Radioisotopes and Radiation Machines
Non-specialist courses common to all diploma programs

NUCL 5010G Project Management for Nuclear Engineers
NUCL 5020G Mathematical Methods in Nuclear Applications
NUCL 5030G Transport Theory
NUCL 5040G Monte Carlo Methods
NUCL 5060G Nuclear Concepts for Engineers and Scientists
NUCL 5065G Thermalhydraulics Concepts for Engineers and Scientists
NUCL 5275G Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)
NUCL 5285G Advanced Process Control Systems
NUCL 5420G Aerosol Mechanics
ENGR 5010G Advanced Optimization
MCSC 6120G Numerical Methods for Ordinary Differential Equations
MCSC 6210G Advanced Topics in Mathematical Modelling
MCSC 6230G Advanced Topics in High-Performance Computing
10.8 Course listing

Core graduate courses offered by the Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science
NUCL 5001G MASc Thesis
NUCL 5003G Seminar
NUCL 5004G Directed Studies
NUCL 5005G Special Topics
NUCL 5006G Industrial Research Project
NUCL 5009G Graduate Research Project
NUCL 5010G Project Management for Nuclear Engineers
NUCL 5020G Mathematical Methods in Nuclear Applications
NUCL 5030G Transport Theory
NUCL 5040G Monte Carlo Methods
NUCL 5050G Applied Risk Analysis
NUCL 5060G Nuclear Concepts for Engineers and Scientists 71

NUCL 5080G Advanced Topics in Environmental Degradation of Materials
NUCL 5100G Nuclear Plant Systems and Operation
NUCL 5200G Reactor Physics
NUCL 5210G Advanced Reactor Physics
NUCL 5215G Advanced Reactor Engineering
NUCL 5220G Fuel Management in Nuclear Reactors
NUCL 5230G Advanced Nuclear Thermalhydraulics
NUCL 5240G Heat Transfer in Nuclear Reactor Applications
NUCL 5250G Power Plant Thermodynamics
NUCL 5260G Reactor Containment Systems
NUCL 5270G Control, Instrumentation and Electrical Systems in CANDU Based Nuclear Power Plants
NUCL 5275G Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS)
NUCL 5280G Advanced Reactor Control
NUCL 5285G Advanced Process Control Systems
NUCL 5290G Advances in Nuclear Power Plant Systems
NUCL 5310G Transmutation of Nuclear Waste
NUCL 5350G Regulatory Affairs and Licensing Concepts
NUCL 5400G Advanced Radiation Science
NUCL 5410G Physics of Radiation Therapy
NUCL 5420G Aerosol Mechanics
NUCL 5440G Advanced Radiation Biophysics and Microdosimetry
NUCL 5450G Advanced Material Analysis
NUCL 5460G Industrial Radiography
NUCL 5470G Nuclear Forensic Analysis
NUCL 6000G PhD Candidacy Exam
NUCL 6001G PhD Thesis
NUCL 6002G Workshop and Professional Development
NUCL 6003G Doctoral Seminar
NUCL 6004G Directed Studies for Doctoral Candidates
NUCL 6005G Special Topics for Doctoral Candidates
Elective graduate courses from the Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science


ENGR 5750G Software Quality Management
Elective graduate courses from the Faculty of Science

MCSC 6010G Mathematical Modelling
MCSC 6030G High-Performance Computing
72
MCSC 6125G Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations
Undergraduate Nuclear Engineering courses available for credit towards a graduate program in the
Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science
ENGR 4510 Nuclear Plant Chemistry
ENGR 4520 Nuclear Plant Safety Design
ENGR 4610 Corrosion for Engineers
ENGR 4640 Nuclear Plant Operations
ENGR 4660 Risk Analysis Methods
ENGR 4680 Nuclear Materials
ENGR 4700 Nuclear Plant Design and Simulation
ENGR 4730 Reactor Control
ENGR 4780 Nuclear Reactor Design
ENGR 4810 Nuclear Fuel Cycles
ENGR 4880 Principles of Fusion Energy
Undergraduate Health Physics and Radiation Science courses available for credit towards a graduate
program in the Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science
RADI 4430 Industrial Applications of Radiation Techniques
RADI 4440 Radioisotopes and Radiation Machines
Note: Course descriptions for the undergraduate courses listed above can be found in the
2010-2011 Undergraduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue located on the UOIT website
at www.uoit.ca.
SECTION 11:
BY THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING
THE FACULTY OF ENGINEERING AND APPLIED SCIENCE

AND APPLIED SCIENCE

Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science
Canada
T: 905.721.3268
F: 905.721.3370
www.engineering.uoit.ca 73

Automotive Engineering
Electrical and Computer Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

4.4.2, students applying to the graduate programs in engineering must meet the following program-
specific requirements.
Master of Applied Science (MASc) and Master of Engineering (MEng) programs

Completion of an undergraduate engineering degree in a relevant field from an accredited engineering
program at a Canadian university, or its equivalent from a recognized institution.
Overall academic standing of at least a B (GPA: 3.0 on a 4.3 scale), with a minimum B in the last
two full-time years (four semesters) of undergraduate work or equivalent, although a B+ is preferred
for MASc applicants.
Applicants must possess maturity and self-motivation. Close technical contact with a faculty member is
an essential part of graduate education in engineering. Prior to being accepted into the program, MASc
students must find a professor who specializes in the applicant’s desired area of research and who
is willing to act as a supervisor. MEng students who select the MEng-Project option must also find a
professor who is willing to act as a project supervisor. In the event the MEng-Project student cannot
find a project supervisor, the student may be considered for admission into the MEng-Course option.
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) programs
The minimum admission requirement for the PhD program is completion of a MASc level degree in
engineering at a Canadian university or its equivalent, with a minimum of a B+ average (GPA: 3.3 on
a 4.3 scale).
Under exceptional circumstances, MASc students may transfer directly to the PhD program after
completing one academic year in the MASc program if the following conditions are met: 1) they
complete a full master’s program of course work (five graduate courses worth a total of 15 credits)
with at least an A average; 2) they show strong evidence of research ability; and 3) the research
supervisor(s) and supervisory committee approve the direct transfer. The transfer must also be
approved by the graduate program director and the dean of Graduate Studies. Normally, the faculty
will require up to 12 additional credits of course work in the PhD program. See section 4.4.2.1 for
additional information.

To facilitate access to all potential students, part-time studies are permitted. Engineers in local
industries and governmental agencies, for example, may wish to access the MEng program through
part-time studies.
11.1.5 General degree requirements

The MASc programs involve a combination of courses and a thesis. The PhD program involves a
combination of courses and a dissertation. These programs are research oriented and they provide
excellent preparation for a career in research, development, advanced engineering and/or teaching.
74
The MEng programs are professional master’s programs for upgrading and expanding technical skills
and knowledge. They emphasize course-based learning, sometimes accompanied by a major project.
The MEng degree programs have two options:
:: MEng-Project, which consists of a combination of courses and a project; and
:: MEng-Course, which consists of only courses.
Specific graduate course requirements for each degree are listed individually in sections 11.2
(Automotive Engineering), 11.3 (Electrical and Computer Engineering) and 11.4 (Mechanical
Engineering). In addition to the required graduate courses, MASc and MEng-Project students may
take only one senior year undergraduate engineering course (i.e., with prefix ENGR 4xxxU) in lieu
of a graduate level course, provided they have not already taken a similar course during their
undergraduate degree, and the course is approved by both the student’s supervisor and the graduate
program director. MEng-course students may take up to two senior year engineering or applied
science undergraduate courses in lieu of up to two graduate level courses, again provided they have
not taken similar courses during their undergraduate degree, and the courses are approved by the
graduate program director.
PhD students may not take any undergraduate level courses in lieu of their graduate course
requirements. Courses in other graduate programs at UOIT may be taken provided that students
have not taken similar courses during their undergraduate or master’s degrees and the courses are
approved by the graduate program director.
At least half of a student’s courses must be within their program in the Faculty of Engineering and
Applied Science. Students who wish to take courses outside of their program must gain approval
from the graduate program director. Students who are uncertain about the academic background
needed for a graduate course should consult the course instructor before registering for the course.
11.2 Automotive Engineering

Ahmad Barari, BSc (Hons) MSc, PhD
Peter Berg, Dipl-Phys, PhD (Faculty of Science)
Mikael Eklund, BSc, MSc, PhD
Ebrahim Esmailzadeh, BSc (Hons)(Eng), MPhil, PhD, PEng, CEng, FCSME, FEIC, FASME, FIMechE, SMIEEE
Marnie Ham, Diploma Engineering Technology, BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Yuping He, BASc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Hossam Kishawy, BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng
Ramiro Liscano, BScEng, MScEng, PhD, PEng, SMIEEE
Greg Naterer, BMath, MASc, PhD, PEng, FCSME, FEIC, FASME

Remon Pop-Iliev, BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng

Ghaus Rizvi, ME, MS, MASc, PhD, PEng
Greg Rohrauer, DEC, BEng, PhD, PEng
Dan Zhang, BASc, MASc, PhD, PEng

The MASc and MEng programs in Automotive Engineering provide students with a detailed
understanding of advanced technologies and processes related to automotive systems. These
programs allow students to study all of the main areas associated with automotive systems. These
areas include scientific principles, analysis techniques and design methodologies. The programs are
also designed to provide students with the broad and advanced education necessary for productive
careers in the public or private sectors, as well as in academia. Students develop skills necessary
for clear communication and responsible teamwork and to inspire professional attitudes and ethics. 75
This prepares them for modern work environments and lifelong learning.
Students with undergraduate degrees in mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, or other
fields of engineering or science may apply to the Automotive Engineering graduate programs. The
multi-disciplinary nature of automotive systems, ranging from manufacturing and powertrains to
electrical power/control systems and others, provides opportunities for students to gain broad
exposure to various disciplines at an advanced graduate level.

11.2.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in Automotive Engineering
The main objective of the MASc program in Automotive Engineering is to prepare students for careers
in research, development and advanced engineering. Graduates of the program can work as engineers
in research and development in the automotive sector, other advanced technology companies,
government agencies, or other areas. They are also well prepared to continue their education and
pursue a PhD degree. The objectives of the MASc program are achieved through a combination of
course work, supervised research, a research seminar, and a research thesis.
General MASc degree requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. In addition, a student must
complete five courses for a total of 15 credits and a thesis worth 15 credits for the MASc program
in Automotive Engineering. The course ENGR 5300G Automotive Engineering is a required course for
all Automotive Engineering graduate students. It gives an advanced overview of the automobile as
an integrated system. Students must also select at least two additional courses from the group
of ENGR 53xxG courses (focusing on automotive engineering), plus remaining electives from the
concentration areas of 50xxG, 51xxG, 52xxG, 56xxG, 57xxG, 58xxG and/or 59xxG courses. In addition
to these five graduate courses, students must successfully complete ENGR 5003G Seminar, as well
as ENGR 5001G MASc Thesis.
11.2.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Automotive Engineering

The main objective of the MEng program in Automotive Engineering is to provide the opportunity for
engineers in industry to upgrade and expand their skills. Graduates of the program will be able to
apply their education to various advanced technologies and processes in the automotive sector and
other industries. The objective of the MEng program is achieved through either a combination of
course work and a project, or solely course work, depending on which option the student selects.
MEng students have exposure to research through projects included in most of the graduate courses.
General MEng degree requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. In addition, students who select
the MEng-Project option must complete seven courses for a total of 21 credits and a project worth
nine credits, ENGR 5002G MEng Project. This includes the required course (ENGR 5300G), at least
three other courses from the ENGR 53xxG group and remaining courses from the electives. For the
MEng-Course option, students must complete 10 courses, worth a total of 30 credits. In this option,
students require ENGR 5300G, plus at least three other courses from the ENGR 53xxG group and
the remaining courses from the electives.
The core area of automotive systems (ENGR 53xxG) focuses on courses specifically aimed at
engineering systems for automobiles rather than general applications to other mechanical, electrical
and non-automotive systems. It is beneficial for students to take some of the remaining electives
from the same concentration area. However, it is not required that all electives are completed from a
single concentration area, as it is also valuable for students to receive breadth of knowledge at the
graduate level.

Courses offered in the MASc and MEng programs are sub-divided into an automotive core area
(ENGR 53xxG) and specific concentration areas of energy and thermofluids (ENGR 51xxG),
mechatronics and manufacturing (ENGR 52xxG), communications and signal processing (ENGR
56xxG), software (ENGR 57xxG) and electronics and control systems (ENGR 58xxG, ENGR 59xxG).
The following list shows all courses relevant to the Automotive Engineering graduate programs.
ENGR 5001G MASc Thesis
ENGR 5002G MEng Project
ENGR 5003G Seminar
76 ENGR 5004G MASc/MEng Directed Studies
ENGR 5005G Special Topics
ENGR 5011G Advanced Engineering Design
ENGR 5012G Advanced and Smart Materials
Concentration area – Energy and thermofluids

ENGR 5100G Advanced Energy Systems
ENGR 5101G Thermal Energy Storage
ENGR 5102G Fuel Cells and Hydrogen Systems
ENGR 5120G Advanced Fluid Mechanics
ENGR 5140G Advanced Heat Transfer
ENGR 5141G Heat Exchanger Design and Analysis
ENGR 5160G Advanced Thermodynamics
ENGR 5161G HVAC and Refrigeration Systems Design and Analysis
Concentration area – Mechatronics and manufacturing

ENGR 5221G Computer-Integrated Manufacturing
ENGR 5222G Polymers and Composite Processing
ENGR 5223G Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Methodologies
ENGR 5240G Advanced Dynamics
ENGR 5241G Advanced Mechanics of Materials
ENGR 5242G Advanced Vibrations
ENGR 5243G Mechanics and Dynamics of Machine Tools
ENGR 5260G Advanced Robotics and Automation
ENGR 5261G Advanced Mechatronics: MEMS and Nanotechnology
ENGR 5263G Advanced Control
Core area – Automotive systems
ENGR 5300G Automotive Engineering
ENGR 5310G Advanced Vehicle Dynamics
ENGR 5320G Automotive Aerodynamics
ENGR 5330G Automotive Powertrains
ENGR 5340G Automotive Noise, Vibrations and Harshness
ENGR 5350G Automotive Materials and Manufacturing

ENGR 5360G Automotive Electronics and Software

ENGR 5370G Automotive Design Engineering
Concentration area – Communications and signal processing

ENGR 5610G Stochastic Processes
ENGR 5620G Digital Communications
ENGR 5630G Statistical Signal Processing
ENGR 5640G Advanced Wireless Communications
ENGR 5650G Adaptive Systems and Applications
ENGR 5670G Cryptography and Secure Communications
Concentration area – Software

ENGR 5720G Pervasive and Mobile Computing
ENGR 5750G Software Quality Management 77
ENGR 5760G Software Metrics
Concentration area – Electronics and control systems

ENGR 5850G Analog Integrated Circuit Design
ENGR 5860G Digital Integrated Circuit Design
ENGR 5970G Advanced Power Electronics
A graduate course in one of the approved concentration areas for automotive engineering may be
substituted for ENGR 53xxG, subject to approval by the graduate program director. MASc / MEng
students may replace ENGR 5310G (Advanced Vehicle Dynamics) by ENGR 5240G (Advanced
Dynamics), or replace ENGR 5340G (Automotive Noise, Vibrations and Harshness) by ENGR 5242G
(Advanced Vibrations), subject to approval by the course instructor, wherein the mechanical project
topic in ENGR 5240G / 5242G is replaced by an automotive focused project in ENGR 5310G /
5340G, respectively.
11.3 Electrical and Computer Engineering

George Bereznai, BE, MEng, PhD
Min Dong, BEng, PhD
Mikael Eklund, BSc, MSc, PhD
Khalil El-Khatib, BS, MS, PhD
Ebrahim Esmailzadeh, BSc (Hons) (Eng), MPhil, PhD, PEng, CEng, FCSME, FEIC, FASME, FIMechE, SMIEEE
Rao Gorantla, Adjunct Professor, CEng, BEng, MS, PhD*
Ali Grami, MSc, MEng, PhD, PEng, SMIEEE
Mark Green, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Science)*
Marnie Ham, Dipl Engineering Technology, BSc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Shahram Heydari, BSc, MSc, MASc, PhD
(Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Patrick Hung, BSc, MPhil, MASc, PhD
(Faculty of Business and Information Technology
Xiaodong Lin, BASc, MASc, PhD

Lixuan Lu, BESc, MESc, PhD

(Cross-appointment with the Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Richard Marceau, BEng, MScA, PhD, PEng, FCAE
Carolyn McGregor, BAppSc, PhD
(Faculty of Business and Information Technology and Faculty of Health Sciences)
Ruth Milman, BASc, MASc, PhD
Shahryar Rahnamayan, BSc, MS, PhD, PEng
Bale Reddy, BTech, MTech, PhD
78
Shahram Shahbazpanahi, BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng
Vijay Sood, BSc, MSc, PhD, FIEEE, FEIC
Miguel Vargas Martin, BCompSc, MEng, PhD
Ying Wang, BEng, MASc, PhD
Ying Zhu, BSc, MSc, PhD
(Cross-appointment with the Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
* Master’s program

The MASc and MEng programs in Electrical and Computer Engineering allow a student to study in all
major areas associated with electrical and computer engineering. These areas include electrical,
electronics, computer, telecommunications, biomedical, power generation and related industries. The
discipline focuses on the design and manufacturing of electrical and computer technologies, and
their component parts, as well as on the integration of components into complex systems. This
industrial sector is continually advancing and giving rise to new opportunities. Some examples of
technological challenges include opportunities to develop more advanced telecommunications
networks (including wireless and the Internet), more powerful computers (with more memory and
lower cost), and electric vehicles.
The PhD program is comprised of three fields:

:: Communications and Signal Processing;
:: Software Systems; and
:: Control Systems.

11.3.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in Electrical and Computer Engineering
The objective of the MASc program in Electrical and Computer Engineering is to prepare students for
careers in research, development and advanced engineering in disciplines involving electrical and
computer engineering. Graduates of the program will be able to work as engineers in R&D and other
areas in advanced technology companies or government agencies, or to continue their education and
pursue a PhD degree. The objectives of the MASc program are achieved through a combination of
course work, supervised research, a research seminar, and a research thesis. General MASc degree
requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. For the MASc in Electrical and Computer Engineering,
students must complete five courses for a total of 15 credits and a thesis worth 15 credits. Students
must also successfully complete ENGR 5003G Seminar, as well as ENGR 5001G MASc Thesis.
11.3.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Electrical and Computer Engineering

The objective of the MEng program in Electrical and Computer Engineering is to provide the opportunity

for engineers in industry to upgrade and expand their skills, including research skills. Graduates of the

program will be able to apply what they have learned in a variety of applications in industry, government,
and academia. The objective of the MEng program is achieved through either a combination of course
work and a project or solely course work, depending on which option the student selects. MEng students
have exposure to research through projects included in most of the graduate courses. General MEng
degree requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. For the MEng-Project option, students must
complete seven courses worth a total of 21 credits and a project worth nine credits (ENGR 5002G MEng
Project). For the MEng-Course option, students must complete 10 courses worth a total of 30 credits.
11.3.3.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Electrical and Computer Engineering

Students in the PhD program must complete four courses worth a total of 12 credits, the PhD
Candidacy Exam (ENGR 6001G), and a dissertation worth 40 credits (ENGR 6002G). In addition to
the four courses, PhD candidacy exam and dissertation, students must successfully complete ENGR
6003G Workshops and ENGR 6004G Seminar.
A student who transfers directly into the PhD program after one full year in the MASc program must 79
complete nine courses worth a total of 27 credits and a dissertation worth 40 credits (ENGR 6002G
Dissertation). In addition to the nine courses, the student must successfully complete ENGR 6003G
Workshops and ENGR 6004G Seminar.
Within 18 months of entry into the PhD program, PhD students must prepare a written research
proposal and pass the oral PhD candidacy exam. PhD students must also successfully defend their
dissertation in front of an examining committee.

Graduate courses offered are listed below. Courses related to communications and signal processing
are numbered as ENGR 56xxG. Courses related to software and computer systems are numbered as
ENGR 57xxG. Courses related to electronics and mechatronics are numbered as ENGR 58xxG.
Courses related to control systems and power systems are numbered as ENGR 59xxG.

ENGR 5003G Seminar
ENGR 5004G MASc/MEng Directed Studies
ENGR 5013G Advanced Engineering Mathematics
ENGR 5605G Convex Optimization
ENGR 5610G Stochastic Processes
ENGR 5620G Digital Communications
ENGR 5630G Statistical Signal Processing
ENGR 5640G Advanced Wireless Communications
ENGR 5650G Adaptive Systems and Applications
ENGR 5660G Communication Networks
ENGR 5670G Cryptography and Secure Communications
ENGR 5680G Information Theory
ENGR 5690G RF and Microwave Engineering for Wireless Systems
ENGR 5710G Network Computing1
ENGR 5720G Pervasive and Mobile Computing2
ENGR 5730G Algorithms and Data Structures
ENGR 5760G Software Metrics
ENGR 5770G Service Computing
ENGR 5775G Knowledge Discovery & Data Mining
ENGR 5780G Advanced Computer Architecture

ENGR 5850G Analog Integrated Circuit Design

ENGR 5860G Digital Integrated Circuit Design
ENGR 5915G Discrete Time Control Systems
ENGR 5945G Mobile Robotic Systems
ENGR 5950G Computational Electromagnetics
ENGR 5970G Advanced Power Electronics
ENGR 5980G Advances in Nuclear Power Plant Systems
80 ENGR 5985G Advanced Power Plant Technologies
ENGR 5990G Utility Applications of Static Converters
ENGR 5995G Grid Integration of Renewable Energy Systems
ENGR 6001G PhD Candidacy Exam
ENGR 6002G Dissertation
ENGR 6003G Workshops
ENGR 6004G Seminar
ENGR 6005G PhD Directed Studies
(1 Only one of ENGR 5710 or CSCI 5110 may be taken; 2

Only one of ENGR 5720 or CSCI 5350 may
be taken)
Courses are offered on the basis of demand with the expectation that most courses will be offered
at a minimum of once every three years.
11.4 Mechanical Engineering

George Bereznai*, BE, MEng, PhD
Peter Berg*, Dipl-Phys, PhD (Faculty of Science)
Ebrahim Esmailzadeh, BSc (Hons)(Eng), MPhil, PhD, PEng, CEng, FCSME, FEIC, FASME, FIMechE, SMIEEE
Rao Gorantla, Adjunct Professor, CEng, BEng, MS, PhD
Marnie Ham, BSc, MASc, PhD
Glenn Harvel, BEng, MEng, PhD, PEng (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Yuping He, BASc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Brian M. Ikeda, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Eleodor Nichita*, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Igor Pioro, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Bale Reddy, BTech, MTech, PhD
Ghaus Rizvi, ME, MS, MASc, PhD, PEng
Greg Rohrauer, DEC, BEng, PhD, PEng

Edward Waller, BSc, MScE, PhD, PEng (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)

*Master’s programs

The master’s programs in Mechanical Engineering allow a student to study all of the main areas
associated with mechanical engineering. In addition, the programs feature two primary fields of study
in which students can focus and address key technical areas of the future that are expected to be in
high demand by employers. These fields are 1) Energy and Thermofluids Engineering, and 2)
Mechatronics and Manufacturing Engineering.
The PhD program includes the above two fields of study, as well as an additional third field of
Automotive Engineering.
Alternatively, a student can choose to cover many facets of the broad discipline of mechanical
engineering. Topics can vary widely, from robotics, automation and mechatronics, through mechanics, 81
controls and computer-aided design, to thermofluids and heat transfer. Mechanical engineering is
often interdisciplinary, overlapping significantly with such disciplines as electrical, computer and
software engineering, and opportunities exist for graduate students to explore these areas.

11.4.3.1 Master of Applied Science (MASc) in Mechanical Engineering
The objective of the MASc program in Mechanical Engineering is to prepare students for careers in
research, development and advanced engineering. Graduates of the program will be able to work as
engineers in R&D and other areas, in advanced technology companies or government agencies, or to
continue their education and pursue a PhD degree. The objectives of the MASc program are achieved
through a combination of course work, supervised research, a research seminar, and a research thesis.
General MASc degree requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. For the MASc in Mechanical
Engineering, students must complete five courses for a total of 15 credits and a thesis worth 15
credits. Student must also successfully complete ENGR 5003G Seminar, as well as ENGR 5001G
MASc Thesis.
11.4.3.2 Master of Engineering (MEng) in Mechanical Engineering

The objective of the MEng program in Mechanical Engineering is to provide the opportunity for engineers in
industry to upgrade and expand their skills, including the development of research skills. Graduates of the
program will be able to apply what they have learned in a variety of applications in industry, government,
and academia. The objective of the MEng program is achieved through either a combination of course
work and a project, or solely course work, depending on which option the student selects. MEng students
have exposure to research through projects included in most of the graduate courses.
General MEng degree requirements are stipulated in section 11.1.5. For the MEng-Project option,
students must complete seven courses worth a total of 21 credits and a project worth nine credits
(ENGR 5002G MEng Project). For the MEng-Course option, students must complete ten courses
worth a total of 30 credits.
11.4.3.3 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Mechanical Engineering

Students in the PhD program must complete four courses worth a total of 12 credits, the PhD
Candidacy Exam (ENGR 6001G) and a dissertation worth 40 credits (ENGR 6002G). In general, the
PhD dissertation involves intensive research to deliver a scholarly innovative contribution. The
duration of the PhD program is normally three to four years and financial support for the student
must be secured.
In addition to the four courses, PhD candidacy exam and dissertation, the student must successfully
complete ENGR 6003G Workshops and ENGR 6004G Seminar. Courses in other graduate programs at
UOIT may be taken provided students have not taken similar courses during their undergraduate or
master’s degrees and the courses are approved by the graduate program director. A student who
transfers directly from a MASc program into the PhD program must complete nine courses worth a total
of 27 credits and a dissertation worth 40 credits (ENGR 6002G Dissertation). In addition to the nine
courses, the student must successfully complete ENGR 6003G Workshops and ENGR 6004G Seminar.
Within 18 months of entry into the program, PhD students must prepare a written research proposal
and pass the oral PhD candidacy exam. PhD students must also successfully defend their
dissertation in front of an examining committee.

In the list of ENGR graduate courses below, courses related to the Energy and Thermofluids Engineering
field are numbered as ENGR 51xxG. Courses related to the Mechatronics and Manufacturing
Engineering field are numbered as ENGR 52xxG. PhD students may also select from core automotive
courses (ENGR 53xxG); these are listed in section 11.2.4.
Courses numbered ENGR 50xxG are common to both fields. Note that ENGR 6xxxG level courses are
restricted to PhD students.
ENGR 5003G Seminar
82 ENGR 5004G MASc/MEng Directed Studies
ENGR 5011G Advanced Engineering Design
ENGR 5012G Advanced and Smart Materials
ENGR 5100G Advanced Energy Systems
ENGR 5101G Thermal Energy Storage
ENGR 5102G Fuel Cells and Hydrogen Systems
ENGR 5120G Advanced Fluid Mechanics
ENGR 5140G Advanced Heat Transfer
ENGR 5141G Heat Exchanger Design and Analysis
ENGR 5160G Advanced Thermodynamics
ENGR 5161G HVAC and Refrigeration Systems Design and Analysis
ENGR 5180G Advanced Nuclear Engineering
ENGR 5181G Advanced Radiation Engineering
ENGR 5221G Computer-Integrated Manufacturing
ENGR 5222G Polymers and Composite Processing
ENGR 5223G Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Methodologies
ENGR 5240G Advanced Dynamics
ENGR 5241G Advanced Mechanics of Materials
ENGR 5242G Advanced Vibrations
ENGR 5243G Mechanics and Dynamics of Machine Tools
ENGR 5260G Advanced Robotics and Automation
ENGR 5261G Advanced Mechatronics: MEMS and Nanotechnology
ENGR 5262G Manipulator and Mechanism Design
ENGR 6001G PhD Candidacy Exam
ENGR 6002G Dissertation
ENGR 6003G Workshops
ENGR 6004G Seminar
ENGR 6005G PhD Directed Studies
SECTION 12:
GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED BY THE
FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Faculty of Health Sciences
THE FACULTY OF HEALTH SCIENCES

Canada
T: 905.721.3166
F: 905.721.3179
www.healthsciences.uoit.ca/mhsc

Master of Health Sciences (MHSc) 83

Shahid Alvi, BA, MA, PhD
Emma Bartfay, BSc, MSc, PhD
Wally Bartfay, RN, MN, PhD
Mary Bluechardt, BPHE, MSc, PhD
Carolyn Byrne, RN, MHSc, PhD
Sue Coffey, RN, BScN, MN, PhD
Mikael Eklund, BSc (Eng), MSc (Eng), PhD, PEng
Brenda Gamble, BA, MSc, PhD
Clemon George, BSc, MSc, PhD
Bill Goodman, BA, MA, PhD
Judith Grant, BA, MA, PhD
Patrick Hung, BSc, MPhil, MASc, PhD
Holly Jones Taggart, BSc (Hons), PhD
Ayush Kumar, PhD
Manon Lemonde, RN, PhD
Gail Lindsay, BASc, MSc, PhD
Fletcher Lu, BSc, MSc, PhD
Carolyn McGregor, BAppSc, PhD
Bill Muirhead, BA, MEd, PhD
Bernadette Murphy, BA, DC, MSc, PhD
Jennifer Percival, BMath, PhD
John Samis, BSc (Hons), PhD
Otto Sanchez, MD, MSc, PhD
Wendy Stanyon, RN, EdD
Jay Shiro Tashiro, RN, BSN, PhD
Roland Van Oostveen, BSc (Hons), MEd, PhD
Ellen Vogel, PhD, RD, FDC
Robert Weaver, PhD
Paul Yielder, Dip Ed. DCR(R), PhD
Arshia Zaidi, BA, MA, PhD

The Master of Health Sciences (MHSc) program focuses on providing students with opportunities to
develop the knowledge and skills required to conduct high-quality research projects that culminates
in a master’s thesis.
Graduate training focuses on research conducted in one of two key areas in the Health Sciences –
Health Informatics or Community Health. Students in the Health Informatics stream will develop
strategies to actively participate in multidisciplinary collaborations with diverse groups (e.g.,
patients, clinicians, health care managers, computer scientists, engineers), and will learn to assess
and deploy the latest in computing and informatics systems to support efficient healthcare delivery.
The Health Informatics stream prepares students to identify, develop, and manage health care
information systems that support health care administration, management, policy, training, clinical
84 management and clinical research. Students in the Community Health stream will develop a broad
understanding of how the physical and social context shapes health, illness, and health care. In
particular, this includes research and analysis of cultural and economic differences and their
implications for health and health care for diverse populations. Students will learn strategies to
engage communities in efforts to reduce illness and promote health. Students in the program will be
exposed to leading research on the latest approaches to health informatics and community health
research.
As a research-based degree, students will combine course work, seminars, and independent
research to achieve the program’s core objectives. Two required courses – Research in the Health
Sciences and either Patient Journey Modeling (Health Informatics) or Studies in Community Health
(Community Health) – lay the foundation for more focused course work and independent research
under the guidance of a research supervisor and supervisory committee. By virtue of the strong
research foundation and substantive training obtained throughout their education, graduates from
the MHSc program will be well prepared to take on higher level occupations within the health
profession, seek funding for projects or research to be undertaken at their workplace, or pursue a
PhD in a research-oriented health sciences or related program.

4.4.2, students applying to the MHSc must meet the following program-specific requirements:
:: Students should have undergraduate preparation in research methods in either quantitative or
qualitative analysis. This should include experience and training in statistics. Applicants planning
to study in the field of Health Informatics should also have training or experience with computing or
information technology within the health care domain. To assist with the assessment of the
application, applicants should submit detailed descriptions of any completed courses in these
areas. Course descriptions should be copied from the university's academic calendar;
:: Experience in the areas of health promotion and health care is an asset; and
some other graduate programs at UOIT. Language requirements are specified in section 4.4.4.
To facilitate access to all potential students, part-time studies are permitted.

To earn the MHSc degree, students are required to complete a program of study worth 30 credits,
typically 15 course credits and a thesis. All MHSc students must complete HLSC 5010G Research
in the Health Sciences and HLSC 5096G MHSc Thesis in Health Sciences. Students who select the
Health Informatics field are required to complete HLSC 5050G Patient Journey Modelling. Students
who select the Community Health field are required to complete HLSC 5020G Studies in Community

Health. All students must also complete an additional nine hours of elective courses (at least two of
which are chosen from a list of designated electives).
Students register for the “thesis” course (HLSC 5096G MHSc Thesis in Health Sciences). In consultation

with a research supervisor and supervisory committee, the thesis topic is identified and the proposal
is developed during the first year of study. In the second year of study, the thesis research is completed
and the thesis is produced and defended.
12.8 Course listing

Required courses for all MHSc students
HLSC 5010G Research in the Health Sciences
HLSC 5096G MHSc Thesis in Health Sciences
Required course for field of Community Health 85
HLSC 5020G Studies in Community Health
Required course for field of Health Informatics

HLSC 5050G Patient Journey Modelling
Designated electives for field of Community Health

HLSC 5050G Patient Journey Modelling
HLSC 5060G Special Topics in Health Sciences Research
HLSC 5070G Research–in-Progress Colloquium I*
HLSC 5071G Research-in-Progress Colloquium II*
HLSC 5111G Public Policy and Health Promotion
HLSC 5113G Strategies in Health Promotion Practice
HLSC 5115G Community Health of Vulnerable Populations
HLSC 5117G Epidemiology
HLSC 5119G Program Evaluation
HLSC 5121G Living with Persistent Conditions
HLSC 5190G Advanced Topics in Community Health Research
HLSC 5290G Advanced Topics in Patient Journey Modelling
HLSC 5310G Biology of Infectious Disease
HLSC 5312G Research Topics on Human Pathophysiology
HLSC 5314G Environmental Determinants of Health (cross listed with APBS 5200G)
HLSC 5316G Cancer Biology
HLSC 5320G Neuroscience in Rehabilitation Kinesiology
*Students must be registered in both HLSC 5070G and HLSC 5071G to receive elective credit for
these courses.
Designated electives for field of Health Informatics

HLSC 5060G Special Topics in Health Sciences Research
HLSC 5070G Research-in-Progress Colloquium I*
HLSC 5071G Research-in-Progress Colloquium II*
HLSC 5203G Adoption, Use and Impact of Health Informatics Systems
HLSC 5204G Artificial Intelligence in Health Care
HLSC 5290G Advanced Topics in Patient Journey Modelling
HLSC 5291G Advanced Topics in Health Informatics Research
HLSC 5322G Theory and Application of Biomedical Signals and Images
MITS 5110G Legal Issues, Ethics and Incident Handling in IT Security
MITS 5400G Secure Software Systems
ENGR 5720G Pervasive and Mobile Computing

ENGR 5770G Service Computing
*Students must be registered in both HLSC 5070G and HLSC 5071G to receive elective credit for
these courses.
Undergraduate Health Sciences courses available for credit towards the MHSc
HLSC 4201 Advanced Health Information Management
HLSC 4412 Exercise Rehabilitation I
HLSC 4413 Exercise Rehabilitation II
HLSC 4610 Systems Analysis in Health Care
86
Note: Course descriptions for the undergraduate courses listed above can be found in the
2010-2011 Undergraduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue located on the UOIT website
at www.uoit.ca.
SECTION 13:
BY THE FACULTY OF SCIENCE
SECTION 13: GRADUATE PROGRAMS OFFERED

Faculty of Science

Canada
T: 905.721.3050
F: 905.721.3304
www.science.uoit.ca

Applied Bioscience 87
:: Master of Science (MSc)

Computer Science (offered in collaboration with the Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Materials Science (offered jointly with Trent University)

At the time of this calendar’s printing, the PhD in Materials Science was under review by the Ontario
Council on Graduate Studies. The program information listed, including the program fields, may
change upon approval of the program. For the most accurate and current information about the
program, please refer to the Graduate Studies website – www.gradstudies.uoit.ca.
Modelling and Computational Science

At the time of this calendar’s printing, the PhD in Modelling and Computational Science was under
review by the Ontario Council on Graduate Studies. The program information listed, including the
program fields, may change upon approval of the program. For the most accurate and current
information about the program, please refer to the Graduate Studies website – www.gradstudies.uoit.ca.
13.2 Applied Bioscience

Sean Bohun, BSc, MSc, PhD
Dario Bonetta, BSc, MSc, PhD
David Carter, BSc, PhD
Jean-Paul Desaulniers, BSc, PhD
Brad Easton, BSc (Hons), PhD
Shari Forbes, BSc (Hons), PhD
Sean Forrester, BSc, MSc, PhD
Julia Green-Johnson, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Cecilia Hageman, BSc, PhD, LLB
Douglas Holdway, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Holly Jones-Taggart, BSc (Hons), PhD
Tamsin Kelly, BSc, PhD
Andrea Kirkwood, BES, MSc, PhD
Ayush Kumar, BSc, MSc, PhD

Helene LeBlanc, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Bernadette Murphy, BA, DC, MSc, PhD
Krisztina Paal, BSc, PhD

Otto Sanchez, MD, MSc, PhD
John Samis, BSc (Hons), PhD
Janice Strap, BSc, MSc, PhD
Paul Yielder, Dip Ed. DCR(R), PhD

88
The primary objective of the MSc and PhD programs in Applied Bioscience is to train students to
become high-quality researchers at the interface between chemistry and biology. The Faculty of
Science, with no traditional departments, exposes students to interdisciplinary research, allowing
them to gain experience working successfully within collaborative networks. The graduate programs
equip students with a wide array of both practical and conceptual scientific skills that prepare them
for leadership roles in the life sciences. These goals are achieved through independent research
and rigorous interdisciplinary course work. The programs bring together students and faculty from a
variety of scientific backgrounds; this further enriches the learning experience of the students. In
addition, in keeping with UOIT’s strategic plan, research is aimed at creating innovations that will
improve the lives of Canadians.
Graduates from these programs are expected to have a breadth of knowledge in the life sciences, a
depth of knowledge in their chosen field and the scientific and technical skills that are essential for
a career in research. It is also expected that graduates will continue to make significant contributions
to the advancement of knowledge in their field and become lifelong scholars, with an appreciation of
the impact of science on society.
The programs capitalize on the faculty’s current research expertise which is reflected in the four
fields in the MSc and PhD programs: 1) Biomolecular Science, 2) Ecosystem Health, 3) Forensic
Bioscience, and 4) Human Health Biology. These fields are interdisciplinary in nature and require
students to rely on both chemistry and biology research methods in order to answer specific
research questions.
Biomolecular science focuses on the use of molecular and cellular tools to investigate the following:
mechanisms of cell function; new approaches for combating infectious organisms and disease;
biomaterials and bio-based products; drug discovery, drug formulation and site-specific drug delivery;
the mechanisms of action of pharmaceuticals at the cellular and molecular level; and the molecular
and cellular aspects of the immune system in response to pathogenic and non-pathogenic micro
organisms. Research in this field occurs at the interface of biology and chemistry.
The field of ecosystem health focuses on determining the implications of external toxicants on the
health of ecosystems, discovering indicators for environmental problems and developing methods to
lessen human exposure to toxicants. In addition, researchers in the program investigate related
areas such as environmental microbiology, the pathophysiology of environmental disorders and the
micro and macro environmental factors causing cancer. Finally, research in the field focuses on
specific environmental problems and the development of solutions that benefit Canadians.
Forensic bioscience is a new and distinct field that combines special content areas of biological and
chemical sciences with training in legal and forensic investigations. National security, bioterrorism,
and global pandemics are just three examples of areas in which skilled forensic bioscience workers
will be in high demand in the future. For many scientists, the field of forensic bioscience crystallizes
an area of research at the interface between biology, chemistry, forensic science, and legal science.
Human health biology is a new field that addresses the basic understanding of common human
diseases, in particular those with direct relevance to human health. Efforts in this new field concentrate
on laboratory-based research that will translate into disease prevention, health promotion and novel
therapeutic interventions. The four main areas of investigation are human infectious diseases, cancer,
musculo-skeletal disorders and coagulopathies. This field is further characterized by interdisciplinary
research at the interface of several complementary core disciplines.

4.4.2, students applying to the Applied Bioscience programs must meet the following program-specific
requirements.

Master of Science (MSc) in Applied Bioscience
Hold an honours undergraduate degree in biology, chemistry, or related area.
To assist with the assessment of the application, students may be asked to provide course numbers,
titles, brief descriptions of course content, textbooks used and/or chapters covered, and grades
received in relevant areas of study.
Admission depends on the availability of a research supervisor. Students should contact the
potential supervisor and/or the graduate program director before formally applying.
89
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Applied Bioscience
The minimum admission requirement for the PhD program is completion of a MSc level degree in
biology, chemistry or related area at a Canadian university or its equivalent, with a minimum of a B+
average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
Prior to being accepted into the program, PhD students must be accepted by a professor who
specializes in the applicant’s desired area of research and who is willing to act as a supervisor.
Under exceptional circumstances, Applied Bioscience MSc students may transfer directly to the PhD
program after completing one academic year in the MSc program if the following conditions are met:
1) completion of a full master’s program of course work (three courses worth a total of nine credits)
with at least an A- average, 2) strong evidence of research ability, and 3) approval of the direct
transfer by the research supervisor(s) and the supervisory committee. The transfer must also be
approved by the graduate program director and the dean of Graduate Studies. See section 4.4.2.1
for additional information.

The MSc and PhD programs are intended to be full-time programs, and as such, there is currently no
part-time enrolment.

13.2.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Applied Bioscience
Students must successfully complete three 3-credit courses, including APBS 6010G Research in
Applied Bioscience, one elective course and one special topics course related to their designated
field. In addition, they must complete the required non-credit course APBS 6030G Seminar in Applied
Bioscience and prepare and orally defend a thesis (APBS 6020G) and receive a pass.
Core courses (required)

APBS 6010G Research in Applied Bioscience (3 credits)
APBS 6020G MSc Thesis in Applied Bioscience (21 credits)
APBS 6030G Seminar in Applied Bioscience (0 credits)
Students select one of the following elective courses:
APBS 6100G Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology (3 credits)
APBS 6200G Environmental Determinants of Health (3 credits)
APBS 6300G Advanced Topics in Biological Chemistry (3 credits)
APBS 6400G Advanced Topics in Forensic Bioscience (3 credits)
Students select one of the following special topics courses:

APBS 7100G Special Topics in Biomolecular Science (3 credits)
APBS 7200G Special Topics in Ecosystem Health (3 credits)
APBS 7300G Special Topics in Forensic Bioscience (3 credits)

APBS 7400G Special Topics in Human Health Biology (3 credits)
Proposed progression through program

YEAR 1
APBS 6010G Research in Applied Bioscience
One elective course and one special topics course
Initiation of research program
YEAR 2
Master’s thesis research
90 APBS 6020G MSc Thesis in Applied Bioscience
APBS 6030G Seminar in Applied Bioscience
13.2.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Applied Bioscience

Students must complete APBS 6010G Research in Applied Bioscience, one elective course from
those listed above, one special topics course specific to their field, and APBS 7070G PhD
Dissertation. The research dissertation must constitute a new contribution to the field of study. In
addition to the three courses and dissertation, students must successfully complete APBS 7050G
Research Seminar in Applied Bioscience and APBS 7040G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy
Exam. The latter is to be completed within 18 months of entry into the PhD program and consists
of a written research proposal and an oral exam. Finally, students must make satisfactory progress
in their research (evaluated yearly) and enrol each year in APBS 7060G PhD Research.
Students who transfer directly from the MSc in Applied Bioscience into the PhD program must
complete 7050G Research Seminar in Applied Bioscience, APBS 7040G PhD Thesis Proposal and
Candidacy Exam, APBS 7060G PhD Research and APBS 7070G PhD Dissertation.

APBS 6010G Research in Applied Bioscience
APBS 6020G MSc Thesis in Applied Bioscience
APBS 6030G Seminar in Applied Bioscience
ABPS 6100G Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology
APBS 6200G Environmental Determinants of Health
APBS 6300G Advanced Topics in Biological Chemistry
APBS 6400G Advanced Topics in Forensic Bioscience
APBS 7040G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy Exam
APBS 7050G Research Seminar in Applied Bioscience
APBS 7060G PhD Research
APBS 7070G PhD Dissertation
APBS 7100G Special Topics in Biomolecular Science
APBS 7200G Special Topics in Ecosystem Health
APBS 7300G Special Topics in Forensic Bioscience
APBS 7400G Special Topics in Human Health Biology
13.3 Computer Science
Michael Bennett, BS, MA, PhD (Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)
Jeremy Bradbury, BSc, MSc, PhD
Christopher Collins, BSc, MSc, PhD
Francois Desjardins, BA, BEd, PhD (Faculty of Education)
Mikael Eklund, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)

Khalil El-Khatib, BCompSc, MCompSc, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Shahram Heydari, BEng, MEng, MAppSci, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)

Andrew Hogue, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Patrick Hung, (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Bill Kapralos, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Xiaodong Lin, Bsc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Ramiro Liscano, BScEng, MScEng, PhD, PEng, SMIEEE (Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)
Carolyn McGregor, BAppSc (Comp Sc), Phd (Cross-appointed between Faculty of Business and
Information Technology and Faculty of Health Sciences)
91
Ruth Milman, BASc, MASc, PhD (Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)
Jennifer Percival, BMath, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Ken Pu, BASc, MASc, PhD
Faisal Qureshi, BSc, MSc (Electronics), MSc (Computer Science), PhD
Jing Ren, BA, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)
Wei Shi, BCompEng, MCS, PhD
Miguel Vargas Martin, BCompSc, MEng, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Roland Van Oostveen, BSc (Hons), MEd, PhD (Faculty of Education)
Ying Zhu, BSc, MSc, PhD (Cross-appointed between Faculty of Business and Information Technology
and Faculty of Engineering and Applied Science)

The MSc in Computer Science is a broad-based program that covers concepts from engineering,
science and business with the aim of producing high-quality software professionals. The PhD
program focuses on applied research with the aim of producing highly trained researchers for
industry and academia. There are four fields in the MSc and PhD programs: 1) Software Design, 2)
Networks and IT Security, 3) Digital Media, and 4) Information Science. Both programs have a strong
research focus.
The aim of the MSc and PhD programs in Computer Science is to produce a new breed of computer
science graduates that have a broad background in information technology along with project
management and people skills. The graduates of these programs will not only have strong technical
expertise in their particular field, but will also have the ability to work effectively in interdisciplinary
teams. They are able to tackle problems that require both technical and non-technical solutions.
The MSc and PhD programs differ from most existing computer science programs in their
concentration on applied research and the development of professional skills. The intention is that
most of the graduates from these programs will build careers in industrial research and software
development. The PhD program also prepares graduates for careers in academia, but it is expected
that most of the graduates from this program will select careers in industry. The UOIT programs
focus on the skills required for successful careers in industry, reflecting UOIT’s goals to be market-
oriented and to provide high-quality professional education.
The MSc and PhD programs give students the opportunity to work in teams and develop leadership
skills. Students are also given ample opportunity to develop oral and written communication skills.
The MSc students are strongly encouraged to present their research results at scientific
conferences, and the PhD students are also expected to do so before defending their thesis.

4.4.2, students applying to the Computer Science programs must meet the following program-
specific requirements.
Master of Science (MSc) in Computer Science

Hold a four-year honours undergraduate degree in computer science, computer engineering,
information technology or software engineering from a Canadian university, or its equivalent from a
recognized institution.
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer Science

The minimum admission requirement for the PhD program is completion of a master’s degree in
computer science, computer engineering, information technology or software engineering from a
Canadian university, or its equivalent (such as the UOIT MHSc (Health Informatics)) from a
recognized institution, with a minimum B+ average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
In exceptional circumstances, students may be directly admitted to the PhD from an undergraduate
program.
Students without the background above may be offered admission with additional requirements
92 which will enable them to obtain the required background through additional courses or some other
mechanism.

The MSc and PhD programs are intended to be full-time programs, but a small number of part-time
students are admitted to increase its accessibility. The typical part-time student is already employed
in the information technology industry and brings a level of practical experience to the program.
Part-time students are encouraged to attend seminars on campus and to spend at least two weeks
per year on campus so they have an opportunity to interact with other students outside of the
classroom.

13.3.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Computer Science
All MSc students are required to successfully complete five graduate courses plus a thesis. In the
first year of their program, all students must take CSCI 5010G Survey of Computer Science and
CSCI 5020G Collaborative Design and Research. The remaining three courses are selected from the
list of approved courses for the program with the restriction that a student can take at most two
courses from the same field. The course selection is made in consultation with the student’s
research supervisor and must be approved by the graduate program director. Before defending their
thesis, students must present the results of his or her research in a seminar that is open to the
public. The MSc degree requirements are summarized in the following table.
Requirement Credits
CSCI 5010G Survey of Computer Science 3
CSCI 5020G Collaborative Design and Research 3
Elective Courses (3) 9
CSCI 5001G MSc Thesis 15
13.3.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Computer Science
All PhD students are expected to complete at least four graduate courses, two of which must be
at the advanced (6000) level. Students who are directly admitted to the PhD program from an
undergraduate degree must complete nine courses. CSCI 5010G Survey of Computer Science and
CSCI 5020G Collaborative Design and Research must be taken in the first year, if they have not been
previously taken at the master’s level.
All PhD students must demonstrate a broad knowledge of computer science. This is normally
demonstrated through the completion of an appropriate set of courses at the graduate level. To satisfy
the breadth requirement, the student must successfully complete courses from the following three areas:
:: One course in computational science;

:: Two courses in computer systems; and
:: Two courses in computer applications.
When a student is admitted to the PhD program, the graduate committee of the faculty evaluates

the courses from his/her previous degrees to determine which courses count towards the breadth
requirement and to identify the areas in which more courses are required. The list of graduate
courses offered each year indicates the area covered by each course so students can easily plan
to cover the breadth requirement.
At least nine months before the thesis defense, a PhD student must present and defend his or her
thesis proposal. The defense takes the form of an oral examination.
Each PhD student must present two public seminars during the course of his/her studies. The first
must be held just before the proposal defense and cover the proposed research program; the
93
second must be held just before the thesis defense and cover the results of the research program.

General courses
CSCI 5001G MSc Thesis
CSCI 5010G Survey of Computer Science
CSCI 5020G Collaborative Design and Research
CSCI 5030G Automata and Applications
CSCI 5040G Epistemology of Science
CSCI 6001G PhD Dissertation
CSCI 7010G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy Exam
Software Design courses

CSCI 5100G Development of Concurrent Software
CSCI 5110G Network Computing
CSCI 5120G Principles of Distributed Computing
CSCI 5130G Programming Language Implementation
CSCI 5140G Ecology of Online Learning
CSCI 5150G Evolution or Revolution: Informatics Design Principles
CSCI 5160G Topics in Software Design
CSCI 5170G Empirical Software Engineering
CSCI 6100G Advanced Topics in Software Design
Networks and IT Security courses

CSCI 5300G Computer Communication Networks
CSCI 5310G Cryptography and Secure Communications
CSCI 5320G Malware Analysis
CSCI 5330G Network Optimization
CSCI 5340G Performance Evaluation of Computer Networks
CSCI 5350G Pervasive and Mobile Computing
CSCI 5360G Topics in Networks
CSCI 5370G Topics in IT Security
CSCI 6300G Advanced Network Design
CSCI 6310G Advanced Topics in Networks
CSCI 6320G Advanced Topics in IT Security
Digital Media courses

CSCI 5500G Auditory Perception and Virtual Audio
CSCI 5510G Computer Graphics
CSCI 5520G Computer Vision and Games
CSCI 5530G Serious Game Development
CSCI 5540G User Interface Technology

CSCI 5550G Topics in Digital Media
CSCI 6500G Advanced Computer Animation
CSCI 6510G Visual Modelling
CSCI 6520G Advanced Topics in Digital Media
Information Science courses

CSCI 5700G Introduction to Services Computing
CSCI 5710G Services Computing Security
CSCI 5720G Topics in Health Informatics
CSCI 5730G Topics in Information Science
94 CSCI 5740G Intelligent Systems
CSCI 6700G Advanced Information Management
CSCI 6710G Advanced Topics in Health Informatics
CSCI 6720G Advanced Topics in Information Science
The following courses from other UOIT graduate programs may be selected by students in the MSc
and PhD in Computer Science:
MCSC 6020G Numerical Analysis1
MCSC 6030G High-Performance Computing1
MCSC 6230G Advanced Topics in High-Performance Computing1
ENGR 5775G Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining4
ENGR 5910G Embedded Real-Time Control Systems4
ENGR 5940G Intelligent Control Systems4
HLSC 5050G Patient Journey Modelling3
HLSC 5203G Adoption, Use and Impact of Health Informatics Systems3
HLSC 5290G Advanced Topics in Patient Journey Modelling3
MITS 5110G Legal Issues, Ethics and Incident Handling in IT Security2
1
MSc (Modelling and Computational Science)
2
MITS
3
MHSc (Health Informatics)
4
MASc (Electrical and Computer Engineering)
13.4 Materials Science

UOIT
Dario Bonetta, BSc, MSc, PhD
Anatoli Chkrebtii, BSc, MSc, PhD
Jean-Paul Desaulniers, BSc, PhD
Brad Easton, BSc (Hons), PhD
Franco Gaspari, BSc, MSc, PhD
Brian M. Ikeda, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Matthew Kaye, BASc, MSc, PhD
Hossam Kishawy, BSc, MSc, PhD, PEng
Fedor Naumkin, MSc, PhD
Ghaus Rizvi, BE, MS, MASc, PhD
William Smith, BASc, MSc, MASc, PhD, PEng
Liliana Trevani, PhD

TRENT UNIVERSITY
Bill Atkinson (Assistant Professor, Physics)
Ralph Shiell (Assistant Professor, Physics)
Al Slavin (Department Chair, Professor, Physics)

Rachel Wortis (Assistant Professor, Physics)
J.M. Parnis (Professor, Chemistry)
I. M. Svishchev (Professor, Chemistry)
A. J. Vreugdenhil (Associate Professor, Chemistry)
S. Narine (Professor, Physics and Chemistry)
13.4.2 Program information 95
The Master of Science (MSc) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) programs in Materials Science are
offered jointly by the University of Ontario Institute of Technology (UOIT) and Trent University. Materials
Science is a broad multi-disciplinary area of science that lies at the intersection of physics and
chemistry and includes many sub-fields including nanotechnology, electronic materials, surface
science, biomaterials, and materials characterization.
An important goal of the Materials Science programs is to advance the understanding and prediction
of the properties of matter. Such understanding facilitates the design of new materials with particular
properties. The development of experimental and theoretical predictive tools applicable to size scales
ranging from the molecular to the macroscopic levels is an integral component of the MSc and PhD
in Materials Science programs. The programs provide both a broad and integrated overview of materials
science and the opportunity for in-depth study of a particular problem emphasizing either theory or
experimentation, under the guidance of a research supervisor and a multi-disciplinary team of faculty
from UOIT and Trent University.
The PhD program is comprised of four fields:

:: Materials Chemistry;
:: Materials Physics;
:: Biomaterials; and
:: Theoretical and Computational Materials Science.

4.4.2, students applying to the Materials Science programs must meet the following program-specific
requirements.
Master of Science (MSc) in Materials Science

Hold an honours BSc degree in chemistry, physics or engineering, or hold equivalent qualifications as
judged by the admissions committee. This committee is made up of the graduate program directors
and one faculty member from each of the two universities. Prospective applicants must be well
recommended and be accepted by a prospective supervisor who guarantees RA support for the
duration of the student’s program.
If applicable, a minimum score of 580 (paper-based) or 92-93 (Internet-based) on the TOEFL test for
English language proficiency. Note that these are slightly higher scores than those required for some
other graduate programs at UOIT. Language requirements are specified in section 4.4.4.
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Materials Science
Materials Science or related area at a Canadian university or its equivalent, with a minimum of a B+
average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
If applicable, a minimum score of 580 (paper-based) or 93 (Internet-based) on the TOEFL test for
English language proficiency. Note that these are slightly higher scores than those required for some
other graduate programs at UOIT. Language requirements are specified in section 4.4.4.
Prior to being accepted into the program, PhD students must be accepted by a professor who is
willing to act as a supervisor.
Under exceptional circumstances, Materials Science MSc students may transfer directly to the PhD
program after completing one academic year and their first progress report in the MSc program if the
following conditions are met: 1) completion of at least three courses in the master’s program with at
least an A- average, 2) strong evidence of research ability as identified by the supervisory committee,
and 3) approval of the direct transfer by the thesis supervisor(s) and the supervisory committee. The
transfer must also be approved by the graduate program director and the dean of Graduate Studies.
See section 4.4.2.1 for additional information.

Part-time studies are permitted on a case-by-case basis.

96 13.4.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Materials Science
The residency requirement of the university in which the student is registered must be satisfied. For
UOIT’s requirement, see section 4.5.10.
The normal length of time for completion of the MSc is expected to be five semesters. A sixth
semester may be needed to complete the thesis. Students are expected to complete the program in
consecutive semesters. All program requirements must normally be completed on site at UOIT or at
Trent University.
Students must successfully complete MTSC 6010G Physics and Chemistry of Materials, and MTSC
6020G Modern Aspects of Materials Science. Each student must also attend and successfully complete
the non-credit courses MTSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication I and MTSC 6100G
Graduate Seminar in Science Communication II in each fall and winter semester of the program.
In addition, at least four one-term courses acceptable for graduate credit must be completed with at
least a B- (70%) final grade in each course. Normally, courses taken for credit are those designated
as graduate courses within the program. One of the four courses may be a fourth-year undergraduate
course approved by the student’s supervisor and the graduate program director.
The student must meet with his/her supervisory committee within the first six months of
registration, and subsequently at least once every six months. The committee consists of the
student’s research supervisor and at least two other faculty members in the program; each
supervisory committee must include at least one faculty member from each institution. While one
meeting in a year must be a formal one, the other meeting may be held informally; in the latter case,
in addition to the student and the supervisor, the meeting must involve at least one other member of
the committee.
An acceptable thesis on a research topic must be submitted. Detailed specifications of the format of
the thesis are available from the appropriate graduate office. Acceptance of the thesis requires the
approval of an examining committee following an oral defence of the thesis.
Suggested progression through program
YEAR 1
Semester 1
Two 3-credit courses, including MTSC 6010G Physics and Chemistry of Materials and one elective
MTSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication I
Begin thesis research
Semester 2
Two 3-credit courses, including MTSC 6020G Modern Aspects of Materials Science and one elective
MTSC 6100G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication II
Thesis Research

Semester 3
Thesis Research
YEAR 2

Semester 1
Thesis Research and MTSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication I
Semester 2
MTSC 6050G MSc Thesis and MTSC 6100G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication II
13.4.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Materials Science

Students in the PhD program must successfully complete MTSC 6010G Physics and Chemistry of
Materials, and MTSC 6020G Modern Aspects of Materials Science (or approved alternatives). In 97
addition to these two core courses, students must attend and complete the two non-credit seminar
courses MTSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Science Communication I, and MTSC 6100G Graduate
Seminar in Science Communication II. Students must also pass the PhD candidacy examination
(MTSC 7000G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy Exam), and prepare and orally defend their
doctoral dissertation (MTSC 7002G PhD Dissertation).
Depending on their previous academic work at the master’s level, students may also be required to
take courses in addition to those indicated above.
Each student’s previous work will be assessed on a on a case-by-case basis. An individualized
program of study will be designed and outlined in the student’s letter of offer.

MTSC 6000G (non-credit) Graduate Seminar in Science Communication I
MTSC 6100G (non-credit) Graduate Seminar in Science Communication II
MTSC 6010G Physics and Chemistry of Materials
MTSC 6020G Modern Aspects of Materials Science
MTSC 6050G MSc Thesis
MTSC 6110G Experimental Techniques in Materials Characterization
MTSC 6120G Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics of Materials
MTSC 6220G Advanced Photovoltaics and Solar Energy Physics
MTSC 6230G Physics of Non-Crystalline Materials
MTSC 6260G Topics in Applied Materials Science I
MTSC 6270G Topics in Applied Materials Science II
MTSC 6330G Electrochemical Methods and Materials
MTSC 6510G Surface Science and Catalysis
MTSC 6520G Nanomaterials
MTSC 6530G Carbon Based Materials
MTSC 6610G Computational Physics (cross-listed with MCSC 6180G)
MTSC 6620G Theory of the Solid State
MTSC 6710G Computational Chemistry (cross-listed with MCSC 6170G)
MTSC 6720G Hydrogen Based Energy Systems and Fuel Cells
MTSC 6810G Biomaterials
MTSC 6820G Polymer Science & Engineering
MTSC 7000G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy Exam
MTSC 7001G PhD Research
MTSC 7002G PhD Dissertation
MTSC 7210G Advanced Topics in Materials Physics
MTSC 7310G Advanced Topics in Materials Chemistry
MTSC 7410G Advanced Topics in Computational Science
MTSC 7420G Advanced Topics in Theoretical Materials Science
MTSC 7510G Advanced Topics in Biomaterials
13.5 Modelling and Computational Science

Sean Bohun, BSc, MSc, PhD

Jeremy Bradbury, BSc, MSc, PhD
Pietro-Luciano Buono, BSc, MSc, PhD
Anatoli Chkrebtii, BSc, MSc, PhD
Huaxiong Huang, BSc, PhD, Adjunct Professor
98
Salma Karray, PhD (Faculty of Business and Information Technology)
Greg Lewis, BSc, MSc, PhD
Fletcher Lu, BMath, MMath, PhD (Faculty of Health Sciences)
Lixuan Lu, BES, MES, PhD, (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Fedor Naumkin, MSc, PhD
Eleodor Nichita, BSc, MSc, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Ken Pu, BASc, MASc, PhD
Faisal Qureshi, BSc, MSc, PhD
William R. Smith, BASc, MASc, MSc, PhD
Mark Staley, BSc, MSc, PhD, Adjunct Professor
Lennaert van Veen, MSc, PhD
Anthony Waker, BSc, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)
Ed Waller, BSc, MScE, PhD (Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science)

Mathematical modelling is an important tool in the study of physical and biological phenomena.
The new and emerging field of computational science combines the implementation of mathematical
models, computer algorithms, and knowledge in a particular area of application in order to provide an
additional tool for the study of phenomena and, in particular, to facilitate the study of problems that
are intractable or difficult to study using other approaches. Mathematical models and computational
science are powerful methods to study problems such as atmospheric phenomena, climate
variability, molecular behaviour of matter, protein folding, option pricing in financial markets, and
many other physical, biological, medical, environmental and economic problems. The Master of
Science (MSc) and Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) programs in Modelling and Computational Science
take advantage of the interdisciplinary nature of the Faculty of Science and collaborating faculties to
offer students a program of study that introduces them to all aspects of the modelling process. UOIT’s
membership in the SHARCNET (Shared Hierarchical Research Computer Network) and advanced local
computing infrastructure provides access to state-of-the-art computational facilities.
A survey of industrial experts undertaken by the Canadian Advanced Technology Alliance (CATA, the
largest business development association dedicated to making Canadian organizations world-class
producers and users of advanced technology), recently reported that there is a critical need for
Highly Qualified Personnel (HQP) who possess skills and knowledge in High-Performance Computing
(HPC). Many companies from all sectors acknowledged this need for HQP, indicating the significant
extent of the skill requirement. The jobs in these areas are expected to be almost exclusively within
interdisciplinary groups that perform a number of different interrelated tasks; thus, problem-solving
ability and the ability to communicate and work with people from a variety of disciplines are critical.
Graduates of the MSc and PhD programs are in an excellent position to fill these positions and to
contribute to the province’s and the country’s economy. Depending on the background of the student,
successful completion of the MSc in Modelling and Computational Science (in either the thesis or
the course-based option) also prepares the student to enter PhD programs in applied mathematics,
physics, chemistry and engineering. Graduates of the PhD program will have the possibility of continuing
their career at the postdoctoral level and eventually obtaining an academic position in a unit

corresponding to their research expertise. They will also be highly qualified to obtain positions as
career scientists in a variety of institutions, whether at the governmental level, or in the industrial,
business or financial sectors.

The PhD program is comprised of two fields:
:: Scientific Computing; and
:: Computational Physical Sciences.

4.4.2, students applying to the Modelling and Computational Science programs must meet the
following program-specific requirements.
99
Master of Science (MSc) in Modelling and Computational Science

Hold an honours undergraduate degree in mathematics, science, or engineering. At a minimum,
applicants must be acquainted with basic numerical methods, linear algebra, differential equations
and possess some computing skills. To assist with the assessment of the application, applicants
should submit detailed descriptions of any completed courses in these areas. Course descriptions
should be copied from the university's academic calendar.
Admission depends on the availability of a research supervisor. Students should contact the
potential supervisor and/or the graduate program director before formally applying.
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Modelling and Computational Science

science, engineering or a related area from a Canadian university or its equivalent, with a minimum
of a B+ average (GPA: 3.3 on a 4.3 scale).
Prior to being accepted into the program, PhD students must be accepted by a professor who
specializes in the applicant's desired area of research and who is willing to act as a supervisor.
Under exceptional circumstances, Modelling and Computational Science MSc students may transfer
to the PhD program after completing one academic year in the MSc program if the following
conditions are met: 1) completion of a full master’s program of course work (six courses worth a
total of 18 credits) with at least an A- average; 2) strong evidence of research ability; and 3)
approval of the transfer by the research supervisor(s) and the supervisory committee. The transfer
must also be approved by the graduate program director and the dean of Graduate Studies. See
section 4.4.2.1 for additional information.

Part-time studies are permitted on a case-by-case basis.
13.5.5.1 Master of Science (MSc) in Modelling and Computational Science
The MSc degree program has two options:
:: MSc thesis-based option, which consists of courses and a research thesis; and
:: MSc course-based option, which consists of courses and a research project.
For the MSc thesis-based option, students must successfully complete 30 credits, including six
3-credit courses and a 12-credit thesis. The six 3-credit courses must include three core courses
and three elective courses, and a minimum grade of B- must be achieved in each course. No
more than one elective course may be a fourth-year undergraduate course not included in the list
of graduate course electives (see section 13.5.6). All courses taken must be approved in advance
by the student’s supervisory committee.
Students must also successfully complete the non-credit MCSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in
Modelling and Computational Science and the 12-credit MCSC 6001G MSc Thesis. The latter is
evaluated by an examining committee and involves an oral presentation.

For the MSc course-based option, students must successfully complete 30 credits, including eight
3-credit courses and the 6-credit MCSC 6002G MSc Research Project. The eight 3-credit courses
must include three core courses and five elective courses, and a minimum grade of B- must be
achieved in each course. No more than two elective courses may be fourth-year undergraduate
courses not included in the list of graduate course electives (see section 13.5.6). All courses taken
must be approved in advance by the student’s supervisory committee. In addition to the eight
courses and the research project, students must also successfully complete the non-credit course
100 MCSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Modelling and Computational Science.
Suggested progression through program

Thesis option
YEAR 1
Semester 1
MCSC 6020G Numerical Analysis
One elective*
Semester 2
Two electives*
Semester 3
Thesis research
YEAR 2
Semester 1
Thesis research
Semester 2
MSCS 6001G MSc Thesis
Note: Required non-credit course in year two – MCSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Modelling and
Computational Science
Course-based option
YEAR 1
Semester 1
One elective*
Semester 2
Two electives*
Semester 3
MCSC 6002G MSc Research Project
YEAR 2
Semester 1
Two electives*
Research Project
Semester 2
MSCS 6002G MSc Research Project
13.5.5.2 Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) in Modelling and Computational Science

Students in the PhD program must successfully complete eight courses including MCSC 6010G
Mathematical Modelling, MCSC 6020G Numerical Analysis, and MCSC 6030G High-Performance

Computing. These three core courses comprise the breadth requirement.
As part of the residency requirement, four of the eight courses must be taken at UOIT. Two of the
eight courses must be 7000 level courses.

Students must also successfully complete MCSC 7000G Modelling and Computational Science
Professional Skills, pass the PhD candidacy examination (MCSC 7001G PhD Thesis Proposal and
Candidacy Exam), and prepare and orally defend their doctoral dissertation (MCSC 7003G PhD
Dissertation).

Core courses
MCSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Modelling and Computational Science
MSCS 6001G MSc Thesis 101
MCSC 6002G MSc Research Project

MCSC 7000G Modelling and Computational Science Professional Skills
MCSC 7001G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy Exam
MCSC 7002G PhD Research
MCSC 7003G PhD Dissertation
* Graduate elective courses

MCSC 6060G Advanced Statistical Mechanics (cross-listed with PHY 4010)
MCSC 6070G Advanced Quantum Mechanics (cross-listed with PHY 4020)
MCSC 6125G Numerical Methods for Partial Differential Equations
MCSC 6140G Dynamical Systems and Bifurcations
MCSC 6150G Fluid Dynamics
MCSC 6160G Transport Theory
MCSC 6165G Monte Carlo Methods
MCSC 6170G Computational Chemistry
MCSC 6180G Computational Physics
MCSC 6220G Advanced Topics in Numerical Analysis
MCSC 6240G Advanced Topics in Dynamical Systems
MCSC 6280G Advanced Topics in Computational Science
MCSC 7220G Advanced Topics in Numerical Analysis
MCSC 7240G Advanced Topics in Dynamical Systems
MCSC 7250G Advanced Topics in Fluid Dynamics
MCSC 7270G Advanced Topics in Industrial Mathematics: Case Studies
MCSC 7280G Advanced Topics in Computational Science
SECTION 14: GRADUATE PROGRAMS
OFFERED BY THE FACULTY OF
SOCIAL SCIENCE AND HUMANITIES
THE FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCE AND HUMANITIES
14.1 Contact Information

Faculty of Social Science and Humanities
55 Bond Street
Oshawa, Ont. L1G 1B1
Canada
T: 905.721.3234
F: 905.721.3372
www.criminologyandjustice.uoit.ca

102 Master of Arts (MA) in Criminology

Shahid Alvi, BA, MA, PhD
Nawal Ammar, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhD
Sasha Baglay, BA MPA, PhD
Liqun Cao, MA, PhD
Carla Cesaroni, BA, MA, PhD
Anthony Chan, BA, MA, PhD
Kimberley Clow, BA, MA, PhD
Wesley Crichlow, BA (Hons), MEd, PhD
Brian Cutler, BA, MA, PhD
Walter DeKeseredy, BA, MA, PhD
Aziz Douai, BA, MA, PhD
Steven Downing, BA, MS, PhD
Molly Dragiewicz, BA, MPhil, PhD
Shanti Fernando, BA, MA, PhD
Judith Grant, BA, MA, PhD
Ronald Hinch, BA, MA, PhD
Ganaele Langlois, BA, MA, PhD
Sharon Lauricella (Loverock), BA, MA, PhD
Amy Leach, BA, MA, PhD
Patrick Olsson, BA, MA, PhD
Barbara Perry, BA, MA, PhD
Theresa Pierce, BA, MA, PhD
Hannah Scott, BA, MA, PhD
Diane Sivasubramaniam, BSc, PhD
Phillip Shon, BA, MA, PhD
Andrea Slane, BA, PhD, JD
Arshia Zaidi, BA, MA, PhD
The Master of Arts (MA) in Criminology program provides students with a solid foundation of advanced
knowledge in criminological theory, sophisticated research methodologies, complex quantitative and
qualitative applications and contemporary substantive issues in criminology. Specifically, the MA
program seeks to provide students with an in-depth and broad understanding of contemporary
criminological issues and debates, and the critical thinking and practical skills necessary to conduct
criminological research in the public and private sectors. This includes, but is not limited to, public
policy agencies, social services, and government and non-government organizations. The program
trains both mid-career and pre-career students for careers in analysis and research in criminal

justice agency settings. It also prepares students for advanced graduate work in criminology at the
PhD level.
Special emphasis in the MA program is placed on the study of two fields: 1) Inequality and Crime,
and 2) Cybercrime. The requirement that students learn and apply both quantitative and qualitative
research skills is also unique to this program.

4.4.2, students applying to the MA in Criminology program must meet the following program-specific
requirements:
Hold an undergraduate honours degree in the social sciences from a Canadian university, or its
equivalent from a recognized institution. Normally, applicants are expected to have graduated with
a social science degree which has provided them with a sound understanding of social science
methodologies and a basic understanding of criminological theories. 103
Applicants are required to submit a portfolio consisting of:

:: A curriculum vitae (CV) including the applicant's education, employment, teaching and research
experience, and publications (if any);
:: A sample of scholarly writing from a previous undergraduate course (up to 20 pages, double
spaced, one-sided documents only); and
:: A third letter of recommendation from an academic or non-academic source.

The MA program is intended to be a full-time program, but a small number of part-time students may
be admitted each year to increase its accessibility.

The MA program has two options: a non-thesis option consisting of a combination of courses and a
final major paper, and a thesis option consisting of specified courses and a thesis. Both options of the
degree program require a total of 30 credit hours. Graduate students in both the non-thesis and thesis
programs should be able to complete their studies in approximately 24 months of full-time study.
Students in the non-thesis option take three additional reading and/or special topics elective
courses and complete a major paper. This paper involves the discussion of a meaningful question
within criminology or the analysis of a theoretical or substantive problem. A substantial portion of
the project is a critical review of the literature. Students complete this requirement under the
supervision of a professor.
Students in the thesis option take one additional reading or special topics elective course and
develop a thesis. The potential thesis topic is to be selected and approved in consultation with
the candidate’s research supervisor and supervisory committee. A thesis proposal must be
submitted to the supervisory committee. Once the thesis has been completed, students undergo an
oral examination to defend their theses. The thesis is defended before the supervisory committee
and one external examiner.
Proposed progression through program
Thesis Option Credits Non-Thesis Option Credits
SSCI 5020G Criminological 3 SSCI 5020G Criminological

3
Theory Theory
Semester 1
SSCI 5010G Advanced SSCI 5010G Advanced
Quantitative Methods – 3 Quantitative Methods – 3
Graduate Graduate
SSCI 5060G Advanced SSCI 5060G Advanced

Methods in Qualitative 3 Methods in Qualitative 3
Research Research
Semester 2
SSCI 5100G Graduate SSCI 5100G Graduate
Seminar on Contemporary 3 Seminar on Contemporary 3
Issues in Criminology Issues in Criminology
SSCI 5002G MA Thesis in SSCI 5001G Major Paper in

Semester 3
Criminology Criminology
SSCI 5050G Professional SSCI 5050G Professional

3 3
104 Seminar Seminar
Reading/elective course OR Reading/elective course

Semester 4
SSCI 5200G Graduate OR SSCI 5200G Graduate
Seminar in Inequality and 3 Seminar in Inequality and 3
Crime OR SSCI 5300G Crime OR SSCI 5300G
Cybercrime and Criminology Cybercrime and Criminology
SSCI 5002G MA Thesis in Two reading and/or elective

Semester 5 6
Criminology courses
Semester 6
Thesis continued... 12 Major Paper 6
(if required)
Total credits 30 30
14.8 Course listing

Core courses
SSCI 5001G Major Paper in Criminology (non-thesis option)
SSCI 5002G MA Thesis in Criminology (thesis option)
SSCI 5010G Advanced Quantitative Methods – Graduate
SSCI 5020G Criminological Theory
SSCI 5050G Professional Seminar
SSCI 5060G Advanced Methods in Qualitative Research
SSCI 5100G Graduate Seminar on Contemporary Issues in Criminology
Elective Courses
SSCI 5200G Graduate Seminar in Inequality and Crime
SSCI 5300G Cybercrime and Criminology
SSCI 5400G Special Topics in Criminology
SSCI 5500G Reading Course
SECTION 15:
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
In some programs, students may, with the approval of the graduate program director, be allowed to take senior
undergraduate courses to apply to graduate degree requirements. Descriptions of these undergraduate
courses are available in the 2010-2011 Undergraduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue located on
SECTION 15: GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

the UOIT website – www.uoit.ca.
APBS 6010G Research in Applied Bioscience. This is APBS 6100G Advanced Cell and Molecular Biology.
a required team-taught course designed to provide a This is a non-lecture based course where students
foundation for the graduate program in Applied and the faculty coordinator discuss current research
Bioscience. The course provides students with in cell and molecular biology. The course is a
current background knowledge and skills needed for combination of group discussions and presentations.
research in applied bioscience and exposes Each week a student presents either a research
students to current issues and problems that this article or a synopsis of the current knowledge
area of research may target. The course introduces regarding a topic related to the course and possibly
such topics as principles of experimental design, his/her own research interests. This allows the
data interpretation and analysis of results, and how student to apply basic concepts learned as an
to present and communicate scientific information in undergraduate student to the current state of 105
both oral and written formats. Students also learn knowledge in cell and molecular biology. 3 cr.
about the grant and scholarship process and how to Prerequisite or corequisite: enrolment in the APBS
write a research proposal. They are also introduced graduate program.
to such issues as research ethics and intellectual
property. 3 cr. Prerequisite: enrolment in the APBS APBS 6200G Environmental Determinants of Health.
graduate program. This course explores interactions between
environment and human health. It comprehensively
APBS 6020G MSc Thesis in Applied Bioscience. addresses principles of environmental health,
Students must prepare and successfully defend a followed by specific issues regarding harmful
written thesis related to their supervised research environmental agents, and Canadian and global
project at the end of the program. The student’s environmental health challenges. It is designed to be
supervisory committee must approve the delivered by an interdisciplinary faculty team
commencement of the writing of the thesis. The thesis potentially including members from the faculties of
is evaluated by an examining committee and Health Sciences, Science, Social Science and
accompanied by an oral presentation. The student Humanities, and Engineering and Applied Science. It
must receive a satisfactory report on the written thesis attracts health and non-health graduate students
and must demonstrate a thorough understanding of interested in the multifactorial nature of
the research topic. The student receives a grade of environmental diseases. At the end of this course,
either pass or fail. 21 cr. Prerequisite: good standing in students should have a broad understanding of how
the APBS graduate program. human health is contextually determined by our
environment and be familiar with published seminal
APBS 6030G Seminar in Applied Bioscience. This environmental health research. 3 cr. Prerequisite or
course requires students to present a thorough corequisite: enrolment in the APBS graduate
overview of their thesis research, including relevant program.
background material, and research results and their
interpretation. The presentation is expected to be APBS 6300G Advanced Topics in Biological Chemistry.
appropriate for an interdisciplinary audience in This graduate course explores a range of research
science. This is a required, non-credit course in the topics at the intersection of chemistry and biology
Applied Bioscience program. Seminars are focused through examples selected from the current
on specific research projects in applied bioscience. scientific literature. Topics include protein
Student seminars are regularly scheduled as engineering, enzymes, receptors, cofactors, enzymes
needed. The student receives a grade of either pass for organic synthesis, biotransformations, catalytic
or fail. 0 cr. Prerequisite: good standing in the APBS properties of nucleic acids, and bio-inorganic
graduate program. chemistry. 3 cr. Prerequisite or corequisite:
enrolment in the APBS graduate program.
APBS 6400G Advanced Topics in Forensic Bioscience. an original contribution of knowledge in the field
This graduate course explores a range of research which must be reported fully in the candidate’s
topics at the intersection of biology, chemistry and dissertation. The research is carried out under the
forensic science through examples selected from direction of the candidate’s supervisor or co-
the current scientific literature and available supervisors, in co-operation with a supervisory
casework. The course focuses on current and new committee. This thesis is accompanied by an oral
developments in biotechnology and bioanalytical thesis defence. 40 cr. Prerequisite: Good standing in
techniques associated with forensic analysis, quality the APBS PhD program.
assurance concepts and the use of scientific
evidence in court. 3 cr. Prerequisite: enrolment in APBS 7100G Special Topics in Biomolecular Science.
the Forensic Bioscience field in the APBS graduate This course requires students to research and
program. present orally a thorough overview of the current
state of knowledge on a particular topic related to
APBS 7040G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy biomolecular science. The students should also be
Exam. Students in the Applied Bioscience PhD able to identify key gaps in knowledge. This seminar
program are required to submit a comprehensive must address how advances in the related area of
thesis proposal outlining their research objectives research will benefit society. The presentation is
and proposed methodology. This thesis proposal expected to be appropriate for an interdisciplinary
also consists of a literature review that addresses audience in science. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in
the current state of knowledge of the particular the Biomolecular Science field in the APBS program.
research topic. This course consists of an oral
qualifying exam that evaluates the students’ grasp APBS 7200G Special Topics in Ecosystem Health.
of the literature and their particular research plan. This course requires students to research and
Topics in this course vary with students’ specific present orally a thorough overview of the current
106
research projects. This non-credit course is state of knowledge on a particular topic related to
evaluated on a pass/fail basis. 0 cr. Prerequisite: ecosystem health. The students should also be able
Enrolment in the Applied Bioscience PhD program. to identify key gaps in knowledge. This seminar must
address how advances in the related area of
APBS 7050G Research Seminar in Applied research will benefit society. The presentation is
Bioscience. This course requires students at the end expected to be appropriate for an interdisciplinary
of their program to present a thorough overview of audience in science. 3 cr. Prerequisite: enrolment in
their thesis research, including relevant background the Ecosystem Health field in the APBS program.
material, research results and their interpretation.
This seminar must address how the research will APBS 7300G Special Topics in Forensic Bioscience.
benefit society. The presentation is expected to be This course requires students to research and
appropriate for an interdisciplinary audience in present orally a thorough overview of the current
science. This course is a part of the regular seminar state of knowledge on a particular topic related to
series in Applied Bioscience. Therefore, students are forensic bioscience. The students should also be
also expected to give yearly seminars that provide able to identify key gaps in knowledge. This seminar
an update on the progress of their research and must address how advances in the related area of
provide peer-reviewed feedback on seminars of research will benefit society. The presentation is
fellow students. Students are expected to be expected to be appropriate for an interdisciplinary
present at all other seminars. The final grade will be audience in science. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in
administered at the end of their final seminar. 3 cr. the Forensic Bioscience field in the APBS program.
APBS 7060G PhD Research. This is a non-credit APBS 7400G Special Topics in Human Health Biology.
course that is administered by the student’s This course will require students to research and
supervisor. Students in the course are required to present orally a thorough overview of the current
make satisfactory progress in their research, keep state of knowledge on a particular topic related to
up to date with the literature on the current state of human health biology. The students should also be
knowledge in their particular area of research, and able to identify key gaps in knowledge. This seminar
provide regular updates on their progress to their must address how advances in the related area of
advisor. Students who make satisfactory progress research will benefit society. The presentation will be
with their thesis research are able to continue in the expected to be appropriate for an interdisciplinary
program and enrol in this course the following year. audience in science. 3 cr. Prerequisite: enrolment in
Students are required to register for this course the Human Health Biology field in the Applied
every year. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Good standing in the Bioscience MSc/PhD program.
APBS PhD program.
BUSI 5000G Business Communication. Business
APBS 7070G PhD Dissertation. The dissertation is Communication is a practical skills course in which
the primary component of the PhD degree students practice techniques to achieve effective
requirements. The student’s research must lead to communication through different modes, negotiation,
building collaborative relationships and fostering BUSI 5300G Organizational Behaviour. This course
understanding in a diverse workplace. These skills provides students with an understanding of the
form the basis for the communication techniques fundamentals of organizational behaviour and their
required and further developed throughout the application to human resources management. It
program. 1 cr., 4 day workshop. focuses on the management aspects of
organizational behaviour to create an environment
BUSI 5010G Foundations of Business. This course that is conducive to maximum productivity. Topics
provides managers with an overview of the economic include group dynamics, organization structure,
environment within which business must operate. change management, and organizational design. 3 cr.
Key concepts and ideas from microeconomics,

macroeconomics, and international economics are BUSI 5400G Quantitative Analysis in Business. This
developed so that managers understand the course provides an overview of business statistics.
economic forces that affect the operation of Topics include descriptive statistics, probability,
business entities and the impact of change in the sampling distributions, confidence intervals,
economic environment on the strategic direction of inference, regressions and correlation. Students
the firm. 3 cr. select topics that best match their area of focus
(such as in marketing, finance and supply chain
BUSI 5020G Ethics and Leadership. This course management) for two extended case assignments.
examines the legal, moral and ethical aspects of All exercises draw on numerous real data sets. 3 cr.
business decisions and practices. Topics studied
include corporate responsibility, corporate BUSI 5410G Financial Management. This course is
governance, environmental sustainability and ethics an overview of corporate finance. Students in this
in marketing, accounting, human resources and course will develop skills in understanding financial
information communication and technology. systems and analysing financial decisions within the
Leadership studies how executives motivate others firm. Topics covered are financial statement analysis 107
to work towards team objectives. Theories of and ratios, time valuation of money, capital
leadership such as trait, behavioural, participative, budgeting, financial markets, valuation of stocks and
situational, contingency, transactional, and bonds, financial risk, cost of capital, financial
transformational are examined as well as practices leverage, dividend policy, and options and futures. 3
of outstanding leadership. A personal plan for cr. Prerequisites: BUSI 5010G and BUSI 5100G.
leadership development is created. 3 cr.
BUSI 5500G Management Information Systems. This
BUSI 5100G Accounting Systems. This course course provides the knowledge of management
provides an overview of financial and managerial frameworks and analytical tools to understand the
accounting. The first part of the course develops economic and strategic implications of information
students’ ability to read, understand and use systems (IS) for supporting intra- or inter-enterprise
corporate financial statements. The course focuses business processes. The course also explores
on the user of MBA financial accounting data (rather emerging IS-driven business applications such as
than the preparer). The second part of the course supply chain management (SCM), customer
examines the concepts and tools of managerial relationship management (CRM), and enterprise
accounting. The course covers alternative costing resource planning (ERP) to meet organizational
methods and illustrates how the resulting cost objectives and foster competitive advantages from
information can be used for decision making and both managerial and technical perspectives. 3 cr.
examines the role of the internal accounting system Prerequisites: BUS 5100G and BUS 5400G or
in evaluating managerial performance and in permission from the instructor.
coordinating the activities within a firm. 3 cr.
BUSI 5510G E-Commerce Strategies. This course
BUSI 5200G Marketing Management. The Marketing provides the knowledge of electronic commerce (E-
Management course is designed to offer a broad Commerce) strategies for supporting any form of
overview of the fundamental areas in the marketing economic activities between business partners via
process. The approach is a blend of theory and electronic communication networks (e.g., Internet,
practical application which permits immediate Intranet, Extranet, etc). The course explores the
implementation in the workplace. The topics covered strategies which encompass organizations’ internal
in the course include marketing planning; operations and policies from both managerial and
segmentation and positioning; and devising technical perspectives. The course also discusses
strategies for new products, appropriate pricing, the emerging applications of business services
marketing communications and distribution. The networks (BSN) and business process management
format includes world-class marketing lectures and (BPM). 3 cr.
case studies resulting in a lively, participatory
environment for a maximized learning experience. 3 cr.
BUSI 5600G Operations and Project Management. theories in consumer behaviour are applied through
Operations and Project Management develops in-class discussions and real-world marketing
methods to manage resources efficiently within situations. 3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5200G or
scope, time and cost constraints. For ongoing permission from the instructor.
operations, the effective and efficient management
of the production and distribution process, including BUSI 6220G Marketing Strategy. This course focuses
delivery of services, is studied. Specialized topics on strategic planning and evaluation of marketing
include procurement, quality management, logistics, decisions in a competitive environment. The purpose
critical path analysis (PERT) and budgeting. 3 cr. of the course is to help students develop analytical
Prerequisite: BUSI 5400G. abilities by integrating all major areas of marketing.
Special emphasis is placed on problem-solving and

BUSI 5640G Optimization. This introductory course in decision-making in the formulation of marketing
optimization covers structure and classification of strategies. 3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5200G.
optimization problems, branch-and-bound algorithms,
linear optimization models, linear programming BUSI 6230G Internet Marketing. This course is
including geometric interpretations, basic solutions, designed as an introduction to the rapidly changing
the simplex method, cutting plane algorithms, and world of Internet marketing. The opportunities,
network optimization. Students will use various problems, and strategies associated with
software packages to apply the optimization incorporating the Internet medium into the marketing
techniques to inventory and project management function are examined. The topics covered include
problems. 3 cr. Prerequisite: An appropriate the importance of website traffic and brand building,
background in mathematics and permission from the online customer support and data collection, online
instructor. pricing tactics, and Internet marketing models.
Marketing issues facing Internet start-ups and
108 BUSI 5650G Supply Chain Management. This established online firms will also be discussed. 3 cr.
introductory course in Supply Chain Management Prerequisite: BUSI 5200G.
covers the following topics: supply chain activities
and functions, the role of purchasing in the supply BUSI 6250G International Marketing. This advanced
chain, the purchasing process, purchasing and course provides further experience in applying
information technology, sourcing strategies, electronic marketing concepts, analyses and tools to the
marketplaces and e-procurement, negotiating distinctive challenges of formulating and
techniques, quality considerations in purchasing, implementing international marketing programs.
outsourcing, and supplier price determination. 3 cr. Topics will include an examination of the impact of the
international environment on marketing decisions,
BUSI 5700G Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship is international pricing and promotion, market entry and
studied from the perspective of the established penetration strategies, and how to organize
organization and for start-up entities. Issues studied international marketing operations for maximum
include creating a business plan, sources of capital, effectiveness. 3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5200G.
types of financing, valuation of the firm, managing
change, managing for creativity, organizational BUSI 6260G Marketing Research. This course
renewal, creating and sustaining competitive familiarizes students with marketing research scope
advantage, and how to encourage or obstruct and techniques. Upon completing this course,
innovation. 3 cr. students are expected to know how to gather and
analyze information to make marketing decisions. 3
BUSI 5800G International Business. This course cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5200G.
provides students with an overview of the
international business environment. Topics include BUSI 6410G Global Finance. This course examines
globalization, international trade, regional economic the impact of global finance on the corporation. The
integration, global competition, foreign direct management of currency risk with different financial
investment, and global capital markets. 3 cr. instruments and interfacing with diverse sovereign
Prerequisite: BUSI 5010G. institutions is studied. Foreign investment and
financing are also explored. 3 cr. Pre- or corequisite:
BUSI 6090G Special Topics in Business. This course BUSI 5410G.
is a special topics course chosen from one of the
following areas: marketing, finance, management, BUSI 6420G Equity Securities. This course studies
international business, or e-commerce. 3 cr. equity assets with a variable income stream.
Prerequisite: Permission from the instructor. Students learn valuation models of fundamental
analysis including single growth, H-model, and
BUSI 6210G Consumer Behaviour. This course multistage growth of dividends; residual income and
applies knowledge from areas such as psychology, free cash flows; and technical analysis. Other factors
sociology and anthropology to describe and such as the business cycle, stock market outlook,
understand how consumers select, purchase, use, and industry environment are considered in the
and dispose products, and why. Basic concepts and analysis process. 3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5410G.
BUSI 6430G Fixed Income Securities. This course service development, and knowledge management
studies fixed income securities from the viewpoint of and supply chain integration issues. 3 cr.
investors, including individuals and institutions. Prerequisite: BUSI 5650G. Corequisite: BUSI
Different sectors of fixed incomes such as 5640G.
corporate, government, mortgage-backs and other
asset-backs are examined for valuation and risk BUSI 6660G Impact of Technology on the Supply
exposure. 3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5410G. Chain. This course examines the impact of
technology, information systems, and e-commerce on
BUSI 6440G Derivative Strategies. This course is an supply chain management. The course will consider
overview of derivative instruments and strategies. the impact of advanced manufacturing and inventory

Students in this course will develop skills in the management systems, the impact of the Internet on
valuation of derivatives and strategies employing supply chain co-ordination and procurement, EDI,
derivatives. Topics covered are futures markets and RFID, inter-organizational systems, ERP integration
valuations, options market and valuation, option across the supply chain, data management and
strategies, swaps, and option sensitivities. 3 cr. security issues for Internet transactions, and the
Prerequisite: BUSI 5410G. impact of international legal requirements on supply
chain systems integration. 3 cr. Prerequisites: BUSI
BUSI 6450G Portfolio Management. This course 5500G and BUSI 5600G.
studies how portfolios are managed from the
viewpoint of running a hedge fund, mutual fund and BUSI 6700G Strategic Management. This course
other financial institution. Strategies employed to examines strategy and related concepts. The focus
achieve portfolio goals will include investments from throughout is on strategic management: choosing
equities, fixed income, real estate and commodities. and defining purposes and objectives, formulating
3 cr. Prerequisite: BUSI 5410G. and implementing a viable strategy, and monitoring
strategic performance. The thrust of the course is to 109
BUSI 6630G Inventory and Logistics in Supply Chain view the organization in its totality; the external
Management. Logistics is the area of the supply chain environment in which it operates, its strategy, and its
that deals directly with customers and customer internal administrative activities. Topics include the
satisfaction. This course looks at the strategic role of strategic process, the role of the general manager,
inventory management, key strategic drivers of the external environment, internal analysis,
uncertainty in the supply and demand of products, competitive advantage, strategy and structure,
and the tools and techniques for inventory analysis. diversification, integrations and alliances,
The course emphasizes issues which are critical to organizational structure, strategy and control,
supply chain performance as perceived by the corporate strategy, and practical analytical skills that
customer, including finished goods inventory planning; can be used to improve strategic decision making. 3
transportation industry cost and performance cr. Prerequisite: Completion of semesters one and
structure; and other third party logistics services, two of the MBA program.
especially warehousing, information technology, and
integrated logistics services. Students also study the BUSI 6810G International Management. This course
order fulfillment process and the role of internal examines the dimensions of business management
supply chain functions, measurement issues and in foreign countries. The course provides a
practices in the supply chain, transportation cost framework for analyzing managerial issues and
drivers and structure of the transportation industry, problems faced by management as a result of
other cost drivers within the supply chain, and current economic, cultural, political and social differences
and best practices in logistics. 3 cr. Prerequisite: within the global environment. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
BUSI 5400G and BUSI 5600G. BUSI 5800G.
BUSI 6650G Advanced Supply Chain Management. BUSI 6910G MBA Research Project. This course
This course covers the strategic role of the supply provides graduating students with the opportunity to
chain, key strategic drivers of supply chain apply the knowledge and skills they have acquired in
performance, and the tools and techniques for the MBA program to a research problem in their area
supply chain analysis. The course presents of concentration. In conjunction with a faculty
management practices at the forefront of supply supervisor, students are expected to produce a
chain management and information technology in written report describing the problem, summarizing
the supply chain. Students study the impact of relevant literature and presenting and defending a
technology on supply chain operations and the solution. 9 cr. Prerequisite: Completion of all other
development of products and services. The course program requirements for the MBA with
examines the current practices and future Concentration.
technological directions in supply chain
management and business strategy, and provides
innovative ideas about integrating new technologies
into operations, technology-based product and
CSCI 5001G MSc Thesis. Students must prepare and sought. Topics considered include positivism,
successfully defend a written thesis related to their inductivism, contextualism, scientific realism, and
supervised research project at the end of the “scientific revolution,” as well as the views of
program. The student’s supervisory committee must Socrates, Bacon, Descartes, Toulmin, Popper, Kuhn,
approve the commencement of the writing of the and Feyerabend, among numerous others. The major
thesis. The thesis will be evaluated by an examining issue under discussion in this course is that of the
committee and accompanied by an oral impact of beliefs regarding the nature of science and
presentation. The student must receive a how the world is thought to work. Implications for
satisfactory report on the written thesis and must learning science in online environments are
demonstrate a thorough understanding of the explored. 3 cr.
research topic. The student will receive a grade of

either pass or fail. 15 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in CSCI 5100G Development of Concurrent Software.
the MSc in Computer Science program. This course is an introductory course to software
development for concurrent software with an
CSCI 5010G Survey of Computer Science. This emphasis on design, implementation and
course is a survey of some of the main topics in verification. Topics in the design and implementation
computer science. Topics covered vary from year to of concurrent software include design patterns for
year and may include digital media, computer concurrency, programming with threads, and
graphics, human-computer interaction, digital programming in coordination languages. Topics in
design, computer networks, security, computer the verification of concurrent software include static
architecture, health informatics and system design. analysis, model checking and testing. 3 cr.
This course is team taught by experts in the topics Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in Software
covered. 3 cr. Engineering (required) and Concurrent Programming
(recommended).
110 CSCI 5020G Collaborative Design and Research. In
this course small groups of students from different CSCI 5110G Network Computing. This course
disciplines work together on a series of design and teaches how to design and implement loosely
research projects. Through a series of small but coupled distributed systems. It presents hands-on
realistic projects, students develop their research experience as well as theoretical background in
and collaboration skills. Topics include research and network computing models and design principles.
design methodologies, structure and management of Topics in scalability, performance, security, resource
multidisciplinary design and research teams, and specification and discovery, naming and indexing,
research and design problems selected by the and resource management for distributed systems
instructors. 3 cr. will be discussed in the context of network
computing paradigms like publish / subscribe, GRID
CSCI 5030G Automata and Applications. This course computing, Peer-to-peer (P2P), Message Oriented
studies the theories of various types of automata Middleware (MOM), Reflective Middleware, Service
and their applications. Regular automata, Büchi Oriented Applications (SOA), and Mobile Agents. 3
automata, pushdown automata, and finally tree cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in Distributed
automata are covered. Students discuss the Systems.
respective formal languages, and the fundamental
theorems such as closure theorems and different CSCI 5120G Principles of Distributed Computing.
versions of Nerode equivalences. The second part of This course addresses the design and analysis of
the course discusses the applications of automata distributed algorithms. Emphasis is placed on
in selected areas of compilers, natural language developing problem-solving skills and fully exploiting
processing, information retrieval, type checking of design tools and techniques. Students develop the
programs, composition of services, and temporal analytical tools and skills needed to evaluate the
logic reasoning. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate costs of complex designs and protocols. 3 cr.
courses in Discrete Mathematics, Algebra and Prerequisite: A course in algorithms at the
Computational Complexity. undergraduate level.
CSCI 5040G Epistemology of Science. What is CSCI 5130G Programming Language Implementation.
science? How does science work? Where does This course is a survey of the techniques that are
science begin and end? Which kinds of activity count used to implement different types of programming
as “science”? Does science tell us what the world is languages with an emphasis on run-time organization
“really” like? Is science our only sure path to and code generation. Topics covered in this course
respectable “knowledge”? What makes it different include memory management, garbage collection,
from other ways of understanding the universe? code generation, code optimization, code generation
What is knowledge? How is knowledge formed and for mobile and embedded devices, and code
by whom? In this course, which aims to be an optimization for power saving. 3 cr. Prerequisite: An
accessible introduction to the philosophy of science, undergraduate course in compilers.
answers to these and many other questions are
CSCI 5140G Ecology of Online Learning. The aim of associated with each OSI network layer are provided
this course is to examine the context in which online with many examples drawn from the Internet and
learning has evolved to build understanding of not wireless networks. The TCP/IP protocol stack is
only the present, but to enable students to look discussed in detail with a variety of examples on its
ahead at the potential. Problems facing the various layers. Particular attention is given to
continuous development of e-learning are also performance analysis of ARQ techniques, access
explored. From a survey of the brief history of online methods (ALOHA and CSMA), and network delay and
learning, with a close look at the symbiotic throughput analysis in WAN and LANs. Network
relationship between technological development, addressing design (including VLSM and CIDR) is
pedagogical evolution, and socio-economic discussed in detail, and various routing methods

pressures, the students will find, adapt and use (Distance vector and Link-state) are compared.
theoretical models to analyze current online learning Advanced networking protocols such as ATM and
situations. 3 cr. MPLS are briefly introduced. 3 cr.
CSCI 5150G Evolution or Revolution: Informatics CSCI 5310G Cryptography and Secure
Design Principles. In the context of the move to Web Communications. This course covers diverse topics
2.0 and 3.0 as well as the subsequent development on cryptography and security including classical
of concepts such as “cloud computing” and “social encryption, symmetric and public-key cryptography, key
software”, the aim of this course is to explore the management, message authentication, digital
concept of Informatics and the complexity of its signatures, denial-of-service (DoS), distributed DoS,
application to fields such as online education. As malicious software, and intrusion detection systems.
the Internet develops from a technical wonder and 3 cr.
an information tool to more of a social interaction
device, education and life-long learning in all fields CSCI 5320G Malware Analysis. This course covers
are undergoing massive changes as they take diverse topics such as worms, virii, Trojan horses, 111
advantage of this new potential. Students in this and rootkits ranging from simple JavaScript
course will explore the fundamentals of design malicious code to the use of sophisticated malware
based research as it applies to designing learning tools. The course delivers theory with emphasis on
environments that are consistent with social, practical skills to defend against malware. A sample
educational and cognitive sciences that have final project may consist of creating a malware
converged to study the processes of developing analysis environment to safely capture and study
human knowledge with such major concepts as specimens. 3 cr.
“collective intelligence” and “social construction of
CSCI 5330G Network Optimization. This course
knowledge”. 3 cr.
provides a comprehensive and up-to-date study of
CSCI 5160G Topics in Software Design. This course network optimization problems. Network
covers one or more topics in software design that optimization includes both major types of
are not currently covered by the other courses in the optimization problems: continuous and discrete.
program. The instructor determines the topics that Network flow optimization models and extensions
are covered in a particular year and they could are studied, with a focus on the theory and
change from one year to another. Topics are algorithms for a wide-ranging collection of network
determined by the instructor before the start of the problems such as shortest path, maximum flow,
course. A detailed description of the course content minimum cost flow, spanning tree, matching,
will be posted before the start of term. 3 cr. traveling salesman, multicommodity flow, and
generalized assignment. Both linear programming
CSCI 5170G Empirical Software Engineering. This and combinatorial optimization methods are
course provides an overview of advanced topics in discussed in the context of formulating and solving
empirical software engineering. Students learn how the network problems. 3 cr. Prerequisite: An
to design, implement and interpret the results of undergraduate course on computer networking that
empirical studies. In particular, students gain insight covers the fundamentals, e.g., CSCI 3150
into the benefits and drawbacks of different (Computer Networks).
empirical methods such as benchmarks, controlled
experiments, ethnographies and surveys. Students CSCI 5340G Performance Evaluation of Computer
also obtain experience with critically evaluating and Networks. This course provides students with
reproducing existing empirical software engineering mathematical models and tools to analyze
research. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate performance of computer systems and networks. It
courses in Statistics and Software Engineering. covers fundamentals of queuing theory, Markov
chains, analysis of single-server and multi-server
CSCI 5300G Computer Communication Networks. systems, QoS in networks of queues, analysis of
This course provides a detailed technical access techniques as well as simulation techniques
presentation of important networking concepts and for network traffic and services. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
protocols used in modern communication network CSCI 5300G Computer Communication Networks.
architecture. Descriptions of the principles
CSCI 5350G Pervasive and Mobile Computing. This animation systems. This course is suitable for
course provides an introduction and comprehensive students starting their graduate studies. 3 cr.
view into technologies relevant to pervasive and
mobile computing. Topics include cellular and CSCI 5520G Computer Vision and Games. This
personal wireless area networks, service discovery course introduces students to topics in computer
protocols, context-aware computing, and middleware vision and image processing, and how to apply these
platforms and software to support pervasive and algorithms to interaction in video games. Topics
mobile computing. 3 cr. include advanced image processing techniques,
camera calibration, cameras as input devices, data
CSCI 5360G Topics in Networks. This course covers filtering, state estimation and tracking, motion
one or more topics in networks that are not currently capture and gesture recognition techniques. 3 cr.
covered by the other courses in the program. The
instructor determines the topics that are covered in CSCI 5530G Serious Game Development. In contrast
a particular year and these could change from one to traditional teaching and learning environments
year to another. Topics are determined by the whereby the teacher controls the learning (e.g.,
instructor before the start of the course. A detailed teacher-centered), videogames present a learner-
description of the course content will be posted centered approach to learning whereby the player
before the start of term. 3 cr. controls the learning through interactivity; this
allows the player to learn via active, critical learning.
CSCI 5370G Topics in IT Security. This course covers Videogames provide students the opportunity to
one or more topics in IT security that are not learn to appreciate the interrelationship of complex
currently covered by the other courses in the behaviours, sign systems, and the formation of
program. The instructor determines the topics that social groups. In addition to these benefits, the
are covered in a particular year and they could advantages of videogames to other applications
112 change from one year to another. Topics are have not gone unnoticed. In fact, videogame
determined by the instructor before the start of the technology has been adopted and applied to
course. A detailed description of the course content applications whose primary purpose is not
will be posted before the start of term. 3 cr. entertainment. These are referred to as serious
games. Serious games “leverage the power of
CSCI 5500G Auditory Perception and Virtual Audio. computer games to captivate and engage players for
To be immersed in a virtual environment, the user a specific purpose such as to develop new
must be presented with plausible sensory input, knowledge or skills”. Specifically, serious games
including auditory cues. A virtual (three-dimensional support the development of analytical, spatial,
or spatial) audio display aims to allow the user to strategic, recollection, psycho-motor, and visual
perceive the position of a sound source at an selective attention skills. Further benefits of serious
arbitrary position in three-dimensional space despite games include improved self-monitoring, problem
the fact that the generated sound may be emanating recognition and solving, improved short and long
from a fixed number of loudspeakers at fixed term memory, increased social skills, and increased
positions in space, or a pair of headphones. The self-efficacy. Serious games have been employed in
foundation of virtual audio rests on the development a number of learning-based applications including
of technology to present auditory signals to the educational, national, security, corporate
listener’s ears so that these signals are perceptually management, military, government, and in the
equivalent to those the listener would receive in the training of emergency personnel/first responders
environment being simulated. This directed reading and health care workers. This graduate level course
course examines the human perceptual and examines various aspects of serious games
technical literature relevant to the modelling and including i) technical components, ii) psychological
generation of accurate audio displays for virtual components (and their application to learning), and
environments. Approaches to acoustical iii) the business of serious games. A number of
environment simulation are summarized and the existing commercial and non-commercial serious
advantages and disadvantages of the various games are examined. 3 cr.
approaches are presented. 3 cr.
CSCI 5540G User Interface Technology. This course
CSCI 5510G Computer Graphics. This course covers the hardware and software techniques used
introduces the basic concepts and algorithms of in the implementation of user interfaces. Topics
computer graphics. It covers the methods needed to covered in this course include input devices, output
model and render 3D objects. It covers graphics devices, window managers, interaction techniques,
displays, parametric representations, curves and user interface builders, 3D user interfaces and user
surfaces, geometrical optics, affine and perspective interface styles. Students will gain experience in
transformations, visibility, illumination and reflectance developing different types of user interfaces on a
models, radiometry, energy transfer models, variety of hardware configurations. 3 cr.
parametric representations, curves and surfaces,
texture mapping, ray tracing, graphics toolkits, and
CSCI 5550G Topics in Digital Media. This course the course. A detailed description of the course
covers one or more topics in digital media that are content will be posted before the start of term. 3 cr.
not currently covered by the other courses in the
program. The instructor determines the topics that CSCI 5740G Intelligent Systems. This course covers
are covered in a particular year and they could the elements of intelligent systems including
change from one year to another. Topics are constraint satisfaction problem solving, planning
determined by the instructor before the start of the and machine learning. Emphasis is made on the
course. A detailed description of the course content application of intelligent systems in a variety of
will be posted before the start of term. 3 cr. different domains including computer vision,
computer gaming, natural language processing, text

CSCI 5700G Introduction to Services Computing. This analysis and web analysis, data processing, and
course introduces the fundamental concepts and bioinformatics. Students are introduced to the basic
applications of service computing. Service mathematical theory of artificial intelligence (AI) and
computing, as a new cross discipline, addresses exposed to the application aspect of AI in real-life
how to enable IT technology to help people perform contexts. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate courses
business processes more efficiently and effectively. in Algorithms and Data Structures.
One of the fundamental components in service
computing is Web service. Web services are Internet- CSCI 6001G PhD Dissertation. The dissertation is
based application components published using the primary component of the PhD degree
standard interface description languages and requirements. The research must lead to an original
universally available via uniform communication contribution of knowledge in the field which must be
protocols. Web services let individuals and reported fully in the candidate’s dissertation. The
organizations do business over the Internet using research is carried out under the direction of the
standardized protocols to facilitate application-to- candidate’s supervisor or co-supervisors, in
application interaction. 3 cr. cooperation with a supervisory committee. This 113
thesis is accompanied by an oral thesis defence.
CSCI 5710G Services Computing Security. This The student receives a grade of pass or fail. 40 cr.
course covers the security related technologies in Prerequisite: Good standing in the PhD in Computer
services computing. Topics covered include the Science program.
eXtensible Markup Language (XML) and a portfolio
of related security standards such as XML Signature, CSCI 6100G Advanced Topics in Software Design.
XML Encryption, XML Key Management, WS-Security This course covers one or more advanced topics in
and Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML), software design that are not currently covered by the
eXtensible Access Control Markup Language other courses in the program. This course is aimed
(XACML), the Platform for Privacy Preferences (P3P) at senior graduate students who have already taken
and Web X.0, in response to the growing need for a one or more courses in this field. The instructor
platform independent language for supporting determines the topics that are covered in a
interoperable information in services computing particular year and they could change from one year
infrastructure. The course provides a services to another. Topics are determined by the instructor
computing context to these more technical issues. before the start of the course. A detailed description
Strategy and policy topics on how to find the right of the course content will be posted before the start
balance between security and usability are of term. 3 cr. Prerequisite: A previous course in the
addressed, as well as the maintenance of a secure software design field.
infrastructure. 3 cr.
CSCI 6300G Advanced Network Design. Advanced
CSCI 5720G Topics in Health Informatics. This course Network Design is a graduate course designed to give
covers one or more topics in health informatics that the students the skills they need to architect, build
are not currently covered by the other courses in the and analyze the next generation networks. The course
program. The instructor determines the topics that material covers the design process from the
are covered in a particular year and they could requirement analysis phase to architectural design,
change from one year to another. Topics are technology selection, implementation, and
determined by the instructor before the start of the performance evaluation. The course addresses
course. A detailed description of the course content several theoretical aspects of network design, such as
will be posted before the start of term. 3 cr. fundamentals of queuing theory, delay analysis, flow
optimization and topology design, as well as practical
CSCI 5730G Topics in Information Science. This aspects of network architectural design for efficient
course covers one or more topics in information addressing and routing, multi-protocol integration,
science that are not currently covered by the other protection and restoration, and security and network
courses in the program. The instructor determines management solutions. 3 cr. Prerequisite: CSCI
the topics that are covered in a particular year and 5300G Computer Communication Networks.
they could change from one year to another. Topics
are determined by the instructor before the start of
CSCI 6310G Advanced Topics in Networks. This and optimization algorithms are discussed. Students
course covers one or more advanced topics in are also introduced to non-classical query
computer networks that are not currently covered by techniques which incorporate data mining, machine
the other courses in the program. This course is learning and AI algorithms. Finally, the topic of
aimed at senior graduate students who have already visualization and summarization of very large
taken one or more courses in this field. The volumes of data are briefly covered. 3 cr.
instructor determines the topics that are covered in Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in Database
a particular year and they could change from one Systems and Concepts, Algorithms and Data
year to another. Topics are determined by the Structures.
instructor before the start of the course. A detailed
description of the course content will be posted CSCI 6710G Advanced Topics in Health Informatics.
before the start of term. 3 cr. This course covers one or more advanced topics in
health informatics that are not currently covered by
CSCI 6320G Advanced Topics in IT Security. This the other courses in the program. This course is
course covers one or more advanced topics in IT aimed at senior graduate students who have already
security that are not currently covered by the other taken one or more courses in this field. The
courses in the program. This course is aimed at instructor determines the topics that are covered in
senior graduate students who have already taken a particular year and they could change from one
one or more courses in this field. The instructor year to another. Topics are determined by the
determines the topics that are covered in a instructor before the start of the course. A detailed
particular year and they could change from one year description of the course content will be posted
to another. Topics are determined by the instructor before the start of term. 3 cr. Prerequisite: A
before the start of the course. A detailed description previous course in the health informatics field.
of the course content will be posted before the start
114
of term. 3 cr. CSCI 6720G Advanced Topics in Information Science.
This course covers one or more advanced topics in
CSCI 6500G Advanced Computer Animation. This information science that are not currently covered by
course introduces advanced concepts in computer the other courses in the program. This course is
animation. Students critically analyze and explore aimed at senior graduate students who have already
advanced animation algorithms applicable to taken one or more courses in this field. The
simulation and game development. Integration of the instructor determines the topics that are covered in
animation core with physics and artificial intelligence a particular year and they could change from one
systems are explored to define complex and year to another. Topics are determined by the
interesting animation behaviour. 3 cr. instructor before the start of the course. A detailed
description of the course content will be posted
CSCI 6510G Visual Modelling. This advanced before the start of term. 3 cr. Prerequisite: A
graduate course focuses on physics-based previous course in the information sciences field.
modelling and dynamic simulation, including their
applications towards visual computing. The unified, CSCI 7010G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy
physics-based approach to various visual computing Exam. Students in the Computer Science PhD
fields, such as graphics, visualization, biomedical program are required to submit a comprehensive
image processing, vision, virtual environments, and thesis proposal outlining their research objectives
animation are explored. 3 cr. Prerequisite: and proposed methodology. This thesis proposal
Undergraduate level course in computer graphics. also consists of a literature review that addresses
the current state of knowledge of the particular
CSCI 6520G Advanced Topics in Digital Media. This research topic. This course consists of an oral
course covers one or more advanced topics in digital candidacy exam that evaluates the students’ grasp
media that are not currently covered by the other of the literature and their particular research plan.
courses in the program. This course is aimed at Topics in this course vary with students’ specific
senior graduate students who have already taken research projects. This non-credit course is
one or more courses in this field. The instructor evaluated on a pass/fail basis. 0 cr. Prerequisite:
determines the topics that are covered in a Enrolment in the Computer Science PhD program.
particular year and they could change from one year
to another. 3 cr. Prerequisite: A previous course in EDUC 5001G Principles of Learning. This course
the digital media field. serves as an introduction to the variety of ways that
human learning is thought about within educational
CSCI 6700G Advanced Information Management. contexts. This course helps students understand
This course covers advanced topics in information some of the similarities and differences that exist
management technology and literature. Students are among a variety of learning theories. Because the
introduced to modern data models including application of theory in educational practice (praxis) is
relational, XML, unstructured text data, and data on a key element of this course, students are encouraged
the Web. Query languages including SQL, Xquery, to see new pathways of possibility for teaching and
information retrieval techniques, and their evaluation learning in their own educational experiences.
Students may assess the success of the course EDUC 5005G Social and Cultural Context of
sessions by evaluating the degree to which their Education. Students are asked to critically examine
experiences in the course have provoked them toward their own practice and its context. Issues of power
reflective practice for their own learning communities. and privilege as they operate in the field of education
This course is required of all students. 3 cr. are central unifying themes of the course. The
investigative approach includes ethical reasoning,
EDUC 5002G Research Methods in Education. This autobiographical reflection, arts/aesthetics,
course is a general introduction to educational deconstruction, and sociological analysis. Students
research methods. The epistemological attempt to work through a series of questions in
assumptions about the nature of knowledge and the order to understand the complexities in schooling,

relationship between theory and evidence are and in education in general. This course includes
extensively examined across a broad range of sociological explorations that help to focus on issues
approaches to research. Students consider the of schooling. Lived experiences and burning issues
types of questions that can be answered through are used as ways of exploring personal experiences.
research as well as the practical and ethical Educators also draw upon professional lived
questions that arise in educational research. A experiences and are asked to examine these
central goal of the course is to instil a culture of experiences within the light of concepts introduced in
disciplined inquiry for modern teaching course reading materials. There is a conscious
professionals. As graduate students, they become attempt, through autobiographical and experiential
critical readers and consumers of research. There is, learning, to examine the social and cultural
in addition, a praxis element to this course, as foundations of education. As a foundations course, it
participants are encouraged to build capacity for relates course learning to educational research in
engaging in research-driven practice. Technology has order to assist educators in thinking about their own
a significant role to play in the research process, but platforms for educational research. 3 cr.
115
caution must be observed with respect to the ethics
of collection of information. The importance of EDUC 5101G Learning with Technology. This course
computer software packages for both quantitative examines the growing body of theory and research
and qualitative analysis is also introduced. This on the use of technology for learning. The historical,
course is required of all students. 3 cr. theoretical and research knowledge base developed
in EDUC 5002G is the foundation for the work to be
EDUC 5003G Advanced Research Methods and done here. Students examine recent and current
Design. This is a seminar course that examines learning technologies in the light of research and
advanced methods, techniques and software for theory on learning. It is expected that students will
educational research. The course is intended for see the ways in which specific choices of technology
students taking the MA program and the project are more or less suited to different expected
option in the MEd. Many of the examples in the learning outcomes. Specific topics that may be
course come from the work of current or past considered include systems of thought that favour or
students doing thesis and project research. One oppose the use of technology in education for a
outcome of the course for most students is an initial priori reasons, analysis and categorization of
draft of a research proposal that can be presented to existing software or online systems, communication
their advisor for discussion or elaboration, or as the technologies and online learning, informatics and
basis for beginning the research mentoring process. the knowledge society, online learning communities,
This course is mandatory for MA students and constructivist approaches to applications of
recommended for MEd project option students. 3 cr. technology, constructivist/constructionist course
design, training systems and technological support,
EDUC 5004G The Reflective Practitioner. This course
and technology in higher education. 3 cr.
reviews theory and research on teachers as
reflective practitioners. The course begins with an EDUC 5102G Educational Technology and
examination of the different research traditions that Communication. Technology can extend the ability of
have informed research and theory about teaching the instructor and students to communicate in
and learning. Consideration of historically important educational settings. Multimedia elements of
theories such as those of Dewey and Tyler serves as computer-based instruction possess strengths and
a basis for analyzing contemporary thinking and limitations as communication tools. This course
research. Topics include curriculum planning and examines various theories of communication and
development, instructional design, communities of learning and their application to the multimedia world
teaching and learning, models of teaching of instructional technology to traditional and non-
assessment of student learning (including student traditional learning settings. Innovative ways of
course evaluation), teaching for/in diversity, teacher enhancing and improving educational communication
induction, mentoring, professional development, and are emphasized. 3 cr.
the role of reflection in teacher professional
development. 3 cr.
EDUC 5103G Online Technology in Education. This leadership positions and the problems, dilemmas,
course explores the integration of online technology and opportunities faced in educational, public, and
(e.g., synchronous & asynchronous communication, human service organizations. 3 cr.
and learning management systems) into educational
practice. The course focuses on issues such as the EDUC 5202G Organizational Theory, Culture and
ways in which online technology enhances and Decision Making. In this course, graduate students
inhibits learning, accessibility, reflection, social will read, explore, analyze and discuss the culture of
learning, cognitive processing, quality of discussion, educational organizations. Students will explore
role of educator, individual differences in use, and diverse perspectives by studying historical
learning performance. Particular attention is given to constructs such as organizational theory and
the role that technological developments have management theory. Management functions such as
played in inviting educators to reconsider needs assessment, planning, organizing, staffing
fundamental educational concepts. 3 cr. and control, along with organizational socialization,
motivation and change will be examined and applied.
EDUC 5104G Learning Tools. Considerable money Students will be encouraged to apply skills of critical
and effort has been directed toward introducing analysis and synthesis throughout the course and to
technology into education; however, multiple develop views about the theories by linking them
obstacles experienced by educators have impeded continually with issues in practice. Students will also
progress. These include lack of time, insufficient be encouraged to explore school and district
access to software and hardware, limited leadership and the role of leadership in the larger
technological skill, low confidence, and not context of community. 3 cr.
understanding how to integrate technology into
teaching. This course examines potentially EDUC 5203G Dynamics of Change. This course
promising tools that address many of the barriers explores major concepts that impact successful
116
that educators experience with technology. Key implementation of change such as theories of
areas covered include establishing a clear definition, change and models of change. Change theory and
accessibility, reusability interactivity, graphics, models, as well as components of change, will be
reduction of cognitive load, adaptability, pedagogical applied to investigations of classroom, school,
value, evaluation, and instructional wrap. Students district, and societal change. The role of culture and
learn about these concepts by designing and the roles of stakeholders will be central to this
evaluating learning object based instruction. 3 cr. exploration. Graduate students will reflect on their
roles within major educational changes. Other major
EDUC 5105G Technology Diffusion in Education. In concepts include the exploration of vision, mission,
this course, technology diffusion in education is the institutionalization of change, and interference or
examined. Consideration is given to how teachers, resistance to change. Students will be encouraged
learners and educational administrators promote, to act as reflective practitioners and introduce
resist, adopt, transform, and repurpose technologies materials and/or resources which connect theory,
in education. The emphasis in this course is placed research and practice. 3 cr.
on information and learning technologies, but the
particular case of education in the context of the EDUC 5204G Staff Development and Supervision.
general dynamics of technology diffusion, transfer This course investigates the process of teacher
and translation is considered. Information and learning as it applies to the needs of the early
communication technologies are understood in their practitioner and experienced teacher. This includes
broader context of use within modern society. 3 cr. staff development, teacher supervision and teacher
growth through reflective practice. Staff development
EDUC 5199G Special Topics in Education and Digital theory and practice will be examined, as well as
Technologies. Special topics courses present current research in measuring the impact of teacher
material in an emerging field or one not covered in learning. The conceptual bases outlined in current
regular offerings. Each year up to two or three special theory, research and practice in the models of
topics in technology and informatics courses may be teacher supervision are critically examined relative
offered to enable students to experience particular to current policies on teacher supervision. 3 cr.
topics in depth. In the area of technology and
informatics, for instance, courses such as Special EDUC 5205G Leadership and Technology. Significant
Topics in Computer Assisted Language Learning or educational leadership principles, models in the use
Special Topics in Adaptive Technologies for Special of technology, and the influence of information and
Education may be offered periodically. 3 cr. communication technology on educational leadership
are explored and applied. Course topics include
EDUC 5201G Foundations of Leadership. Leading common vision; analysis of needs; development;
theorists and researchers, established and access and security; integration into instruction;
emerging theories, and trends of leadership will be assessment and evaluation; professional
examined from diverse perspectives, including development; and infrastructure of the school system
critical theory perspectives. The course will focus on including administrative software, community
relationships, ethical legal issues and other and may include such innovations as curriculum
educational policy implications. The result will be a integration, teaching for deep understanding,
plan of significant value to the master’s candidates’ reciprocal teaching, authentic assessment,
educational technology leadership role. 3 cr. cooperative learning, self-directed learning, and
computer-mediated instruction. Theoretical
EDUC 5206G Education Law and Governance. This foundations, research findings, implementation
course explores questions focusing on the legal and issues, and implications for other reform dimensions
governance issues in public education. Topics such (restructuring, re-culturing, and retiming) are explored
as the Canadian Charter of Rights and Freedoms, for each approach selected. 3 cr.
freedom of speech, academic freedom, privacy,

Internet law, commercialism, access, liability for EDUC 5303G Technology and the Curriculum. This
student injury, negligence and due process, and the course involves an examination of the theoretical
questions of educational policy will be addressed underpinnings and practical questions concerning
from various perspectives. 3 cr. the educational use of technology in a constructivist
learning environment. The pedagogical application of
EDUC 5299G Special Topics in Leadership and technology includes the implementation of
Administration. Special topics courses present computers and other instructional technologies for
material in an emerging field or one not covered in teaching and learning such as video and audio
regular offerings. Each year up to two or three multimedia (e.g., film, audio recordings, television).
special topics in leadership and administration The focus is on developing a critical perspective
courses may be offered to enable students to regarding the use of technology in educational
experience particular topics in depth. In the area of contexts that relates and looks forward to the
leadership and administration, for instance, courses articulation of an ethics of teaching practice. Topics
such as Special Topics in Emerging Governance representative of technology and education issues
Areas or Special Topics in Leadership Succession are selected from the following theories and 117
may be offered periodically. 3 cr. definitions of technology: implications of various
modes of technology contexts for models of teaching
EDUC 5301G Curriculum Theory. The aim of this
and learning practice; evaluating the use of
course is to explore the theoretical aspects of the
multimedia resources for educational contexts (e.g.,
study of curriculum and learning as presented in the
internet, software, video and audio recordings, and
research literature. The course provides a language
television); technology, diversity, and educational
for conceptualizing educational questions, reviews
equity; articulating an ethics of teaching practice
the major themes in the literature, provides a
with respect to the educational use of technology,
framework for thinking about curriculum changes
computer-mediated learning, telecommunications
and change, and assists students in developing
and multimedia resources; online teaching and
critical and analytical skills appropriate to the
learning; the use of virtual environments for
scholarly discussion of curriculum and improving
educational purposes; problems of classroom
student learning. It is designed to help students to
integration; and computer support for professional
develop an understanding of curriculum by
development and administration. 3 cr.
identifying the concepts and discussions that
constitute the curriculum field. Thus, students apply EDUC 5304G Digital Literacy: Theory, Practice and
an informed theory to their own contexts of practice. Research. Postmodern literacies have proliferated in
The course is participatory and practice-based response to the rapid expansion of digital
(entailing critical reflection on curriculum practice in technologies and network interconnectivity in the
light of reading and discussion), responsive and 21st century. The kinds of texts produced for and by
collaborative (focusing on the particular contexts the current knowledge economy are artifacts of
and interests of participants) and critical (entailing digital rather than industrial technologies; these
constructive critique of education and other values technologies have had considerable impact on how
and assumptions that inform curriculum policy, people read and write. This course examines what we
organization, and practice). 3 cr. have learned about the impact of digital technologies
to this point with a view to understanding what it
EDUC 5302G Curriculum Planning and
means to be literate in a digital age. We consider the
Implementation. This course defines and illustrates
continuing overlap of pre-print, print and post-print
practical methods for completing important
forms within the larger history of literacy artifacts.
curriculum development tasks such as (a) identifying
We consider the effect of word processors,
appropriate course and unit objectives; (b) developing
hypermedia, and the Web 2.0 on writing and reading
useful growth schemes; (c) developing effective
practices, and we experiment with emerging web-
teaching techniques; and (d) constructing practical
based social software such as wikis and weblogs.
assessment strategies. Particular attention is given
From legal boundaries of who owns what words in
to problem-solving skills. Instructional changes
cyberspace to recognizing new orthographies, new
associated with elementary and secondary school
identities, new contexts for learning and new poetics
reform are examined. Examples will be negotiated
in digital contexts, we explore the various socio-
political and educational aspects of digital EDUC 5403G Adult Education: Contexts, Problems,
communications technologies. 3 cr. and Issues. The purpose of this course is to describe
and interpret the problems and issues associated
EDUC 5305G Authentic Assessment. The ultimate with the varied contexts in which adults teach and
goal of this course is to enable educators to help learn. Students will examine and analyze formal and
their students to be able to think about their own informal models of adult education such as those
learning processes. Authentic assessment is not offered by universities, colleges, workplaces and
about final exams and bell curves. The focus of this those pursued independently for personal interest.
course is to research, analyze, and apply a variety of Potential topics include, but are not limited to, equity
assessment techniques and applications that are and access issues, management and policy issues
based on the notion that people learn most in adult education, and social action resulting from
effectively when they are able to relate what they are experiences in adult education. 3 cr.
learning to their previous knowledge. Assessment is
defined within the context of simulating authentic EDUC 5404G Teaching in an Adult Learning
life-related tasks. Young children and adolescents Environment. The purpose of this course is to
also need to understand their own thought develop an understanding of pedagogical
processes through self and peer assessment, if they approaches designed to meet the current and future
are to see their own growth potential and develop needs of the adult learner. Students will analyze
self-motivation and self-esteem. Graduate students current models of teaching and adapt these
in this course learn key principles of authentic strategies and approaches to specific topics,
assessment and how to differentiate among courses, and contexts that are relevant to the adult
assessments (such as criterion-referenced and learner. Potential topics include, but are not limited
norm-referenced.) They apply theory to examine to, case study analysis, scholarship of teaching and
underlying issues concerning high stakes learning in higher education, and course planning
118 and implementation. 3 cr.
standardized testing. As they study how to create
more effective rubrics and objective test items, they
think critically about how to better assess their EDUC 5405G Digital Technologies in Adult Education.
students’ academic development. By the end of the The purpose of this course is to analyze and
course, participants understand the differences evaluate the potential of a variety of present and
between assessment for learning and assessment cutting edge digital technologies when used by
of learning. 3 cr. adults for the purpose of learning. Students will
challenge themselves to explore unfamiliar digital
EDUC 5399G Special Topics in Curriculum. Special technologies and their application to learning
topics courses present material in an emerging field or outcomes for their professional and personal lives.
one not covered in regular offerings. Each year up to Topics include, but are not limited to, the use of
two or three special topics in curriculum courses may digital technologies for communication purposes,
be offered to enable students to experience particular social interaction, collaboration, information access
topics in depth. In the area of curriculum, for instance, and creation, and information processing. 3 cr.
courses such as Special Topics in Science and Math
Education or Special Topics in Humanities Education EDUC 6100G MA Thesis. The thesis is the major
may be offered periodically. 3 cr. component of the Master of Arts program and is
carried out under the direction of the student’s
EDUC 5401G Introduction to Adult Education and supervisor or supervisory committee. The thesis
Higher Education. The purpose of this course is to may involve an investigation which is fundamental in
survey fundamental concepts and issues in the field nature or applied, and may incorporate elements of
of adult education within the current digital context. analysis, design and development. Through the
Students will examine a variety of literature and thesis, candidates are expected to give evidence of
engage in discussions that allow an exploration of competence in research and a sound understanding
broad topics in adult education and digital of the area of specialization involved. 12 cr.
technology. Potential topics include, but are not
limited to, the adult learner in a digital age; contexts, EDUC 6200G MEd Graduate Research Project. The
problems , and issues in adult education; teaching in MEd Graduate Research Project provides students
an adult learning environment; and the use of digital with the opportunity, under the supervision of a
technologies in adult education. 3 cr. faculty member, to integrate and synthesize
knowledge gained throughout their program of study.
EDUC 5402G The Adult Learner in a Digital Age. This The chosen topic is dependent on the area of
course covers the nature of self-directed and specialization of the student, using resources
transformative learning experiences, the role of normally available on campus. Students receive a
reflection in professional practice, and the grade of pass or fail for the project. 6 cr.
challenges associated with using digital
technologies. 3 cr.
EDUC 6300G MEd Graduate Portfolio. Students optimization; golden section, quadratic, cubic and
collect authentic evidence that documents their inexact line searches; conjugate and quasi-Newton
development and learning over the course of their methods; the Fletcher-Reeves algorithm;
graduate program. Students select and organize fundamentals of constrained optimization theory;
relevant artifacts to create a web based portfolio simplex methods for linear programming; modern
which reflects the course-based and extra-course interior-point methods; active-set methods and
activities related to their program and professional primal-dual interior point methods for quadratic and
goals. The chosen topic is dependent on the area of convex programming; semi-definite programming
specialization of the student, using resources algorithms; sequential quadratic programming; and
normally available on campus. They share their interior-point methods for non-convex optimization.

portfolios with peers during an online presentation. In addition, implementation issues and current
Students receive a grade of pass or fail for the software packages/algorithms for optimization will
portfolio. 3 cr. be covered. Global optimization, including genetic
algorithms and simulated annealing, will be
ENGR 5001G MASc Thesis. The thesis is the major introduced. 3 cr.
component of the MASc program and is carried out
under the direction of the student’s supervisor. The ENGR 5011G Advanced Engineering Design. This
thesis may involve an investigation that is course covers the basics of design philosophy,
fundamental in nature, or may be applied, methodology, principles, and theory as a foundation
incorporating creative design. Through the thesis, for surveying current research areas in the product
candidates are expected to give evidence of development process. A brief introduction to
competence in research and a sound understanding concurrent design and life cycle design is followed by
of the area of specialization involved. The student addressing the application of the design process to
will receive a grade of either pass or fail. 15 cr. problem solving. The relationship between creativity
119
and the design process is explored by using tools for
ENGR 5002G MEng Project. The MEng Project solving engineering system design and synthesis
provides students with the opportunity, under the problems. Computer, mathematical, and/or physical
supervision of a faculty member, to integrate and modelling of the problem and solution, the axiomatic
synthesize knowledge gained throughout their design approach, Taguchi robust design, design of
program of study. The chosen topic will be experiments and prototyping are strongly
dependent on the area of specialization of the emphasized topics. 3 cr.
student. The student will receive a grade of either
pass or fail. 9 cr. ENGR 5012G Advanced and Smart Materials. The
core material will consist of basic features of
ENGR 5003G Seminar. Participation in a program of physical transducer behaviour, mathematical
seminars by internal and external speakers on constitutive models and material properties,
current research topics. All MASc students will be characterization methods and experimental data,
required to give a seminar on their thesis research sensor and actuator devices, translation of material
during the second year of their program. The student behaviour to device behaviour, solid state devices,
will receive a grade of either pass or fail. 0 cr. nonsolid state devices (motors and pumps),
mesoscale and MEMS devices, and adaptive
ENGR 5004G MASc/MEng Directed Studies. Faculty
structures. However, due to the rapid evolutions in
permission may be given for supervised research
the field, the syllabus will be dynamic to respond to
projects, individual study, or directed readings.
the new developments in materials and their
MASc/MEng students wishing to pursue a course of
applications. The topics will be continually reviewed
directed studies must, with a faculty member who is
and monitored for currency. Selected topics from the
willing to supervise such a course, formulate a
following list will also be covered: fundamental
proposal accurately describing the course content,
principles, mechanisms and applications of
the learning goals, the intended method and extent
piezoelectric materials, ‘negative’ materials,
of supervision, and the method by which work will be
conductive polymers, advanced composites, shape
evaluated. This course may only be taken once. 3 cr.
memory materials, magnetorheological fluids, and
ENGR 5005G Special Topics. Presents material in an intelligent textiles. 3 cr.
emerging field or one not covered in regular
ENGR 5013G Advanced Engineering Mathematics.
offerings. This course may be taken more than once,
Review of fundamentals of linear algebra;
provided the subject matter is substantially
eigenvalue, singular value, Cholesky and QR
different. 3 cr.
decompositions; properties and applications;
ENGR 5010G Advanced Optimization. The objective Topelitz matrices; Laplace transforms; Fourier
of this course is to understand the principles of analysis; conformal transformation; selected topics
optimization and its application to engineering in ordinary and partial differential equations. 3cr.
problems. Topics covered include the steepest
descent and Newton methods for unconstrained
ENGR 5100G Advanced Energy Systems. Advanced ENGR 5122G Computational Fluid Dynamics.
power and refrigeration cycles. Advanced gas turbine Introduction to CFD modelling and mesh generation
systems. Combustion systems and applications. software. Basic equations of fluid flow and
Energy storage. Nuclear reactor technology. Fuel commonly used approximations. Turbulence
cells. Solar power. Wind power. Hydro power. Co-and modelling (one and two equation models and higher
trigeneration. Geothermal district heating systems. order models). Iterative solution methods and
Energy and exergy analysis of advanced energy convergence criteria. Practical analysis of turbulent
systems. 3 cr. pipe flow mixing elbow and turbomachinery blade
problems. Software use and tests. 3 cr.
ENGR 5101G Thermal Energy Storage. General
introductory aspects for thermal engineering ENGR 5140G Advanced Heat Transfer. Introduction
including energy storage systems, thermal energy and conservation equations. Conservation
storage methods, thermal energy storage and equations and gas kinetics. Unidirectional steady
environmental impact, energy storage and energy conduction. Multidirectional steady conduction. Time
savings, solar energy and thermal energy storage, dependent conduction. External forced convection.
heat transfer and stratification in sensible heat Internal forced convection. Natural convection.
storage systems, latent heat storage systems, heat Convection with change of phase. Heat exchangers.
storage with phase change, thermodynamic Radiation. Mass transfer principles. 3 cr.
optimization of thermal energy storage systems,
energy and exergy analyses of thermal energy ENGR 5141G Heat Exchanger Design and Analysis.
storage systems, and thermal energy storage case Basic mechanisms of heat transfer, such as
studies. 3 cr. conduction, convection, boiling, condensation and
radiation. Classification of heat exchangers
ENGR 5102G Fuel Cells and Hydrogen Systems. according to flow. Heat exchanger analysis using
120 Introduction to hydrogen and hydrogen fuel cells. LMTD, 2-NTUc-R-P-F and NTU methods. Selection
Efficiency and open circuit voltage. Operational fuel criteria of heat exchangers. Thermal-hydraulic and
cell voltages. Proton exchange membrane fuel cells. mechanical design of shell-and-tube heat
Alkaline electrolyte fuel cells. Direct methanol fuel exchangers. Design and analysis of double-pipe heat
cells. Medium and high-temperature fuel cells. exchangers. Design and performance evaluation of
Fuelling fuel cells. Components of fuel cell power finned tube heat exchangers. Energy and exergy
systems. Delivering fuel cell power. Analysis of fuel analyses of heat exchangers. Performance
cell systems. Fuel cell calculations. Tests. 3 cr. evaluation of plate-fin heat exchangers. Design
considerations in boilers and condensers. Fouling
ENGR 5120G Advanced Fluid Mechanics. Derivation growth models and its impact on heat exchanger
of three-dimensional conservation equations of performance and life-cycle analysis. Flow-induced
mass, momentum and energy for compressible vibration. Software use and tests. 3 cr.
viscous fluids. General properties of Navier-Stokes
equations. Examples of exact solutions of the ENGR 5160G Advanced Thermodynamics. Axiomatic
Navier-Stokes equations. Approximate solutions for representation of fundamentals of classical
creeping motions. Laminar boundary layer equations thermodynamics. First law of thermodynamics.
and methods of solution: derivation of boundary Equilibrium. Euler and Gibbs-Duhem relations.
layer equations, boundary layer separation, and Second law of thermodynamics. Entropy production.
general properties of boundary layer equations; Von Exergy and irreversibility. Energy and exergy analysis
Karman momentum-integral equations; finite- of advanced power and refrigeration cycles.
difference solutions. Stability of laminar flows: Legendre transformations and Extremum principle.
theory of small disturbances; Orr-Summerfield Maxwell relations and thermodynamics derivatives.
equation, transition. Introduction to turbulence. Stability. Phase transformations. Nernst postulate.
Applications. 3 cr. Chemical reactions and equilibrium. Case study
problems. 3 cr.
ENGR 5121G Advanced Turbo Machinery. Basic
thermodynamics and fluid mechanics equations and ENGR 5161G HVAC and Refrigeration Systems
definitions of efficiencies in turbomachines. Two- Design and Analysis. Basic concepts. Elements of
dimensional cascades (cascade analysis, heat transfer for buildings. Thermodynamic
performance of cascades and cascade correlations). processes in buildings. Energy use and
Axial flow turbines. Radial flow turbines. Axial flow environmental impact. Human thermal comfort and
compressors. Centrifugal compressors and fans. indoor air quality. Fluid mechanics in building
Applications of turbomachinery to engineering systems. Solar radiation. Heating and cooling loads.
problems. Design, analysis and performance Annual energy consumption. Heat transfer
analyses of turbomachines. Transport phenomena equipment. Cooling equipment. Thermal energy
aspects. Software use and tests. 3 cr. storage. Software use and tests. 3 cr.
ENGR 5180G Advanced Nuclear Engineering. The opportunities offered by selective use of new
course is an introduction to advanced topics in materials and emerging technologies for high
nuclear engineering, with emphasis on reactor efficient machining, coating, forming, assembly
physics. Covered topics include neutron slowing operations, etc. Virtual manufacturing methodologies
down, resonance absorption, multigroup transport and multi-objective optimization in terms of design,
and diffusion equations, reactor kinetics, and performance, safety, cost, and environment as well
homogenization methods. Lattice and full-core as advanced manufacturing methodologies such as
numerical methods are also covered. This course lean manufacturing are also addressed. 3 cr.
presumes a knowledge of nuclear physics,
differential equations, and vector calculus. 3 cr. ENGR 5240G Advanced Dynamics. This course builds

upon the knowledge students have gained in a first
ENGR 5181G Advanced Radiation Engineering. This dynamics course to cover more advanced dynamical
course introduces advanced concepts in radiation systems. Topics covered will include 3-D kinematics
engineering, with an emphasis on how ionizing and kinetics of particles and systems of particles
radiation interactions with matter may be modelled. using Newton’s method; equations of motion in
The course reviews fundamental particle interaction normal and tangential, cylindrical, and spherical
mechanics, measurement and detection of radiation, coordinates; two body central force motion with
evaluation of nuclear cross sections and various applications in orbital dynamics, and particle on a
solutions to the Boltzmann transport equation. This rotating earth. 3-D kinematics and kinetics of rigid
course presumes a knowledge of nuclear physics, bodies, Euler angles, single and multiple rotating
differential equations and statistics. 3 cr. reference frames, Coriolis acceleration, inertial
reference frames, equations of translational motion,
ENGR 5221G Computer-Integrated Manufacturing. angular momentum, rotational motion, body axes and
This course covers Computer-Integrated rotation relative to a coordinate system, Euler’s and
Manufacturing (CIM) with a particular focus on modified Euler’s equations of motion with 121
automated manufacturing process planning. It applications in dynamics of gyroscopes, robots, and
provides advanced instruction in design and vehicles. Variational mechanics, constraints,
implementation of integrated CAD/CAM, robotics, generalized coordinates, principles of virtual work,
and flexible manufacturing systems. It also provides D’Alembert, and Hamilton’s principle, concept of
emphasis on concurrent engineering principles, Hamiltonian, Hamilton’s canonical equations.
manufacturing process engineering, computer-aided Lagrange’s equation for system of particles and rigid
process planning, NC programming, and CAD/CAM bodies, generalized force and moment, calculus of
integration. The course provides experience with variations, concepts of Lagrangian and Lagrange
CAD/CAM software and NC machines. 3 cr. multiplier, Lagrange’s equations for holonomic and
nonholonomic systems, stability analysis of
ENGR 5222G Polymers and Composite Processing.
autonomous and non-autonomous dynamical
Polymer structure-property relations, linear and
systems. Numerical solutions of dynamic systems,
nonlinear viscoelasticity, dynamic mechanical
explicit methods include finite difference and Rung-
analysis, time temperature superposition, creep and
Kutta, and implicit methods are Houbolt, Wilsontheta,
stress relaxation, mechanical models for prediction
Park stuffy stable, and Newark-beta. 3 cr.
of polymer deformation, rubber elasticity,
experimental methods for viscosity/ ENGR 5241G Advanced Mechanics of Materials. This
temperature/shear rate measurements, application course builds upon the knowledge students have
to melts, filled systems and suspensions. Processes gained in the first solid mechanics course to cover
for polymers; injection, extrusion, thermoforming, more advanced mechanics of materials. Topics
blow molding, rotational molding, compression and covered include the general state of stress and strain
transfer molding, calendaring and postmanufacturing in three dimensions; formulation of general
operations. Fibre types and properties, fibre forms, equilibrium equations; compatibility conditions;
polymeric matrix and interfaces, typical composite constitutive relationships; elasto-plastic relationships;
properties. Processes for long fibre/thermoset Airy stress function; analytical solutions of special
composites, pre-pregging, resin transfer moulding, problems including thick-walled cylinders, rotating
filament winding, pultrusion, autoclave cure. 3 cr. disks, bucking of columns, stress concentration, and
curved beams; energy methods in elasticity; torsion
ENGR 5223G Advanced Manufacturing Processes and
problem; bending of beams; contact stresses;
Methodologies. This course is about implementing
analysis of flat plates; creep and relaxation;
advanced manufacturing processes and
introduction to fracture mechanics; and fatigue and
methodologies into production operations as the
failure theories. 3 cr.
strategy for achieving reductions in inventory costs,
faster manufacturing turnaround times, fewer faulty
products and using less floor space for production. It
addresses the next generation manufacturing and
production techniques that take advantage of the
ENGR 5242G Advanced Vibrations. This course ENGR 5262G Manipulator and Mechanism Design.
builds upon the knowledge students have gained in This course is designed to teach students the
a first vibration course to cover more advanced necessary skills to design or synthesize mechanisms
vibrating systems. Topics covered include Lagrange’s and manipulators to perform desired tasks. Topics
equations of motion, generalized coordinates and covered include synthesis of mechanisms for
force, virtual work, linearization of equations for function generation, path generation, and rigid body
small oscillations, multi-degree of freedom linear guidance; graphical, analytical and optimization
systems, mass matrix, flexibility and stiffness based methods of synthesis; mechanism cognates,
matrix, natural frequencies and mode shapes, Chebychev spacing, Burmister curves; manipulator
orthogonality of the mode shapes, modal matrix and joint layout synthesis for spatial positioning and
decoupling procedure, harmonic force, and series orientation; conditions of singularity and uncertainty;
solution for arbitrary excitation. Linear continuous and solution of nonlinear problems of kinetics
systems, free vibration of strings, rods and shafts, involved in mechanism synthesis using compatibility
lateral vibration of Euler-Bernoulli beams, effect of equations, 1/2 angle substitutions, and dialytic
rotary inertia and shear on the vibration of beams, elimination. 3 cr.
orthogonality of the mode shapes, harmonic
excitation of beams, mode summation method in the ENGR 5263G Advanced Control. This course builds
case of arbitrary excitation. Approximate methods upon the knowledge students have gained in a first
for free vibration analysis: Rayleigh, Dunkerly, control course to cover more materials in advanced
Rayleigh-Ritz, Holzer, Myklestud, and matrix iteration control systems. Topics covered include a. State
methods. Vibration of plates, free vibration analysis variables and state space models: Relations
using analytical methods, Rayleigh and Rayleigh-Ritz between state space models and the transfer
methods, harmonic excitation, and Galerkin’s function models (controllable and observable
method in forced vibration analysis of plates. 3 cr. canonical forms, and diagonal form), Jordan form,
122 solutions of linear state equations, transition matrix.
ENGR 5243G Mechanics and Dynamics of Machine b. Controllability and observability: Definition and
Tools. This course covers the advanced mechanics criteria, state feedback and output feedback, pole
and dynamics of machine tools, including assignment via state feedback, design of
applications to automotive machining processes. servocontrolled systems. c. State estimation and
The course includes advanced topics in the theory of observer: Observer state-variable feedback control.
metal removal, mechanics of chip formation, forces, d. Multi-input multi-output (MIMO) systems: Pole
statics and dynamics of machine tool structures. assignment via state feedback. e. Introduction to
Also, self excited vibration (chatter), sensor assisted nonlinear systems: Describing functions for kinds of
machining and high speed machining of materials nonlinear systems (on/off, dry friction, dead one,
will be covered. 3 cr. saturation, and hystersis), phase plane trajectories,
concept of limit cycle. f. Stability analysis: Lyapunov
ENGR 5260G Advanced Robotics and Automation. This function, and Lyapunov stability criterion. g.
course builds upon the knowledge students have Introduction to optimal control: Linear quadratic
gained in a first robotics course to cover more regulator (LQR), Riccati equation, properties of LQR
advanced kinematics topics and their application to systems. h. Sampled data systems: Pulse transfer
more complex robotic systems such as redundant function, zero and first order hold systems, stability
manipulators and parallel mechanisms. Topics covered and root locus in the z-plane, transformations, Routh
include point, direction, line, and screw motion Hurwitz stability criterion in the z-plane, system
descriptions; homogeneous transformations; line and compensation in the z-plane using root locus, and
screw coordinates; quaternion representations; generalized PID controllers. 3 cr.
inverse displacement solutions by analytic, root finding,
hybrid, and numerical methods; appropriate frames of ENGR 5300G Automotive Engineering. Components
reference; screw systems and transforms; local and of the automobile. Engineering factors in all
globally optimum solutions of redundant rates; over components and sub-system areas of automobile
determined and near degenerate solutions; singularity design. Vehicle characteristics and dynamic
analysis; and parallel manipulator kinematics. 3 cr. interactions. Systems modelling approach and
mathematical models for ride, vibration, handling
ENGR 5261G Advanced Mechatronics: MEMS and control and powertrains of automobiles. Tire
Nanotechnology. This course is designed to be an mechanics, including construction, rolling
introduction to micro-electromechanical systems resistances, traction/braking properties, cornering
(MEMS) and nanotechnology and their applications. and aligning properties and measurement methods.
Topics covered include introduction to MEMS and Vehicle mobility, motion performance of the vehicle,
nanotechnology, working principles of MEMS and characterization of resistances, propulsion system
nanotechnology, design and fabrication of MEMS and and tractive efforts. Brake system design, braking
nano-systems, microfabrication and micromachining, performance, and brake distribution. Steady state
materials for MEMS and nanotechnology, and handling. Measurement methods. Suspension
applications of MEMS and nanotechnology. 3 cr. system design considerations. Design and
performance of an automobile from a systems point combustion, and impact. Source-path-receiver
of view. External factors such as markets, financing, identification. Sound transmission, air-borne and
and sales. 3 cr. structure-borne noise. Structural-acoustic
interactions. Noise and vibration passive/active
ENGR 5310G Advanced Vehicle Dynamics. control. 3 cr.
Introduction to transport systems related to vehicle
dynamics behaviour. Pneumatic tire mechanics ride, ENGR 5350G Automotive Materials and
cornering and aligning properties. Transient and Manufacturing. Materials in the automotive industry.
steady-state directional dynamics and handling Selection of materials and shapes. Materials
analyses of road vehicles. Directional response and processing and design. Interaction of materials.

stability analysis in small and large perturbation Performance of materials in service. Examples of
maneuvers, roll dynamics and rollover, braking new materials. Role of environmental regulations
performance analyses, directional responses to and societal pressures on the selection of alternate
simultaneous steering and braking inputs, and materials. Manufacturing processes, including
performance measures. Characterization of road casting, forging, forming, machining and molding for
roughness, ride vibration analyses, and assessment the automotive industry. Quality control and
of ride comfort. Measurement methods and data techniques, process selection and methods.
analyses techniques. Vehicle-driver interactions Manufacturing considerations for various lightweight
analysis of the closed loop vehicle-driver system. automotive structural materials. Stiffness, fatigue,
Introduction to typical control strategies for vehicle vibrations, dent resistance and crush resistance.
dynamic control. 3 cr. Methods of producing lightweight automotive
structures are discussed. Design for manufacturing,
ENGR 5320G Automotive Aerodynamics. Formulation assembly, disassembly and recycling. 3 cr.
of fluid mechanics and aerodynamics for automotive
design. Inviscid and viscous flow. Wind tunnels and ENGR 5360G Automotive Electronics and Software. 123
their applications to external aerodynamics. Electrical systems in automobiles, including power
Aerodynamic drag coefficient and its effect on supplies, junction transistors, sensors and
vehicle performance. Experimental methods, drag rectifiers. Signal amplifiers, gain bandwidth
force measurements and wind tunnel limitations and circuit models. Motor drive control,
instrumentation. Computational aerodynamics. inverters, actuators, PWM controllers, active filters,
Comparisons between experimental results and signal conditioners, power electronics and
numerical results. Aerodynamic design for drag regulators. Battery chargers and solar cells. Vehicle
reduction. Aerodynamics of engine cooling. Fluid software systems. Onboard software systems and
structure interactions. Aerodynamic noise. 3 cr. corresponding algorithms. Software interfaces
between electronics and drivers and passengers.
ENGR 5330G Automotive Powertrains. Design of Embedded software in vehicles. 3 cr.
automotive power transmission systems. Loads on
the vehicle. Evaluation of various engine and vehicle ENGR 5370G Automotive Design Engineering.
drive ratios on acceleration performance and fuel Methodology of vehicle system design, including the
economy. Manual transmission and automatic overall objectives and constraints relevant to
transmission. Combustion in CI and SI engines. vehicles. Total design of an automobile, from an
Selection of combustion chamber type and shape, initial concept, to creation, use and disposal. Design
intake and exhaust systems. Differences between issues for various lightweight automotive structural
engine types. Cylinder number, configuration, size materials (plastics, mouldings, composites),
and material selection. Selection of mixture including stiffness, fatigue, vibrations, dent and
preparation and firing order. Mechanism of crush resistance. Crashworthiness and design for
combustion. Fuel and additive characteristics. Fuel safety. Design for manufacturing, automation,
metering and ignition systems. Exhaust emissions assembly, disassembly and recycling. Automotive
and control systems. Heat transfer, friction and applications of computer aided design (CAD).
lubrication systems. Air pollution. Exhaust systems. Applications of automotive engineering design tools,
Effects of emission on air quality. Sources of auto such as FEA, CFD, particularly including PACE
emission. 3 cr. software like ADAMS, Fluent, Autostudio,
Unigraphics, Nastran and LSDYNA. Students will use
ENGR 5340G Automotive Noise, Vibrations and PACE tools in an automotive design project, using
Harshness. Evaluating the vibration and acoustic the software for structural, aerodynamic, materials,
characteristics of automotive systems and thermal and/or other design aspects of automotive
components. Human comfort and annoyance systems. 3 cr.
guidelines and standards. Sound, hearing and
physiological effects of noise and vibration. ENGR 5605 Convex Optimization. This course
Modelling and experiment methods. Modal analysis concentrates on recognizing and solving convex
and digital signal processing. Noise sources such as optimization problems that arise in engineering. The
gears, bearings, rotating imbalance, gas flow, topics covered in this course include basics of
convex analysis such as convex sets, convex ENGR 5640G Advanced Wireless Communications.
functions, and convex optimization problems; log- This course covers wireless communications systems,
concave and log-convex functions; quasi-convex and technologies, and standards; statistical modeling of
quasi-concave functions; convexity with respect to wireless channels; capacity of wireless channels;
generalized inequality; least-squares; linear and channel equalization; diversity techniques including
quadratic programs; semi-definite programming; time, frequency, code, and space diversity; cooperative
geometric programming; minimax; extemal volume; communications and user cooperation diversity;
optimality conditions; Lagrange dual functions and adaptive modulation; multiple antennas and space-
problems; duality theory; theorems of alternative and time communications; multicarrier communications;
applications; algorithms for solving unconstrained multiuser communication and multiple access
and constrained optimization problems; interior-point schemes; cognitive radio and game theory; and ad hoc
methods; applications to signal processing, control, and wireless sensor networks. 3 cr.
digital and analog circuit design; computational
geometry; and statistics. 3 cr. ENGR 5650G Adaptive Systems and Applications.
This course covers algorithms, filter structures, and
ENGR 5610G Stochastic Processes. Review of applications in adaptive systems. Basic information
probability theory including, random variables, processing operations and recursive algorithms are
probability distribution and density functions, discussed. Also, distinct methods for deriving
characteristic functions, convergence of random recursive algorithms for the operation of adaptive
sequences, and laws of large numbers. Random filters are identified. Lastly, applications of adaptive
processes, stationarity and ergodicity, correlation and filters, mainly to digital communication systems, are
power spectral density, cross-spectral densities, explored in detail. 3 cr.
response of linear systems to stochastic input,
innovation and factorization, Fourier and K-L expansion, ENGR 5660G Communication Networks. This course
124
and mean square estimation. Applications in provides a detailed technical presentation of
communications and signal processing, with emphasis important networking concepts and protocols used
on problem-solving using probabilistic approaches. 3 cr. in modern communication network architecture.
Descriptions of the principles associated with each
ENGR 5620G Digital Communications. Optimum OSI network layer are provided with many examples
receiver principles: AWGN, geometric representation drawn from the Internet and wireless networks. The
of signals, maximum likelihood criterion and TCP/IP protocol stack will be discussed in detail with
optimum decision regions, correlation receivers and a variety of examples on its various layers. Particular
matched filters, probability of error and union bound; attention is given to performance analysis of ARQ
digital bandpass modulation ( FSK, PSK, QAM), techniques, access methods (ALOHA and CSMA),
baseband systems, performance comparisons: bit and network delay and throughput analysis in WAN
error rate, bandwidth, power, complexity; adaptive and LANs. Network addressing design (including
equalization techniques and algorithms; carrier and VLSM and CIDR) is discussed in detail, and various
symbol synchronization; fundamental limits in routing methods (Distance vector and Link-state) are
information theory: entropy and the source coding compared. Advanced networking protocols such as
theorem; channel capacity and the channel coding ATM and MPLS are briefly introduced. 3 cr.
theorem; information capacity theorem and design
trade-offs. 3 cr. ENGR 5670G Cryptography and Secure
Communications. This course covers diverse topics on
ENGR 5630G Statistical Signal Processing. This cryptography and security including classical encryption,
course covers two fundamental areas of statistical symmetric and public-key cryptography, key
signal processing. Detection Theory: fundamentals management, message authentication, digital
of detection theory, Neyman-Pearson theorem, signatures, denial-of-service (DoS), distributed DoS,
receiver operating characteristics, minimum malicious software, and intrusion detection systems. 3 cr.
probability of error, Bayes risk, binary multiple
hypothesis testing, minimum Bayes risk detector, ENGR 5680G Information Theory. This course covers
Maximum Likelihood detector, Chernoff bound, in detail Shannon’s mathematical theory of
detection of deterministic and random signals. communication, 1948 - present; entropy, relative
Estimation Theory: mathematics of estimation entropy, and mutual information for discrete and
theory, minimum variance unbiased estimation, continuous random variables; Shannon’s source and
Cramer-Rao lower bund, linear models, general channel coding theorems; mathematical models for
minimum variance unbiased estimation, best linear information sources and communication channels,
unbiased estimators, and Maximum Likelihood including memoryless, first-order Markov, ergodic,
estimation. 3 cr. and Gaussian; calculation of capacity-cost and rate-
distortion functions; Kolmogorov complexity and
universal source codes; side information in source
coding and communications; network information
theory, including multiuser data compression,
multiple access channels, broadcast channels, and ENGR 5750G Software Quality Management. This
multiterminal networks; and discussion of course focuses on an intensive investigation into
philosophical and practical implications of the software quality engineering issues including testing
theory. 3 cr. techniques, defect detection and prevention,
reliability engineering, examination of maintenance
ENGR 5690G RF and Microwave Engineering for issues and configuration management, as well as
Wireless Systems. The course focuses on the software evolution issues, including planning for
analysis and design of RF and microwave circuits for evolution. Students will do a major team project
applications in wireless communication systems. examining issues in defect reduction. The course will
Overview of wireless systems, transmitter and have a strong industrial flavour. 3 cr.

receiver system parameters, RF network analysis,
modern microwave planar technologies, passive and ENGR 5760G Software Metrics. This course covers
active RF and microwave circuits used in wireless analysis of software metrics, an introduction to the
systems, and major aspects of hardware techniques of measurement, syntax and semantics
implementations will be covered. The essentials of of software metrics, and planning a metrics program
computer aided design of RF and microwave circuits using metrics for prediction (quality, project time
are also addressed. 3 cr. estimations). Case studies. 3 cr.
ENGR 5710G Network Computing. This course ENGR 5770G Service Computing. This course
teaches how to design and implement loosely introduces the fundamental concepts and
coupled distributed systems. It presents hands-on applications of service computing. Service
experience as well as theoretical background in computing, as a new cross discipline, addresses
network computing models and design principles. how to enable IT technology to help people perform
Topics in scalability, performance, security, resource business processes more efficiently and effectively.
specification and discovery, naming and indexing, One of the fundamental components in service 125
and resource management for distributed systems computing is web service. Web services are Internet-
will be discussed in the context of network computing based application components published using
paradigms like publish / subscribe, GRID computing, standard interface description languages and
Peer-to-peer (P2P), Message Oriented Middleware universally available via uniform communication
(MOM), Reflective middleware, Service Oriented protocols. Web services let individuals and
Applications (SOA), and Mobile Agents. 3 cr. organizations do business over the Internet using
standardized protocols to facilitate application-to-
ENGR 5720G Pervasive and Mobile Computing. This application interaction. 3 cr.
course provides an introduction and comprehensive
view into technologies relevant to pervasive and ENGR 5775G Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining.
mobile computing, and an overview of cellular and This course covers the discovery of new knowledge
personal wireless area networks, service discovery using various data mining techniques on real world
protocols, context-aware computing, and middleware datasets, and the current research directions
platforms and software to support pervasive and represent the foundation context for this course.
mobile computing. 3 cr. This course utilizes the latest blended learning
techniques to explore topics in foundations of
ENGR 5730G Algorithms and Data Structures. This knowledge discovery and data mining; data mining
course presents detailed knowledge of many approaches; and the application of data mining
advanced data structures and algorithm design within such diverse domains as health care,
techniques for the construction of data structures business, supply chain and IT security. Current
and practical experience with implementation, research directions, trends, issues and challenges
evaluation, and comparison of complex data are also explored. 3 cr.
structures. It continues where a core undergraduate
course on Data Structures and Algorithms left off. At ENGR 5780G Advanced Computer Architecture. This
the end of the course, students are able to course covers evolution of computer architecture
implement and evaluate advanced data structures, and factors influencing the design of hardware and
describe and analyze advanced data structures, and software elements of computer systems. Topics
compare advanced data structures in different include processor micro-architecture and pipelining,
computational models. 3 cr. performance measures, instruction set design,
cache and virtual memory organizations; protection
ENGR 5740G User Interface Design. This course is and sharing; I/O architectures, hazards and
an introduction to user interface design and exceptions, dependencies, branch prediction,
implementation on a wide range of hardware instruction-level parallelism, memory hierarchies,
platforms. It covers the basic techniques used in cache organization, buses, rotating storage and I/O
user interface design, how users behave, subsystem design. 3 cr.
implementation tools and techniques and the
evaluation of user interface designs. It covers both
desktop and mobile environments, including the
design of user interfaces for cell phones, PDAs and
mobile games. 3 cr.
ENGR 5850G Analog Integrated Circuit Design. This ENGR 5940G Intelligent Control Systems. With the
course covers modelling of IC devices, current sources advance of increasingly faster computing hardware
and mirrors, gain stages, level shifters, analysis and and cheaper memory chips, computational
design of BJT and MOS operational amplifiers, current intelligence, also known as a part of soft
feedback amplifiers, wideband amplifiers and computation, is becoming more and more important
comparators. Frequency response of amplifiers, in control engineering. This course will equip
feedback techniques, analysis and design, stability students with the essential knowledge and useful
and compensation of amplifiers, high slewrate resources to solve some of the systems control
topologies, noise in IC circuits, fully differential problems not easily solved using conventional
circuits, analog multipliers and modulators, CAD tools control methods. This course will cover
for circuit design and testing. 3 cr. fundamentals of fuzzy set theory, structures of fuzzy
logic controllers, structures of neural networks,
ENGR 5860G Digital Integrated Circuit Design. This learning algorithms, and genetic algorithms. 3 cr.
course covers the analysis and design of digital
integrated circuits. Students are instructed in ENGR 5945G Mobile Robotic Systems. This course
methods and the use of computer-aided design tools covers kinematics models and motion control for
for the design and testing of large-scale integrated mobile robots, navigation including path planning,
digital circuits. 3 cr. obstacle avoidance and techniques for
decomposition, localization using odometry, map
ENGR 5910G Embedded Real-Time Control Systems. representation, map building, and introduction to
This course focuses on the design and probabilistic map-based localization; Kalman filter
implementation techniques for embedded real-time localization and other localization systems;
control systems. It covers embedded system design, computer vision including imaging and image
instruction sets for microprocessor architecture, I/O, representation, feature extraction, pattern
126 interrupts, hardware and software of embedded recognition, motion from 2D image sequences,
systems, program design and analysis, practical image segmentation, sensing and object pose
issues, multi-tasking operating systems, scheduling computation, and virtual reality. 3 cr.
and system design techniques. 3 cr.
ENGR 5950G Computational Electromagnetics. The
ENGR 5915G Discrete Time Control Systems. This course covers the most widely used computer
course covers sample-and-hold systems, techniques for engineering problems dealing with
discretization of analog systems, discrete-time the electromagnetic field and wave. Finite difference
systems analysis and design and effects of time domain method, method of moments, finite
sampling on controllability and observability, pulse element method, and asymptotic techniques will be
transfer function, zero and first order hold systems, introduced. Practical applications of these methods
stability and root locus in the z-plane, to RF/Microwave and millimeter wave circuits,
transformations, Routh-Hurwitz stability criterion in antennas and radiowave propagation in wireless
the z-plane, pole-placement for discrete time communication systems will be addressed. 3 cr.
systems, and generalized PID controllers. 3 cr.
ENGR 5960G Power System Operations, Analysis and
ENGR 5920G Analysis and Control of Nonlinear Planning. This course covers resistance, inductance
Systems. This course covers introduction to and capacitance of transmission lines; steady state
nonlinear systems, phase plane analysis, stability transmission capacity; network compensation;
determination by Lyapunov direct method, advanced voltage management; load flow simulation; transient
stability theory, existence of Lyapunov functions, stability simulation; system security; system
describing function analysis, nonlinear control planning; and symmetric operation of power
system design by feedback linearization, sliding systems. 3 cr.
control, variable structure control, adaptive control
of linear and nonlinear systems, control of multi- ENGR 5970G Advanced Power Electronics. This
output systems, and control of multi-input multi- course covers fundamentals of power conversion
output systems. 3 cr. techniques: single-phase and three-phase rectifier
and inverter circuits, switch mode converters and
ENGR 5930G Adaptive Control. This is a course on the power supplies, resonant converters with zero-
general principles of adaptive control and learning. voltage switching and zero-current switching; and
This course will cover real-time parameter estimation, multilevel converters, application of converters to
deterministic self-turning regulators, stochastic and adjustable speed motor drives and other industrial
predictive self-tuning regulators, model reference applications. 3 cr.
adaptive systems, gain-scheduling, properties of
adaptive systems, robust adaptive control schemes, ENGR 5980G Advances in Nuclear Power Plant
adaptive control of nonlinear systems, and practical Systems. A combination of lectures, self-paced
issues and implementation. 3 cr. interactive CD-ROM study and the use of power plant
simulators imparts to students the advances in the
key design and operating features of the main evaluates the student’s research proposal,
nuclear power plant types including reactors using knowledge of the research field, and background
pressure vessels and pressure tubes, pressurized preparation. This non-credit course is evaluated on a
water, boiling water and gas cooled reactors; the use pass/fail basis. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in the
of natural versus enriched fuel, converters and respective engineering PhD program.
breeders; overall plant control systems, load
following capabilities, and islanding operations; ENGR 6002G Dissertation. The dissertation is the
safety systems; and responses to abnormal and primary component of the PhD degree requirements.
emergency events. 3 cr. The research must lead to an original contribution to
knowledge in the field and must be reported fully in

ENGR 5985G Advanced Power Plant Technologies. the candidate’s dissertation. The research is carried
The course covers fundamental principles and out under the direction of the candidate’s supervisor
concepts, and discusses using various energy or co-supervisors, in co-operation with a supervisory
sources, e.g., coal, oil, gas, renewable (hydro, wind, committee. The student will receive a grade of either
solar, etc.) and nuclear for advanced power pass or fail. 40 cr.
generation. The advances in power generation
systems such as gasification systems, combined ENGR 6003G Workshops. This course consists of a
cycle power generation and cogeneration are also series of mandatory workshops to aid in the
considered. Solid oxide fuel cell integrated power professional development of PhD candidates.
generation systems are covered and their role in Workshop topics include project management,
power generation systems is discussed. A special intellectual property, grantsmanship, communications,
emphasis is given to nuclear-based power and career management. The student will receive a
generation. Some energetic, environmental, grade of either pass or fail. 0 cr.
economic and sustainable aspects of power plants
ENGR 6004G Seminar. Students participate in 127
are also covered. Efficiency analyses of the systems
seminars by internal and external speakers on
and their components are conducted. 3 cr.
current research topics. All PhD students are
ENGR 5990G Utility Applications of Static Converters. required to give two seminars on their thesis
This course covers fundamentals of control of active research, typically within the second and final years
and reactive power flow in the utility grid. The of their program. The student will receive a grade of
technology of Flexible AC Transmission Systems and either pass or fail. 0 cr.
High Voltage DC Transmission Systems will be
ENGR 6005G PhD Directed Studies. Faculty
explained. Modelling and simulation of these
permission may be given for supervised research
systems with the aid of digital simulators like EMTP
projects, individual study, or directed readings. PhD
RV will be demonstrated. 3 cr.
students wishing to pursue a course of directed
ENGR 5995G Grid Integration of Renewable Energy studies must, with a faculty member who is willing to
Systems. This course covers the integration of supervise such a course, formulate a proposal
energy systems into an electrical grid, involving accurately describing the course content, the
power generation and transmission. Particular learning goals, the intended method and extent of
emphasis is given on renewable energy sources supervision, and the method by which work will be
such as wind, solar, hydrogen (fuel cells), small-scale evaluated. This course may only be taken once. If a
hydro, tidal and bio-mass. Integration of these small PhD student has previously taken ENGR 5004G,
and distributed energy sources into a grid presents then the course content of ENGR 6004G must be
particular problems which will be thoroughly different than ENGR 5004G. The course ENGR
discussed. Benefits of distributed power, 6004G cannot be taken if ENGR 5004G was taken
competitive markets and the regulatory side of previously in the same program of study. 3 cr.
power generation systems will be examined. This
HLSC 5010G Research in the Health Sciences. This
course will also cover Integrated Resource Planning
course critically examines various research
(IRP) and Demand-Side Management (DSM) for
paradigms and methods used by health scientists.
distributed energy resources. 3 cr.
Particular emphasis is placed on those employed by
ENGR 6001G PhD Candidacy Exam. Each student in Health Sciences faculty in their current research.
the doctoral program is required to prepare a written These methods include qualitative and narrative
research proposal and pass an oral candidacy exam. methods, quantitative methods of varied sorts (e.g.,
The thesis proposal consists of a literature review to secondary data analysis, survey research), action
address the current state of knowledge in the research, program evaluation, and constructive
research field, thesis objectives, research research. 3 cr. Prerequisite: undergraduate courses
hypothesis to be tested / examined, proposed in statistics and research methods.
methodology, timeline, major milestones and
expected significance of the research outcomes. The
course includes an oral candidacy exam that
HLSC 5020G Studies in Community Health. This experience of doing research, exploring diverse
course orients students toward community health methods, ethical and other issues within the context
research. It explores the range of factors that impact of an academic or health sciences career. Inquiry
community health (e.g., the physical environment, within an interdisciplinary community of learning is
public policy, the socio-cultural and economic facilitated through making theoretical/philosophical/
context, community organization, and individual methodological commitments transparent. [This
behaviours), along with various interventions course complements the work of a student’s
available to promote health and well-being. 3 cr. committee.] 1.5 cr. Prerequisite: HLSC 5070G. Note:
Students are expected to take this course
HLSC 5050G Patient Journey Modelling. The focus on immediately after HLSC 5070G.
patient safety and the delivery of improved health

care has seen many organizations initiating HLSC 5096G MHSc Thesis in Health Sciences. The
improvement projects aimed at redesigning the MHSc thesis is the culmination of the Health
delivery of healthcare and, in particular, the patient’s Sciences master’s degree program and is carried out
journey. Patient Journey Modelling is a patient- under the supervision of the student’s supervisory
centric activity that details a patient’s progress committee. The thesis must investigate a meaningful
through a healthcare system for a given service. The problem within the health sciences and employ sound
goal of Patient Journey Modelling (PJM) is to improve research strategies to address the problem. Through
health care quality by eliminating unproductive work the thesis process, the student is expected to
and reducing variability within the care process. This demonstrate significant research skills and
course enables students to develop an awareness of substantial understanding of a chosen problem area
the latest computing and information technology within the health sciences. Typically, the thesis will be
competencies, methods and architectures as approximately 75 pages in length and will be
applied within the context of patient journey defended orally before an examining committee. 15 cr.
128
modelling (and the foundation ‘process modelling’
concepts) to support healthcare administration, HLSC 5111G Public Policy and Health Promotion.
management, policy, training, clinical management Using a health promotion lens, students examine all
and clinical research. 3 cr. stages of the policy-making process (agenda-setting,
legislation and regulation, implementation and
HLSC 5060G Special Topics in Health Sciences evaluation). Emphasis is placed on understanding,
Research. This course is designed to enable at each phase of the process, the formal and
students to focus their research on a particular area informal relationships that are developed among
in health sciences, under the supervision of the actors within and outside government. Where
thesis supervisor or other qualified faculty. Students possible, Canadian case studies are used to
investigate specific areas of interest to further their demonstrate facilitators and barriers to building
theoretical and research foundation in the health policy-making capacities at multiple levels:
sciences. 3 cr. Prerequisite: HLSC 5010G Research individual, community, organization and system.
in the Health Sciences. Readings from a variety of international jurisdictions
augment the case study material. 3 cr.
HLSC 5070G Research-in-Progress Colloquium I. In
the first half of this two-term seminar course, HLSC 5113G Strategies in Health Promotion
students present their research-in-progress (their Practice. This course is designed to provide students
thesis/project proposal) to peers and respond to the with an analysis of the principles of intervention at
research of colleagues. Emphasis is on the individual, community, organization and policy
experience of doing research, exploring diverse development levels. An overview of strategies used
methods, ethical and other issues within the context in the practice of health promotion and evaluation
of an academic or health sciences career. Inquiry and their application in a variety of health promotion
within an interdisciplinary community of learning is settings are examined. 3 cr.
facilitated through making theoretical/
philosophical/methodological commitments HLSC 5115G Community Health of Vulnerable
transparent. Students should have completed their Populations. This course focuses on the concept of
thesis/project proposal in preparation for this vulnerability from the perspective of individuals,
course. [This course complements the work of a groups and communities. Students identify
student’s committee.] 1.5 cr. Note: Students vulnerable populations and examine the many
registered in HLSC 5070G must register in HLSC factors that can contribute to vulnerability including
5071G to receive a grade. social issues and determinants of health. The role of
advocacy in addressing the quality of life issues
HLSC 5071G Research-in-Progress Colloquium II. In facing vulnerable populations is emphasized.
the second half of this two-term seminar course, Through selected field experiences and self
students present their research-in-progress (their reflections, students are challenged to begin to find
thesis/project research) to peers and respond to the their own voices as advocates for vulnerable
research of colleagues. Emphasis is on the populations. 3 cr.
HLSC 5117G Epidemiology. This course offers an HLSC 5204G Artificial Intelligence in Health Care. An
overview of epidemiology. Students are introduced to introduction to techniques using artificial
the history, concepts and terminology of intelligence in their application to the healthcare
epidemiology. Methods, strategies and design issues field. Topics include search methods; adaptive
of epidemiological investigations will be extensively learning approaches; natural language processing
explored. Topics include concepts and designs in and robotics covering application areas in healthcare
epidemiology, health indicators and measure of ranging from document management, medical
health, descriptive and analytic epidemiology, and imagining, healthcare administration, decision
statistical analysis and approaches. 3 cr. support systems and assistive devices. 3 cr.
Prerequisites: one or more undergraduate courses in Prerequisite: Permission from instructor.

statistics and/or biostatistics; one undergraduate
course in quantitative research methods or HLSC 5290G Advanced Topics in Patient Journey
epidemiology. Modelling. This advanced topics course extends
students’ exploration of the details surrounding a
HLSC 5119G Program Evaluation. This course is patient’s progress through a health care system for
intended to provide students with the opportunity to a given service. Students advance their theoretical
pursue topics that are of academic interest to them and methodological foundation of the patient journey
personally. Students must present a proposal for the modelling process, and may have the opportunity to
program evaluation they intend to survey. The apply their understanding of the patient’s journey in
proposal should include an overview of the program, real healthcare settings. 3 cr. Prerequisite: HLSC
the intended learning outcomes, a listing of the 5050G Patient Journey Modelling.
planned activities (e.g. a list of readings, media
sources to be consulted, plans for evaluating the HLSC 5291G Advanced Topics in Health Informatics
program), and proposed deadlines. 3 cr. Research. This advanced topics course extends
students’ exploration of the details surrounding 129
HLSC 5121G Living with Persistent Conditions. health informatics research. Students advance their
Students explore a variety of persistent conditions theoretical and methodological foundation of
through inquiry into patterns of health experience. particular domains within health informatics, and
Health is defined as expanding consciousness and may have the opportunity to apply their
incorporates the personal and social narratives that understanding of how health informatics systems
construct a life. Students work within their selected interact with health and health care systems. 3 cr.
foci to deepen their theoretical, philosophical and Prerequisite: HLSC 5050G Patient Journey
methodological knowledge and skills. 3 cr. Modelling.
HLSC 5190G Advanced Topics in Community Health HLSC 5310G Biology of Infectious Disease. This
Research. This advanced topics course extends course introduces students to the impact of
students’ exploration of the details surrounding infectious diseases on human health. Infectious
community health research. Students advance their diseases have been recognized by the World Health
theoretical and methodological foundation of Organization (WHO) as one of the top reasons for
particular domains within community health, and may human death in the world. This course introduces
have the opportunity to apply their understanding of students to current issues related to the major
the relationship between health and the broader infectious diseases, their causative agents,
community context. 3 cr. Prerequisite: HLSC 5020G mechanisms of infections, available prevention/
Studies in Community Health. treatment options, challenges in treatment (e.g.,
antimicrobial resistance), and newer approaches
HLSC 5203G Adoption, Use and Impact of Health being undertaken to design effective therapeutic
Informatics Systems. Advances in sophistication of options. This course also gives students a
information technology and increased usage of perspective of the economic impact of infectious
health informatics systems have revealed critical diseases on communities and society. 3 cr.
problems in technology adoption by healthcare
providers. This course examines inhibitors of HLSC 5312G Research Topics on Human
technology adoption that impact design, Pathophysiology. This course focuses on the study of
implementation, and usage of electronic health mechanisms of human disease by synthesizing
informatics systems. The course introduces current knowledge on the pathophysiological events
research designs for studying technology adoption of common and important conditions. Emphasis is
as well as evaluative strategies for effectiveness of placed on recent scientific literature that advances
technology adoption during implementation and this knowledge, proposes new mechanisms and
usage of informatics systems. Detailed case studies highlights specific research approaches to these
are presented to focus attention on real-world disorders. Discussions are followed by application
problems and solutions, as well on usage of of this knowledge to case studies, to assure
information systems to improve interdisciplinary, and real or potential correlations between new
collaborative patient-centred care. 3 cr. pathophysiological knowledge and clinical research.
Although some topics are common, graduate HLSC 5322G Theory and Application of Biomedical
students identify their research areas and interests Signals and Images. Biomedical signals and images
to individualize and customize the course towards can provide a wealth of data to aid in the
their current research. 3 cr. Prerequisite: understanding of human anatomy and physiology, as
Undergraduate pathophysiology course. well as early detection of changes in human health. In
order to work with biomedical signals, it is
HLSC 5314G Environmental Determinants of Health. fundamental to understand the underlying anatomy
This course explores interactions between and physiology which generate these signals as well
environment and human health. It comprehensively as the techniques used to acquire, process and
addresses principles of environmental health, interpret these signals. This seminar course uses
followed by specific issues regarding harmful original literature to discuss issues in signal
environmental agents, and Canadian and global acquisition and processing for electroencephalography
environmental health challenges. It is designed to be (EEG), transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS),
delivered with the participation of an interdisciplinary electromyography (EMG) and electrocardiography
faculty team potentially including members from the (ECG) signals. The physics of data acquisition and
faculties of Health Sciences, Science and others. It interpretation in real time ultrasound, computed
attracts health and non-health graduate students tomography, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) and
interested in the multi-factorial nature of functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) are also
environmental diseases. At the end of this course, reviewed and critiqued in terms of how they affect
students should have a broad understanding of how image acquisition, analysis and interpretation. 3 cr.
human health is contextually determined by our Prerequisite: Permission from instructor.
environment and be familiar with published seminal
environmental health research. Graduate students in MCSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Modelling and
this course are exposed to original research that links Computational Science. This course is a year-long
130 seminar series on Modelling and Computational
basic sciences, health and the environment. This
course is unique in allowing students to address the Science which will take place weekly for the entire
importance of environmental agents as determinants academic year. Every graduate student enrolled in
of health, to understand the strengths and limitations this course must give a presentation on a research
of environmental health studies and to foresee the topic. In addition to the student presentations, the
relevance of basic research into health and seminar features speakers from UOIT and invited
communities. 3 cr. This course is cross-listed with speakers from academia, industry and government.
APBS 5200G Environmental Determinants of Health. Successful completion of the course also requires
attendance at the UOIT Faculty of Science
HLSC 5316G Cancer Biology. This course allows Colloquium Series. The student will receive a grade
students to address general principles of cancer of either pass or fail. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Successful
biology and their applications to oncology. Emphasis completion of all core courses in the program.
is placed on current established concepts explaining
genotypic and phenotypic characteristics in cancer MCSC 6001G MSc Thesis. The thesis is the major
cells that determine their biological and clinical component of the MSc program and is carried out
behaviour. This information is applied to specific under the direction of the student’s supervisor. The
human cancers that are common and important in thesis involves an investigation of a research topic
Canada. Current research avenues are also with the possibility of leading to a peer reviewed
discussed by reviewing recent scientific literature in article. Through the thesis, candidates are expected
specific topics. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate to give evidence of competence in research and a
course in pathophysiology or cell biology. sound understanding of the area of specialization
involved. Students must prepare and successfully
HLSC 5320G Neuroscience in Rehabilitation defend a written thesis at the end of the program
Kinesiology. Chronic neuromuscular disorders are related to the research they have undertaken. The
important community health issues. Altered patterns student’s supervisory committee must approve the
of sensorimotor integration are a common feature of commencement of the writing of the thesis. The
many chronic neural and neuromuscular disorders, thesis is evaluated by an examining committee and
ranging from chronic low back pain to Parkinson’s accompanied by an oral presentation. The student
disease. Addressing this disordered integration is must receive a satisfactory report on the written
the focus of many modern rehabilitative approaches. thesis and must demonstrate a thorough
This course will review the evidence for altered understanding of the research topic. The student will
sensorimotor integration, discuss the techniques receive a grade of either pass or fail. 12 cr.
used to measure it and review some of the current Prerequisite: Enrolment in the Modelling and
literature on how it may be altered by different Computational Science graduate program.
rehabilitation strategies. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
Permission from instructor. MCSC 6002G MSc Research Project. The MSc
Research Project provides students with the
opportunity, under the supervision of a faculty
member, to integrate and synthesize knowledge includes an overview of high-performance scientific
gained throughout their program of study. The computing architectures (interconnection networks,
chosen topic is dependent on the area of processor arrays, multiprocessors, shared and
specialization of the supervisor. Students must distributed memory, etc.) and examples of
prepare a written research report related to their applications that require HPC. The emphasis is on
supervised project at the end of the program. The giving students practical skills needed to exploit
student’s supervisory committee must approve the distributed and parallel computing hardware for
commencement of the writing of the report. The maximizing efficiency and performance. Building on
research report is evaluated by an examining MCSC 6020G, students implement numerical
committee. The student is required to give a 30 - algorithms that can be scaled up for large systems

minute presentation on the research report. The of linear or nonlinear equations. Topics may include
student must receive a satisfactory report on the survey of computer architectures; efficiency
written research report and must demonstrate a guidelines for HPC; parallel algorithm design;
thorough understanding of the research topic. The programming tools; timing, profiling, and
student will receive a grade of either pass or fail. 6 benchmarking; and optimizations. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in the Modelling and MCSC 6020G.
Computational Science graduate program.
MCSC 6060G Advanced Statistical Mechanics. Topics
MCSC 6010G Mathematical Modelling. This is a core include macro and microstates, statistical weight,
course and forms an essential part of the MSc Boltzmann and Gibbs distributions, partition and
program. The student becomes familiar with the grand partition functions; microcanonical, canonical
fundamental principles and techniques in and grand canonical ensembles; statistical
mathematical modelling, showcased through the use mechanics of isolated and interacting systems;
of classical and advanced models in physics, biology Bose-Einstenin and Fermi-Dirac statistics; Quantum
131
and chemistry. Several analytical techniques are statistics of ideal gases; blackbody radiation; and
introduced through the study of the mathematical paramagnetism in solids. This course is cross-listed
models presented. Topics may include population with PHY 4010. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Statistical
models and epidemiology, neuron and cell dynamics, Mechanics.
nonlinear waves in biological, chemical and physical
systems, fluid dynamics, pattern formation (in fluid MCSC 6070G Advanced Quantum Mechanics. This
experiments, animal coat patterns, chemical course expands upon the concepts covered in
reactions, visual cortex), and coupled systems Introductory Quantum Mechanics, with particular
(neurons, traffic flow, lattice systems). 3 cr. emphasis on applications to real systems. This
Prerequisite: Admission to the MSc program in course examines approximation methods, including
Modelling and Computational Science. time-independent and dependent perturbation
theory, variational methods, the WKB approximation
MCSC 6020G Numerical Analysis. Numerical analysis and scattering theory. Mathematical computer
is the study of computer algorithms developed to programs are used to solve problems. This course is
solve the problems of continuous mathematics. cross-listed with PHY 4020. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
Students taking this course gain a foundation in Quantum Mechanics.
approximation theory, functional analysis, and
numerical linear algebra from which the practical MCSC 6120G Numerical Methods for Ordinary
algorithms of scientific computing are derived. A Differential Equations. Differential equations are an
major goal of this course is to develop skills in indispensable tool for the modelling of physical
analyzing numerical algorithms in terms of their phenomena. However, most often in practice,
accuracy, stability, and computational complexity. analytical solutions to model equations cannot be
Topics include best approximations, least squares found, and numerical approximations must be made.
problems (continuous, discrete, and weighted), In this course, practical computational techniques for
eigenvalue problems, and iterative methods for the numerical solution of ordinary differential
systems of linear and nonlinear equations. equations are covered, with an emphasis on their
Demonstrations and programming assignments are implementation and the fundamental concepts in
used to encourage the use of available software their analysis. Topics include numerical methods for
tools for the solution of modelling problems that initial value problems: forward and backward Euler
arise in physical, biological, economic, or and trapezoidal scheme; implicit and explicit Runge-
engineering applications. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Kutta methods, including general formulation; linear
Admission to the MSc program in Modelling and multistep methods: Adams-Bashforth, Adams-
Computational Science. Moulton, Backward Differentiation Formulae (BDF);
and numerical methods for boundary value problems:
MCSC 6030G High-Performance Computing. The goal simple and multiple shooting and difference
of this course is to introduce students to the tools schemes. In association with the techniques, topics
and methods of high-performance computing (HPC) such as convergence, accuracy, consistency, 0-
using state-of-the-art technologies. The course stability, absolute stability, A-stability, stiffness, and
error estimation and control are discussed. 3 cr. transport problems are presented together with
Prerequisite: MCSC 6020G or equivalent. analytic solutions for the simpler problems that
allow them. Approximate and numerical methods are
MCSC 6125G Numerical Methods for Partial also covered. Topics include particle distribution
Differential Equations. Partial differential equations functions, generic form of transport equation,
(PDEs) constitute a vital modelling tool in science particle streaming, one-speed transport theory,
and a rich field of mathematical research. This linear collision operators, the Boltzmann collision
course is an introduction to the mathematical term, diffusion theory, hydrodynamic equations,
concepts required to develop accurate, reliable, and eigenvalue problems, boundary value problems,
efficient numerical software for the approximate perturbation and variational approximation methods,
solution of PDEs. Essential model problems of deterministic numerical methods, and Monte Carlo
elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic type are examined simulations. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate
with corresponding numerical approximation linear algebra, differential equations, vector
techniques. Approximation schemes are compared calculus.
and contrasted with an emphasis on the
convenience of available software as well as error MCSC 6165G Monte Carlo Methods. This course
estimation, consistency, stability, and convergence. provides an introduction to the simulation of
Topics may include finite-difference, finite-element, stochastic processes using Monte Carlo methods.
finite-volume, and spectral collocation methods; Von Concepts presented include pseudo-random number
Neumann analysis; time-stepping algorithms and the and random variate generation, Markov chain
method of lines; dissipation and dispersion; error models, Monte Carlo integration, variance reduction,
estimates; and iterative methods. 3 cr. Prerequisite: and numerical optimization. Applications may
MCSC 6020G. include solution to the Boltzmann transport equation
(specifically for radiation transport), statistical
132 MCSC 6140G Dynamical Systems and Bifurcations. physics, biophysics, and queuing theory. 3 cr.
This course provides an introduction to the modern Prerequisites: Undergraduate level theory of ordinary
theory of dynamical systems and bifurcation theory, and partial differential equations, and introductory
including chaos theory. Dynamical systems theory is statistics.
an important tool in the modelling of many physical
systems, but it is also a rich field of mathematical MCSC 6170G Computational Chemistry. Accessible
research in itself. By the end of this course, the introduction to the fundamental principles underlying
student will have acquired a large toolkit of different methods from classical to quantum
techniques to analyze the dynamical features of theories, and from first principles through to the
ordinary differential equations and discrete latest advances in the area. The main focus is on
dynamical systems. Topics include structural molecular structures and energetics. Molecular
stability, invariant manifolds, local and global properties and aspects of spectroscopy and
bifurcations, reduction methods, routes to chaos, dynamics are also covered. Topics include forcefield
and applications. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate and electronic-structure methods, electron
modern theory of ordinary differential equations. correlation, basis sets, density functional theory,
relativistic methods, hybrid quantal/classical
MCSC 6150G Fluid Dynamics. This course gives a models, excited electronic states, wave function
unified view of fluid dynamics by emphasizing analysis, molecular properties, transition state
mathematical structures that reappear in different theory and reaction dynamics, and optimization
guises in almost all subfields of fluids. The student techniques. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Introductory
becomes familiar with the fundamental principles, quantum mechanics and undergraduate
techniques and basic equations in fluid dynamics, mathematics. MCSC 6010G, MCSC 6020G.
and comes to appreciate the basic nonlinear nature
of most fluid flows. Topics include reynolds number MCSC 6180G Computational Physics. The course
and other non-dimensional parameters; stability and introduces the fundamental principles which form
scaling; turbulence and the transition from laminar the basis for carrying out modern HPC simulations in
flow to turbulence; Newtonian and non-Newtonian physics, chemistry and materials science, their
flows; and eigenmodes of a flow problem including realization in the form of various numerical
nonlinear exchange of energy between modes, algorithms, and applications to different problems
lattice gas and Boltzmann models. 3 cr. Prerequisite: and real-world systems. The main focus is advanced
Admission to the MSc program in Modelling and methods of studying quantum mechanical and
Computational Science. statistical mechanical systems. Approaches
considered include density functional theory (DFT)
MCSC 6160G Transport Theory. The course is a and its formulation in terms of pseudopotential and
general introduction to transport theory. Continuous all electron methods (DFT will be extended to treat
medium transport and discrete particle transport are excited states and in particular, the optical
presented in a unified manner through the use of the properties of materials); molecular dynamics
probability distribution function. Various types of simulation, which will be used to describe ground-
state properties such as atomic structure, vibrations MCSC 6240G Advanced Topics in Dynamical Systems.
and phase transitions, and the structural properties This course builds on the topics covered in MCSC
of fluids and fluid mixtures; and Monte Carlo 6140G. The course covers advanced material,
simulation, which will be used to provide molecular including recently developed tools, for the analysis of
level descriptions of various materials, fluids and dynamical systems. By the end of the course,
fluid mixtures. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate- students are expected to be able to perform a
level quantum mechanics and statistical mechanics. bifurcation analysis of models that they will encounter
in research or industry, including judging when such
MCSC 6210G Advanced Topics in Mathematical analysis is appropriate, choosing the right tools and
Modelling. This course builds on the core course interpreting the results. The topics are chosen

Mathematical Modelling and elaborates on some of according to the needs and demands of the students.
its topics in greater detail. In addition, it introduces Potential topics include equivariant bifurcation theory
a variety of special topics in applied mathematics and applications; bifurcations in delay and partial
with a focus on industrial and natural processes and differential equations; numerical continuation of
phenomena. The topics are chosen according to the bifurcations for ordinary, delay and partial differential
needs and demands of the students and the equations; and bursting in biological phenomena and
available faculty resources. Topics and application other systems. 3 cr. Prerequisites: MCSC 6140G,
may include auto-correlation of data sets, MCSC 6020G, MCSC 6280G.
bifurcations in time-series, embedding time series,
modelling stochastic systems, perturbation methods MCSC 6280G Advanced Topics in Computational
for partial differential equations, travelling wave Science. This course explores recent problems in
phase plane, advanced reaction-diffusion computational science that are at the forefront of
phenomena and transition layers, Hausdorff today’s research. The main objective of the program
measures, fractal dimension, Belousov-Zhabotinsky is to bring students up to date with the current state
of the art of computational science and make them 133
reaction, analysis of heartbeat time-series, fractals
in science and medicine, chaotic dynamics in ready for PhD research. The topics are chosen
symmetric coupled cell systems, time series in the according to the needs and demands of the students
stock market, and other financial products. 3 cr. and the availability of faculty. Potential topics include
Prerequisite: MCSC 6010G. computational cluster science; quantum computing:
concepts, advantages and problems; quantum
MCSC 6220G Advanced Topics in Numerical Analysis. Monte Carlo: applications in computational physics,
This course explores recent problems in numerical advanced molecular simulations, advanced
analysis that are at the forefront of current research. optimization, and advanced Monte Carlo
The main objective of the course is to familiarize simulations. 3 cr. Prerequisites: MCSC 6010G,
students with contemporary theoretical results and MCSC 6020G. Corequisites: As required by the
practical algorithms as preparation for doctoral subject matter; e.g., MCSC 6170G Computational
research. The topics are chosen according to the Chemistry, MCSC 6180G Computational Physics,
needs and demands of the students. Potential MCSC 6165G Monte Carlo Methods.
topics include: level-set methods, finite element
methods, finite volume methods, spectral methods, MCSC 7000G Modelling and Computational Science
numerical optimization, multigrid methods, Professional Skills. This course introduces students
numerical linear algebra, Krylov subspace methods, to a variety of topics of importance for a career in
preconditioning iterative methods. 3 cr. Prerequisite: the academic and non-academic sectors. The focus
MCSC 6020G. will be on communication issues, both oral and
written. The student’s learning will be done through
MCSC 6230G Advanced Topics in High Performance written and oral production, case studies and will
Computing. This course explores recent topics in also feature lectures by the instructor and invited
high performance computing that are at the forefront guests on specialized topics such as patent
of current research. The main objective of the course submission and communications in business and
is to familiarize students with contemporary industrial settings. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Successful
implementations and practical algorithms as PhD candidacy exam.
preparation for doctoral research. The topics are
chosen according to the needs and demands of the MCSC 7001G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy
students. Potential topics include distributed Exam. Students in the Modelling and Computational
computing, cluster computing, grid computing, Science PhD program will be required to submit a
numerical linear algebra for high performance comprehensive thesis proposal outlining their
computers, domain decomposition methods, and research objectives and preliminary results. This
parallel preconditioners. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MCSC thesis proposal will also consist of a literature
6030G. review that addresses the current state of
knowledge of their particular research topic. This
course will consist of an oral qualifying exam that
evaluates the students’ grasp of the literature and
their particular research plan. 0 cr. Prerequisite or numerical linear algebra, Krylov subspace methods,
Co-requisite: Enrolment in the Modelling and preconditioning iterative methods. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
Computational Science PhD program. MCSC 6020G.
MCSC 7002G PhD Research. This is a non-credit MCSC 7230G Advanced Topics in High-Performance
course that will be administered by the student’s Computing. This course explores recent topics in
supervisor. Students in the course are required to high performance computing that are at the forefront
make satisfactory progress in their research, keep of current research. The main objective of the course
up to date with the literature on the current state of is to familiarize students with contemporary
knowledge on their particular research and provide implementations and practical algorithms as
regular updates on their progress to their advisor. preparation for doctoral research. The topics are
Students who make satisfactory progress with their chosen according to the needs and demands of the
thesis research will be able to continue in the students. Potential topics include distributed
program and enrol in this course the following year. computing, cluster computing, grid computing,
Students are required to register for this course numerical linear algebra for high performance
every year. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Good standing in the computers, domain decomposition methods, and
PhD program. parallel preconditioners. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MCSC
6030G.
MCSC 7003G PhD Dissertation. The dissertation is
the primary component of the PhD degree MCSC 7240G Advanced Topics in Dynamical
requirement. The research must lead to an original Systems. This course builds on the topics covered in
contribution of knowledge in the field which must be MCSC 6140G. The course covers advanced material,
reported fully in the candidate's dissertation. The including recently developed tools, for the analysis
research is carried out under the direction of the of dynamical systems. By the end of the course,
134 candidate's supervisor or co-supervisors, in co- students are expected to be able to perform a
operation with a supervisory committee. This thesis bifurcation analysis of models that they will
will be accompanied by an oral thesis defence. 40 encounter in research or industry, including judging
cr. Prerequisite: Good standing in the PhD program. when such analysis is appropriate, choosing the
right tools and interpreting the results. The topics
MCSC 7210G Advanced Topics in Mathematical are chosen according to the needs and demands of
Modelling. This course builds on the core course the students. Potential topics include equivariant
Mathematical Modelling and elaborates on some of bifurcation theory and applications; bifurcations in
its topics in greater detail. In addition, it introduces delay and partial differential equations; numerical
a variety of special topics in applied mathematics continuation of bifurcations for ordinary, delay and
with a focus on industrial and natural processes and partial differential equations; and bursting in
phenomena. The topics will be chosen according to biological phenomena and other systems. 3 cr.
the needs and demands of the students and the Prerequisites: MCSC 6140G, MCSC 6020G,.
available faculty resources. Topics and application
may include auto-correlation of data sets, MCSC 7250G Advanced Topics in Fluid Dynamics. In
bifurcations in time-series, embedding time series, many industrial applications, fluid flows need to be
modelling stochastic systems, perturbation methods described with advanced models and methods,
for partial differential equations, travelling wave owing to the complexity of the physical system. Such
phase plane, advanced reaction-diffusion advanced models typically go beyond standard fluid
phenomena and transition layers, Hausdorff mechanics theory such as Navier-Stokes equations
measures, fractal dimension, Belousov-Zhabotinsky or flow instabilities. This course will introduce a
reaction, analysis of heartbeat time-series, fractals range of advanced approaches to fluid flow
in science and medicine, chaotic dynamics in modelling. A main focus will lie on recent progress in
symmetric coupled cell systems, time series in the research and this will be addressed through term
stock market, and other financial products. 3 cr. projects, based on journal articles. Special attention
Prerequisite: MCSC 6010G. will be paid to flow in porous media, non-Newtonian
fluids, micro and nanoflows, electro-kinetic transport
MCSC 7220G Advanced Topics in Numerical Analysis. phenomena, (Lattice) Boltzmann methods, and
This course explores recent problems in numerical cellular automata and Monte Carlo simulations. 3 cr.
analysis that are at the forefront of current research. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Successful completion
The main objective of the course is to familiarize of all core courses.
students with contemporary theoretical results and
practical algorithms as preparation for doctoral MCSC 7270G Advanced Topics in Industrial
research. The topics are chosen according to the Mathematics: Case Studies. Industrial mathematics
needs and demands of the students. Potential is a branch of applied mathematics that is primarily
topics include: level-set methods, finite element concerned with the modelling and simulation of real
methods, finite volume methods, spectral methods, world problems that have a commercial or societal
numerical optimization, multigrid methods, interest. Driven by the problems under
consideration, this field is highly interdisciplinary, methods, and network delay and throughput analysis
drawing from physics, chemistry and biology with in WAN and LANs. Characteristics of LANs are
modern mathematical techniques used to bridge the discussed in detail. Various routing methods and
gaps between them. In this course, the students will algorithms are analyzed and compared. Modern
obtain important technical mathematics training, backbone and transport technologies such as
and be exposed to a wide range of case studies optical and wireless networks, and advanced
problems in industrial mathematics covering a networking protocols such as ATM and MPLS are
variety of techniques and applications. Whenever briefly discussed. 3 cr.
possible, the problem will originate from industry
partners. Students work in groups on several MITS 5300G Operating Systems Security. This course

problems throughout the term with a core faculty addresses theoretical foundations of IT Security and
supervisor who is chosen appropriately for the their implications on the design and operation of
problem. For each course project, students are operating systems. Operating systems fundamentals
required to complete a written report and an oral are covered to provide a basis for the remainder of
presentation. All case studies will be studied in the course. The laboratory part of this course puts a
teams. 3 cr. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Successful particular focus on the Windows and Unix/Linux
completion of all core courses. operating systems. It provides an overview of the
security risk and management of the specified
MCSC 7280G Advanced Topics in Computational operating systems and preventive efforts to use the
Science. This course explores recent problems in security features built within the systems and third-
computational science that are at the forefront of party applications. Students become familiar with
today’s research. The main objective of the program essential reference sources available on the subject
is to bring students up to date with the current state of computer security, including organizations such as
of the art of computational science and make them CERT. 3 cr.
135
ready for PhD research. The topics are chosen
according to the needs and demands of the students MITS 5400G Secure Software Systems. One of the
and the availability of faculty. Potential topics include fundamental causes for most of the computer
computational cluster science; quantum computing: security problems is insecure software design and
concepts, advantages and problems; quantum implementation. This course takes a proactive
Monte Carlo: applications in computational physics, approach to cover areas from the technical side of
advanced molecular simulations, advanced coding secure software to project management
optimization, and advanced Monte Carlo tasks. Common coding problems like buffer
simulations. 3 cr. Prerequisites: MCSC 6010G, overflows, random number generation and password
MCSC 6020G. Corequisites: As required by the authentication are addressed. A secondary focus is
subject matter; e.g., MCSC 6170G Computational placed on a software design process; it needs to be
Chemistry, MCSC 6180G Computational Physics, set up so that security is built in at the very early
MCSC 6165G Monte Carlo Methods. stages, considered throughout the design process
and not patched in at a later point of time. From the
MITS 5110G Legal Issues, Ethics and Incident emerging security technology side, this course also
Handling in IT Security. This course provides an introduces the topics of the eXtensible Markup
overview of the laws and ethics that IT Security Language (XML) and a portfolio of related security
Professionals must understand. The course will and privacy standards, such as XML Signature, XML
examine some of the basic tenets and dynamics of Encryption, and XML Key Management, WS-Security,
law and professional ethics. Topics such as e- SAML, XACML and P3P, in response to the growing
contracts, e-regulation, intellectual property, evidence need for a platform-independent language for
law, and ethical hacking will be covered in the course. supporting interoperable secure software
The course will also cover accepted incident infrastructure. Strategy and policy topics on how to
response standards that need to be considered when find the right balance between security and usability
a security breach is discovered. 3 cr. are addressed as well as the management of a
secure software system. 3 cr.
MITS 5200G Advanced Communication Networks.
This course provides a detailed technical MITS 5500G Cryptography and Secure
presentation of important networking concepts and Communications. Protecting information assets is
protocols used in modern communication network certainly important to the secrecy, integrity, and
architecture. Descriptions of the principles availability of systems. Indeed, the need for secure
associated with each OSI network layer is provided communications is more profound than ever,
with many examples drawn from the Internet and recognizing that the conduct of much of our
wireless networks. The TCP/IP protocol stack will be commerce and business is being carried out today
discussed in detail with a variety of examples on its through the medium of computers and digital
various layers. Network addressing design is networks. This course is on cryptography, the
discussed. Particular attention is given to umbrella term used to describe the science of
performance analysis of ARQ techniques and access secure communications. In this course, students
with strong mathematical backgrounds learn the generally the study of measurable physical
details about the transformation of a message into characteristics and behavioural patterns. The course
ciphertext form by encryption and the recovery of the deals with various authentication techniques, their
original message by decryption. This course effectiveness, cost, intrusiveness, and accuracy. 3 cr.
describes the cryptographic mechanisms through
which confidentiality, integrity, availability, MITS 6600G IT Security Capstone Research Project II.
authentication, and message signature can all be The research outlined in the MITS 6300G proposal
provided. Furthermore, the course explores the should be completed during this course. The final
basics of malware and defence mechanisms while report of the research findings and
touching on general aspects of intrusion prevention recommendations for the problem addressed should
and detection. 3 cr. be submitted to the research faculty advisor, along

with a presentation of the results. The results
MITS 5900G MITS Seminar. Students are expected to should have direct practical applications and/or be
participate in a series of seminars on current IT publishable in refereed publications. 3 cr.
security related topics. All students will be required to Prerequisite: MITS 6300G.
attend a minimum number of seminars as set forth by
the faculty and to present a seminar on their capstone MTSC 6000G Graduate Seminar in Science
research projects upon completion. Students are Communication I (non-credit). The goal of this course
encouraged to attend the METIS Security Seminar is to assist students in developing the skills
Series (http://faculty.uoit.ca/vargas/METIS-SSS. necessary to effectively communicate technical
html) as part of the course requirements. This course information to a diverse scientific audience.
will carry a pass/fail grade. 3 cr. Seminars by second-year students also expose
students to the range of research carried out within
MITS 6100G Attack and Defence. The course covers the program. A series of oral and written exercises
136 the fundamental theories of vulnerabilities in are each followed by constructive review by both
network protocols, intrusion detections and defence peers and faculty. Early in the course, speaking
against network attack. It discusses the latest exercises include a 10-minute presentation to the
cutting edge insidious attack vectors and the class on a basic topic in the student’s discipline.
patterns of denial-of-service attacks. This course Towards the end of the course, students make a 25-
also presents the tools needed to prevent attackers minute presentation on a journal article. Writing
from gaining access and covering their tracks. This exercises include abstracts of seminars by second-
course examines and reviews various types of year students and a brief discussion of a journal
hacking tools and ways to strengthen the system or article. Evaluation focuses on clarity, precision and
application against the attack. The course also the care with which the audience is guided to the
discusses defences and attacks for Windows, Unix, presenter’s objective. The student will receive a
switches, routers and other systems. 3 cr. grade of either pass or fail. 0 cr.
Prerequisites: MITS 5200G and MITS 5300G.
MTSC 6010G Physics and Chemistry of Materials.
MITS 6300G IT Security Capstone Research Project I. This one-semester course examines in depth the
This course provides students with an opportunity to fundamental principles and concepts used by
gather knowledge and skills learned from the physicists and chemists to describe materials. It
program coursework and to conduct a research covers scientific and practical interrelations in
project with industrial applications. Students are physics, chemistry and biology of materials,
expected to do a research literature review and to emphasizing the structure, physical and chemical
develop a set of hypotheses for a research project in properties of all classes of materials. 3 cr.
IT security. A research proposal outlining hypotheses Prerequisite: In light of the interdisciplinary nature of
and alternative remedies to the problem should be the program, all students should have completed at
submitted to the research faculty advisor by the end least one full year of study in undergraduate physics,
of the course semester. 3 cr. Prerequisite: 9 credit chemistry, and mathematics (to the level of
hours in MITS courses or permission from instructor. differential and integral calculus). Some exposure to
quantum mechanics is desirable.
MITS 6400G Biometrics/Access Control and Smart
Card Technology. This course discusses in detail the MTSC 6020G Modern Aspects of Materials Science.
theoretical constructs around Access Control and In this one-semester course, specialized topics
provides an overview of the fundamental background. relevant to individual faculty in the program (but of
Traditionally, most security systems authenticate potentially broad interest) are taught in a modular
users based on something they know, like a fashion. Topics may be selected from those involving
password. However, where security really matters, it the structure and properties of materials related to
makes sense to add a second layer, such as a atomic, molecular, crystalline structures and their
smartcard. A third option and probably the most electron properties. The course also highlights the
authentic method, is something that, at least processing, properties, and uses of a broad class of
theoretically, is virtually impossible to forge. This materials for a variety of applications. 3 cr.
course discusses biometric controls. Biometrics is Prerequisite: MTSC 6010G.
MTSC 6050G MSc Thesis. The graduate thesis is an MTSC 6220G Advanced Photovoltaics and Solar
original work and is the major component of the MSc Energy Physics. This one semester course will cover
program. The thesis research is carried out under the following areas:
the direction of the student’s supervisor; it involves
an investigation of a research topic with the i) Fundamentals of PV devices and systems
possibility of leading to a peer reviewed article. ii) New materials and technologies for solar
Through the thesis, candidates are expected to give cells
evidence of competence in research and a sound iii) The economy of photovoltaics
understanding of the area of specialization.
Students must prepare and successfully defend a Part i) will look at the basic physics behind a solar

written thesis at the end of the program related to cell operation from an opto-electronic and a
the research they have undertaken. The thesis is thermodynamic point of view. In part ii), the course
evaluated by an examining committee and includes will cover the evolution from first generation to third
an oral presentation and defence. The student must generation photovoltaics (and beyond), and will
receive a satisfactory report on the written thesis examine alternative solutions being studied to
and its oral presentation and defence, and must improve cost and efficiency of solar cells. Finally,
demonstrate a thorough understanding of the part iii) of the course will consider the economic
research topic. The student will receive a grade of implication of the different choices of materials and
either pass or fail. 18 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in technologies. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MTSC 6010G.
the Materials Science graduate program.
MTSC 6230G Physics of Non-Crystalline Materials.
MTSC 6100G Graduate Seminar in Science The course will focus on the opto-electronic
Communication II (non-credit). The goal of this properties of non-crystalline materials, particularly
course is to further the students’ development of semiconductors. Particular emphasis will be given to
strong scientific communication skills. Students the physics and applications of hydrogenated 137
make a 30-minute presentation of their research to amorphous silicon on the computational approaches
all students in both the first and second years of the for modeling and simulation, including an analysis of
program and answer questions. Students evaluate pseudopotential methods vs. ab initio based
their peers’ presentations and receive both peer and methods. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MTSC 6010G.
faculty reviews of their own presentations. Students
MTSC 6260G Topics in Applied Materials Science I.
will receive a grade of either pass or fail. 0 cr.
This course focuses on topics that may vary
MTSC 6110G Experimental Techniques in Materials depending on the interests of the students and the
Characterization. This one-semester-long course is a availability of faculty. Each course may focus on a
techniques-oriented course covering high resolution different topic, allowing students to take both courses
experimental solid-state characterization. The if they wish and if this is approved by their supervisory
course includes theoretical background but focuses committee. Some suggested topics are
on practical aspects of techniques. Content includes nanotechnology, optical applications, electrochemistry
bulk, surface and molecular characterization. Where and mass transport in fuel cells. 3 cr.
practical, demonstrations and hands-on operation of
MTSC 6270G Topics in Applied Materials Science II.
specific instruments are included. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
This course focuses on topics that may vary
Good standing in program.
depending on the interests of the students and the
MTSC 6120G Thermodynamics and Statistical availability of faculty. Each course may focus on a
Mechanics of Materials. This one-semester course different topic, allowing students to take both courses
provides a comprehensive introduction to if they wish and if this is approved by their supervisory
thermodynamics and statistical mechanics of committee. Some suggested topics are
materials, such as semiconductors, amorphous and nanotechnology, optical applications, electrochemistry
soft materials, liquids and their mixtures, polymers, and mass transport in fuel cells. 3 cr.
and inhomogeneous materials. The course covers
MTSC 6330G Electrochemical Methods and
phase transitions and phase equilibrium, order-
Materials. This course will concentrate on the
disorder phenomena, point defects in crystals, and
principles and theory of dynamic electrochemistry,
the statistical thermodynamics of interfaces.
voltammetry, stripping analysis, electro-chemical
Nonequilibrium thermodynamics is briefly
sensors and detectors. This course includes an
introduced. The course provides the background
overview of electroanalytical methods along with an
knowledge for students to read the literature in the
in-depth treatment of mass transport and electron
field and to use it in their research. 3 cr.
transfer kinetics. In addition, advanced electrode
Prerequisites: Undergraduate thermodynamics,
materials and electrode/cell designs will be
statistical mechanics and satisfaction of admission
covered.3 cr. Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing in
requirements for MSc program.
the program.
MTSC 6510G Surface Science and Catalysis. This understanding and theoretical modeling of molecular
course is one-semester long. It covers the structures, chemical reactions, bonding and
fundamental science required to understand the energetics. Molecular properties and relativistic
atomic and electronic structure of surfaces and their methods are also covered. This course is cross-
chemical reactivity, and the most common tools for listed with MCSC 6170G. 3 cr. Prerequisites:
surface characterization. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MTSC Introductory quantum mechanics and undergraduate
6010G. mathematics, MCSC 6010G and MCSC 6020G, or
permission from the instructor.
MTSC 6520G Nanomaterials. This course will
introduce students to the relevant concepts MTSC 6720G Hydrogen Based Energy Systems and
governing the synthesis, science, and engineering of Fuel Cells. This course explores hydrogen as an
nanomaterials. The course will also examine energy carrier and its conversion in hydrogen fuel
characterization methods at the nanoscale, new cells. The focus is on polymer electrolyte fuel cells,
properties at the nanoscale, and existing and but the course includes a brief discussion of
emerging applications of nanomaterials. 3 cr. phosphoric acid, alkaline and solid oxide fuel cells
Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing in the program. as well as other types of fuel sources, such as
methanol or natural gas. The thermodynamic
MTSC 6530G Carbon Based Materials. The course aspects of a hydrogen economy are discussed,
examines the present state of processing, encompassing production (reforming, electrolysis),
properties and application of carbonaceous storage (compression, solid matrix), transportation
materials. Old and new forms of carbon will be and usage in fuel cells. With regards to fuel cells,
introduced, including coke from coal and petroleum, the main focus will be on general operating
natural and artificial graphite, carbon blacks, principles, electrochemistry, thermodynamics
activated carbons, synthetic diamonds, diamond-like (efficiency, losses), and mass and heat transport
138 carbon, fullerenes, and carbon nanotubes. Emphasis phenomena, including ion flow. A general picture of i)
will be placed on novel carbon forms such as CVD current scientific challenges and ii) device modelling
diamond, carbon nanotubes and amorphous carbon of fuel cells will emerge. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
films. In addition, the physicochemical and surface Satisfactory standing in the program.
chemical properties of several forms of carbon will
be examined in detail. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MTSC 6810G Biomaterials. This course provides an
Satisfactory standing in the program. introduction to naturally derived materials and their
applications. The properties of materials of animal
MTSC 6610G Computational Physics. The course and plant origins and the potential uses of these
introduces the fundamental principles which form the materials will be discussed in the first part of the
basis of modern HPC simulations in physics of course. The second half of the course will explore
materials, their realization in the form of various the application of biotechnology to manipulate and
numerical algorithms and their applications to create novel materials that are not normally found in
different problems. The main focus is advanced nature. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate Chemistry
methods of studying quantum-mechanical and or Biology.
statistical mechanical systems. Approaches
considered will include density functional theory, MTSC 6820G Polymer Science & Engineering. The
molecular dynamics and Monte Carlo. The course course introduces the fundamental characteristics
introduces principles, concepts, methods, techniques, of polymers, visco-elasticity and non-Newtonian fluid
algorithms, and tools for solving various physical mechanics. It describes the effects of temperature,
problems with numerical and approximate solutions. crystallinity and diffusivity on polymer processing
This will be discussed in conjunction with selected and properties. 3 cr. Prerequisites: MTSC 6010G
topics from Computational Materials Science. This and undergraduate mathematics.
course is cross-listed with MCSC 6180G. 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Undergraduate quantum mechanics MTSC 7000G PhD Thesis Proposal and Candidacy
and statistical mechanics, and satisfaction of Exam. Students in the Materials Science PhD
admission requirements for the MSc Program. program will be required to submit a comprehensive
thesis proposal outlining their research objectives
MTSC 6620G Theory of the Solid State. This course and preliminary results. This thesis proposal also
develops the theoretical foundations of a variety of will consist of a literature review that addresses the
condensed matter systems at a higher level of current state of knowledge of their particular
mathematical sophistication than earlier in the research topic. This course will consist of an oral
curriculum. 3 cr. Prerequisite: MTSC 6010G candidacy examination that evaluates the student’s
grasp of the literature and their particular research
MTSC 6710G Computational Chemistry. The course plan. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Enrolment in the Materials
introduces the fundamental principles underlying Science PhD program.
different methods from classical to quantum
theories, and from first principles through to the
latest advances in the area. The main focus is on
MTSC 7001G PhD Research. This is a non-credit MTSC 7510G Advanced Topics in Biomaterials. This
course that will be administered by the student’s course will explore a range of research topics in
supervisor. Students in the course are required to biomaterials through examples selected from the
make satisfactory progress in their research, keep current scientific literature. 3 cr. Prerequisite:
up to date with the literature on the current state of Satisfactory standing in the program.
knowledge on their particular research and provide
regular updates on their progress to their advisor. NUCL 5001G MASc Thesis. The thesis is the major
Students who make satisfactory progress with their component of the MASc program and is carried out
thesis research will be able to continue in the under the direction of the student’s supervisor. The
program and enrol in this course the following year. thesis may involve an investigation which is

Students are required to register for this course fundamental in nature or applied, and may
every year. 0 cr. Prerequisite: Good standing in the incorporate elements of analysis, design and
Materials Science PhD program. development. Through the thesis, candidates are
expected to give evidence of competence in
MTSC 7002G PhD Dissertation. The dissertation is research and a sound understanding of the area of
the primary component of the PhD degree specialization involved. The student will receive a
requirement. The research must lead to an original grade of either pass or fail. 15 cr.
contribution of knowledge in the field which must be
reported fully in the candidate's dissertation. The NUCL 5003G Seminar. Students are required to
research is carried out under the direction of the participate in a program of seminars led by internal
candidate's supervisor or co-supervisors, in co- and external speakers on current research topics. All
operation with a supervisory committee. This thesis MASc students are required to give a seminar on
will be accompanied by an oral thesis defence. their thesis research during the second year of their
Prerequisite: Good standing in the Materials Science program. The student will receive a grade of either
PhD program. pass or fail. 3 cr. 139
MTSC 7210G Advanced Topics in Materials Physics. NUCL 5004G Directed Studies. Faculty permission
This course will explore a range of research topics in may be given for supervised research and
materials physics through examples selected from development projects, individual study, or directed
the current scientific literature. 3 cr. Prerequisite: readings. Students wishing to pursue a course of
Satisfactory standing in the program. directed studies must, with a faculty member who is
willing to supervise such a course, formulate a
MTSC 7310G Advanced Topics in Materials proposal that accurately describes the course
Chemistry. This course will explore a range of content, the learning goals, the intended method
research topics in materials chemistry through and extent of supervision, and the method(s) by
examples selected from the current scientific which the student’s work will be evaluated. This
literature. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Satisfactory standing in course may only be taken once. 3 cr.
the program.
NUCL 5005G Special Topics. The course covers
MTSC 7410G Advanced Topics in Computational material in an emerging area or in a subject not
Science. This course teaches specialized covered in regular offerings. This course may be
computational techniques used in HPC simulations taken more than once, provided the subject matter is
of materials. The course will introduce students to substantially different. 3 cr.
advanced methods used to model quantum-
mechanical and statistical mechanical systems. NUCL 5006G Industrial Research Project. Students
This course focuses on materials and/or physical enrolled part-time in a course-based MEng program
properties that cannot be adequately modeled using may designate a period of approximately four months
the standard methods described in the introductory in an industrial laboratory to carry out an industry
Computational Physics course (MTSC 6610G). oriented project under the supervision of a suitably
Topics will vary based on the expertise of the qualified staff engineer or scientist, and a university
instructor and the needs of the students. 3 cr. co-supervisor. The university works with the
Prerequisites: MTSC 6610G and enrolment in the candidate and consults the candidate’s employer to
PhD Program. arrange a suitable industrial project. A satisfactory
project topic and appropriate arrangements are
MTSC 7420G Advanced Topics in Theoretical required for the project to be approved by the
Materials Science. This course builds on the university and it is possible that, in some cases, this
foundations introduced in MTSC 6620 Theory of the may not be feasible. Upon completion, the candidate
Solid State. The goal of the course is to give is expected to submit a substantial report on the
students a detailed understanding of specific project and to make a presentation at the university.
physical theories that are directly relevant to The industrial research project can only be
advanced materials. Topics will vary based on the undertaken after at least half the required courses
expertise of the instructor(s) and the needs of the have been taken. The student will receive a grade of
students. Prerequisite: MTSC 6620G Theory of the either pass or fail. 6 cr.
Solid State, or permission from the instructor. 3 cr.
NUCL 5009G Graduate Research Project. The MEng- NUCL 5040G Monte Carlo Methods. This course
Graduate Research Project provides students with provides an introduction to simulation of stochastic
the opportunity, under the supervision of a faculty processes using Monte Carlo methods. The emphasis
member, to integrate and synthesize knowledge of the course is Monte Carlo solution to the
gained throughout their program of study. The Boltzmann transport equation, specifically for
chosen topic is dependent on the area of radiation transport. Other applications of Monte Carlo
specialization of the student. To complete the analysis are introduced. These include, but are not
research project, students will use resources limited to, molecular dynamics, statistical physics,
normally available on campus. The student will biophysics, and queuing theory. Concepts presented
receive a grade of either pass or fail. 9 cr. will include pseudo-random number and random
variate generation, direct simulation of physical

NUCL 5010G Project Management for Nuclear processes, Monte Carlo integration and variance
Engineers. This course in project management reduction, detector response and estimators, and
prepares nuclear engineers and scientists in the Monte Carlo optimization. This course is cross-listed
application of this discipline in their work. It is an with MCSC 6165G. 3 cr. Prerequisites:
intensive investigation into the major principles of Undergraduate theory of ordinary and partial
project management slanted towards, but not differential equations and introductory statistics.
exclusively about, the management of nuclear
engineering projects. The course uses the Project NUCL 5050G Applied Risk Analysis. This course
Management Institute’s (PMI) Project Management presents principles and methods for assessing and
Body of Knowledge (PMBOK) as a skeleton and managing technological risks. The following subjects
expands that coverage with relevant examples from are covered: probability theory; failure rates;
nuclear, software and general engineering. Special availability; reliability; test frequencies; dormant and
emphasis is placed on risk management, particularly active systems; initiating events; fault trees and
140
in the area of safety-critical projects. Graduates will event trees; dual failures; defense in depth;
be well-positioned both to apply the knowledge in principle of control, cool, contain; accident
their area of engineering and to sit the PMI’s Project prevention, mitigation and accommodation;
Management Professional (PMP) examination. The separation and independence; redundancy; common
course is taught using many case studies from mode events; safety culture; safety analysis
industry and engineering. 3 cr. techniques; inherent safety features; plant safety
systems; probability evaluation for simple systems;
NUCL 5020G Mathematical Methods in Nuclear quantitative and probabilistic safety assessment;
Applications. Numerical analysis is the study of calculation of frequency and consequences of power
computer algorithms developed to solve the plant accidents; risk-based decision making; and
problems of continuous mathematics. Students risk-based regulation. Applications include
taking this course gain a foundation in aerospace, energy, and nuclear systems safety
approximation theory, functional analysis, and analysis. 3 cr.
numerical linear algebra from which the practical
algorithms of scientific computing are derived. A NUCL 5060G Nuclear Concepts for Engineers and
major goal of this course is to develop skills in Scientists. The course is a fast introduction to
analyzing numerical algorithms in terms of their atomic, nuclear and reactor physics for graduate
accuracy, stability, and computational complexity. students without an adequate background in these
Topics include best approximations, least squares areas. Topics covered include nuclear structure,
problems (continuous, discrete, and weighted), radioactivity, interaction of radiation with matter,
eigenvalue problems, and iterative methods for neutron flux, neutron diffusion, nuclear reactors, and
systems of linear and nonlinear equations. reactor kinetics. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate
Demonstrations and programming assignments are knowledge of Differential Equations, Partial
used to encourage the use of available software Differential Equations, Vector Calculus. This course
tools for the solution of modelling problems that is not available to students who graduated from an
arise in physical, biological, economic, or undergraduate program in the Faculty of Energy
engineering applications. 3 cr. Systems and Nuclear Science.
NUCL 5030G Transport Theory. This course is a NUCL 5065G Thermalhydraulics Concepts for
general introduction to transport theory. Continuous Engineers and Scientists. The course is a graduate
medium transport and discrete-particle transport are level introduction to thermalhydraulics for students
presented in a unified manner through the use of the without an adequate background in these areas.
probability distribution function. Various types of Topics include fluid mechanics, thermodynamic
transport problems are presented together with cycles and heat transfer, fluid statics, elementary
analytic solutions. Approximate and numerical fluid dynamics and fluid kinematics, finite control
methods are also covered. This course is cross- volume analysis and differential analysis of fluid
listed with MCSC 6160G Transport Theory. 3 cr. flow, similitude, dimensional analysis and modelling,
Prerequisites Undergraduate knowledge of Linear viscous flow in pipes and flow over immersed
Algebra, Differential Equations, Vector Calculus. bodies. 3 cr. Prerequisites: undergraduate courses
in mathematics and physics.
NUCL 5070G Environmental Modelling. The transport recoveries from reactor trips, recoveries from turbine
of pollutants through the total environment depends trips, and responses to reactor, heat transport,
upon complex interactions between the atmosphere, steam and feedwater system malfunctions. 3 cr.
geosphere and hydrosphere. Understanding the
details of pollutant transport between source, NUCL 5200G Reactor Physics. The course is a
environmental compartments and receptors allows graduate-level treatment of reactor physics, with
for determination of potential dose, and thereby emphasis on reactor statics. Topics covered include:
estimation of risk. This course explores the static neutron balance equations, neutron slowing
fundamental theory, equations and solutions to down, resonance absorption, multi-group transport
standard environmental transport models (with and diffusion equations, homogenization methods

emphasis on radiolonuclide transport). In addition, and variational methods. Lattice and full-core
this course introduces the student to the RESRAD numerical methods are also covered. 3 cr.
codes for environmental modelling. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in linear
Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in physics, algebra, differential equations, vector calculus.
chemistry, differential equations, and statistics. A
NUCL 5210G Advanced Reactor Physics. The course
working knowledge of MS EXCEL is required.
is a graduate-level treatment of reactor physics, with
NUCL 5080G Advanced Topics in Environmental emphasis on reactor dynamics. Topics covered
Degradation of Materials. Predicting the corrosion include point kinetics, space-time kinetics,
performance-lifetime of components is an ongoing perturbation and generalized perturbation theory,
area of interest in maintaining nuclear power plants. fuel depletion, fission product poisoning, and
Unexpected or premature degradation of elements of reactor control. 3 cr. Prerequisite: NUCL
components often occurs by localized corrosion 5200G Reactor Physics.
processes such as pitting, crevice, or stress-
NUCL 5215G Advanced Reactor Engineering. The 141
assisted corrosion. In this course, current theories
course is comprised of advanced topics in nuclear
of various localized corrosion mechanisms, current
engineering, with emphasis on reactor physics.
practices for measuring and identifying corrosion
Topics covered include neutron slowing down,
processes, models and methodologies for predicting
resonance absorption, multigroup transport and
the occurrence of localized corrosion and the
diffusion equations, reactor kinetics, and
application of this knowledge to specific aspects of
homogenization methods. Lattice and full-core
the nuclear fuel cycle are examined. 3 cr.
numerical methods are also covered. This course is
Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in corrosion.
cross-listed with ENGR 5180G Advanced Nuclear
NUCL 5090G Occupational Health and Safety. This Engineering. 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate
course explores the often neglected, although highly knowledge of linear algebra, differential equations,
important, subject of occupational health and safety vector calculus.
as it relates to industrial operations and complex
NUCL 5220G Fuel Management in Nuclear Reactors.
processes. Concepts such as hazard avoidance,
Nuclear fuel cycles are studied from mining to
health and environmental control, machine guarding,
ultimate disposal of the spent fuel, including the
electrical hazards and process safety will be
enrichment processes and the reprocessing
discussed. In addition, management and
techniques, from a point of view of the decision-
institutional controls for workplace safety will be
making processes and the evaluation of the
considered, such as communicating vital
operational and economical consequences of these
information, pre-task briefings and shift turnovers.
decisions. For the steps within the fuel cycles, the
Case studies and lessons learned from numerous
method of determining the associated costs, in
industrial and manufacturing industry accidents will
particular those relevant to the disposal of nuclear
be used to highlight important information. 3 cr.
waste and the overall fuel cycle costs are described.
Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in physics,
Burn-up calculations are performed for the swelling
differential equations, and statistics.
time of the fuel within the reactor core. The
NUCL 5100G Nuclear Plant Systems and Operation. A objectives and merits of in-core and out-of-core fuel
combination of lectures and self-paced interactive management for CANDU Pressurized Heavy Water
CD-ROM study present the key design and operating Reactors (PHWR) and Light Water Reactors (LWR) are
features of a CANDU generating unit, including the analyzed in detail, for the refuelling equilibrium as
principles of overall unit operation and control; the well as for the approach to refuelling equilibrium.
functions, equipment and operation of the main The course also covers fuel management for
process systems; how each major system is thorium-fuelled CANDU reactors and other advanced
controlled; and how reactor safety and the protection fuels such as MOX containing plutonium from
of the public is achieved. Students gain familiarity discarded nuclear warheads, and DUPIC (Direct Use
with the conduct of normal and abnormal operations of PWR fuel in CANDU reactors). The fuel
on a simulated CANDU generating unit, including management problem is treated as an optimization
power manoeuvres, poison override operations, problem, with objective functions or performance
indexes identified, as well as decision variables and includes definition and purpose of containment,
appropriate constraints (active and non-active). The design requirements and considerations, a survey of
course also includes a review of the major work done containment designs in actual use, and the use of
in this area along with the most important computer simulation for safety analysis and design. 3 cr.
codes. 3 cr. Prerequisite: knowledge of reactor Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in
physics at the undergraduate level is recommended. thermodynamics.
NUCL 5230G Advanced Nuclear Thermalhydraulics. NUCL 5270G Control, Instrumentation and Electrical
This course expands on the importance of Systems in CANDU based Nuclear Power Plants. This
thermalhdyraulics in nuclear power plant design, course covers the basic control, instrumentation and
operation and safety. Thermalhydraulic problems and electrical systems commonly found in CANDU based
solutions relevant to nuclear power plants and nuclear power plants. The course starts with an overall
nuclear research reactors are discussed. The course view of the dynamics associated with different parts of
discusses in detail mass, momentum, and energy the plant, i.e. reactor, heat transport systems,
equations and explores various numerical moderator, steam generator, turbine, and electrical
techniques for solving these equations, especially generator. Based on such knowledge, the control and
for applications to two-phase flow. Boiling, regulation functions in the above systems are then
condensation, cavitation and waterhammer defined. Different instrumentation and measurement
problems are discussed. Special topics of recent techniques are examined, along with control
interest such as Impact of ageing phenomena and strategies. The time and frequency domain
application of electrohydrodynamic and performance characterizations of control loops are
magnetohydrodynamic forces are presented. 3 cr. introduced with consideration of actuator and sensor
Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in fluid limitations. Different controller design and tuning
mechanics and heat transfer. methods and instrumentation calibration procedures
142
are discussed. Two modes of operation of CANDU
NUCL 5240G Heat Transfer in Nuclear Reactor plants will be analyzed, i.e. normal mode and alternate
Applications. This course discusses advance heat mode. Advanced control technologies, such as
transfer phenomena related to nuclear reactors in distributed control systems and field bus
both current and future designs. Topics include heat communication protocols, are introduced in view of
transfer phenomena (conduction, convection, their potential applications in the existing and newly
radiation), boiling and condensation phenomena, constructed CANDU power plants. The electric systems
critical heat flux and boiling crisis, supercritical in the CANDU plant are examined. The modelling of the
fluids, correlations for heat transfer at high pressure dynamics and control devices for the generator are
and high temperature, and advanced numerical covered in detail. The dynamic interaction between the
methods. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate course power plants and the rest of the electric power grid with
in heat transfer. other generating facilities and various types of loads
are studied. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate course
NUCL 5250G Power Plant Thermodynamics. This
in process control.
course presents the theoretical and practical
analysis of the following with particular reference to NUCL 5275G Safety Instrumented Systems (SIS).
CANDU plants. Thermodynamic Cycles: Nuclear Safety is an essential part of nuclear and energy
versus conventional steam cycles, regenerative systems. This course covers fundamentals of safety
feedwater heating, moisture separation and engineering, including safety system design and
reheating, turbine expansion lines, heat balance safety instrumented systems. Safety assessment
diagrams, available energy, cycle efficiency and techniques are used to evaluate failure modes
exergy analysis; Nuclear Heat Removal: Heat scenarios and to design and validate nuclear safety
conduction and convection in fuel rods and heat systems. This is achieved through the review of
exchanger tubes, heat transfer in boilers and previous nuclear accidents and possible failure
condensers, boiler influence on heat transport scenarios. Environmental and other external fault
system, boiler swelling and shrinking, boiler level scenarios are discussed and assessed to design and
control, condenser performance; and Steam Turbine validate appropriate safety systems. Students will
Operation: Turbine configuration, impulse and also design and validate recovery and shutdown
reaction blading, blade velocity diagrams, turbine systems for disaster and severe accident scenarios,
seals and sealing systems, moisture in turbines, and design safety systems for control of nuclear
part load operation, back pressure effects, thermal releases with the analysis of health and environment.
effects and turbine governing. 3 cr. Prerequisite: 3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in
Undergraduate course in thermodynamics. radiation, health, and nuclear reactor design.
NUCL 5260G Reactor Containment Systems. This NUCL 5280G Advanced Reactor Control. This course
course covers the design and main operating features presents the state-variable approach and the
of nuclear reactor containment systems, considering application of various state-space techniques to
both normal and accident conditions. The course reactor dynamics and control. Topics include state
variables and the concept of the system state; nuclear data and calculation methods for
stability in the state space; various definitions of transmutation, examples of facilities for nuclear
stability; the second method of Liapunov; stability of transmutation, and practical options of
nuclear systems; centralized versus distributed transmutation. 3cr.
control; analogue and digital control; hardware and
software; licensing requirements; computers in NUCL 5350G Regulatory Affairs and Licensing
shutdown systems; and applying the principles of Concepts. This course will describe the
separation, diversity, and redundancy. 3 cr. fundamentals of work in nuclear regulatory affairs.
Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in control theory. The roles and responsibilities of regulatory affairs
staff will be described in detail. The course will

NUCL 5285G Advanced Process Control Systems. describe the Nuclear Safety Control Act, current
Control systems are the brain of production plants. regulations, the role of the license, reportability,
This course enables students to review process control interface with safety analysis and design, issues
foundations and practice advanced process control management and regulatory communications. The
systems as applied on nuclear and energy production course will also review Canadian regulatory practise
systems. Students practice process modelling and to US and IAEA regulatory practise and the course
simulation of dynamic systems and apply to selected will also identify the nun-nuclear regulations that
control design projects. Advanced programmable logic affect regulatory affairs at a Canadian nuclear
controllers and distributed control systems (DCS) and facility. 3cr.
implementation in industrial projects are explained.
Examples of spatial flux, reactivity and reactor NUCL 5400G Advanced Radiation Science. This
shutdown control systems are discussed in selected course introduces advanced concepts in radiation
design projects. 3 cr. Prerequisite or corequisite: engineering, with an emphasis on how ionizing
Undergraduate course in control, instrumentation and radiation interactions with matter may be modelled.
safety design, such as ENGR 3740. The course reviews fundamental particle interaction 143
mechanics, measurement and detection of radiation,
NUCL 5290G Advances in Nuclear Power Plant evaluation of nuclear cross sections and various
Systems. A combination of lectures, self-paced solutions to the Boltzmann transport equation. 3 cr.
interactive CD-ROM study and the use of power plant Prerequisites: undergraduate courses in nuclear
simulators imparts to students the advances in the physics, radiation detection and the interaction of
key design and operating features of the main radiation with matter, or NUCL 5060G Nuclear
nuclear power plant types, including reactors using Concepts for Engineers and Scientists, differential
pressure vessels and pressure tubes, pressurized equations, and statistics. This course is cross-listed
water, boiling water and gas cooled reactors; the use with ENGR 5181G Advanced Radiation Engineering.
of natural versus enriched fuel, converters and
breeders; overall plant control systems, load NUCL 5410G Physics of Radiation Therapy. A study of
following capabilities, and islanding operations; the uses of various types of radiation for therapeutic
safety systems; and responses to abnormal and applications, including X-rays, gamma radiation,
emergency events. Nuclear plant simulators are electrons, neutrons, lasers, UV, visible, infrared,
used throughout the course. 3 cr. Prerequisite: radiofrequency, and microwaves. Topics include
Undergraduate course in power plant systems. production of radiation for therapeutic purposes;
external beam radiotherapy, brachytherapy, electron
NUCL 5300G Advanced Topics in Radioactive Waste beam therapy, boron neutron capture therapy, heavy
Management. This course examines the various ion therapy and photodynamic therapy; therapeutic
international approaches used for the development dose calculation and measurement; dose calculation
of publicly acceptable radioactive waste disposal algorithms, treatment planning, optimization and
facilities. Particular emphasis is placed on the verification; equipment calibration; dose impact on
technical aspects of geologic disposal systems, patients and workers. This course is cross-listed
used/recycled fuel disposal, and the assessment of with RADI 4320 Therapeutic Applications of
radioisotope release. The influence of public Radiation Techniques. 3 cr. Prerequisite: NUCL
acceptance on the selection and implementation of 5060G Nuclear Concepts for Engineers and
technical solutions is also considered. 3 cr. Scientists, or equivalent.
Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in radioactive
waste management. NUCL 5420G Aerosol Mechanics. Aerosols, or
particles suspended in the air, are generated from
NUCL 5310G Transmutation of Nuclear Waste. The numerous processes and used in numerous ways.
course is a graduate-level treatment of nuclear Some examples of commonly encountered aerosols
waste. Topics covered include a brief historical are smoke from power generation, cigarette, and
summary on nuclear energy, the problems with forest fire; atmospheric aerosols causing ozone
nuclear waste, spent fuel classification and radio- depletion, reduced visibility, rain, snow, cloud, and
toxicity, current proposed management of spent fuel, fog; and respiratory deposition or drug delivery
technical background on the concept of through respiratory system. Some aerosols cause
transmutation, transmuters and their capability, significant health and environmental problems while
others improve the quality of life. To prevent the NUCL 5450G Advanced Material Analysis. This
formation of undesired pollutants or to produce course introduces a wide variety of non-destructive
materials of desired properties, it is important to analysis techniques for use in research, design,
understand the mechanics of aerosols. This course manufacturing and industrial service. The course
explores the properties, behaviour and instructs how each technique works, how it can be
measurement of airborne particulate. Concepts applied, when and where it can be used and each
related to particle motion, particle size statistics, technique’s capabilities and limitations. The course
forces acting on particles, respiratory and describes how to take an industrial non-destructive
mechanical filtration, and physicochemical analysis problem and determine which technique is
properties of particles are discussed. Real-world best suited for the job, how to apply a given
examples of particle transport are used to reinforce technique and which information the technique will
the issues being discussed. 3 cr. Prerequisites: provide. Laboratories provide hands-on experience
Undergraduate courses in physics, chemistry, with non-destructive analysis equipment. 3 cr.
differential equations, and statistics. A working Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in physics,
knowledge of the MATLAB code is required. differential equations, and statistics.
NUCL 5430G Advanced Dosimetry. This course NUCL 5460G Industrial Radiography. The course
covers advanced concepts in radiation dosimetry describes the fundamental physics of neutron, x-ray,
linking fundamental radiation physics with gamma ray, and infra-red radiography. Traditional and
metrological theory and practice for therapeutic, modern techniques currently in practice are
external and internal dosimetry. The course reviews discussed, along with recent advances in the
basic radiation and charged particle interaction technology. Applications of radiography to industrial
processes and the underlying quantities and units environments are presented. Considerations for
used in dosimetry and radiation monitoring. Cavity radiography system design are discussed. Topics
144
theory and the application of ionization chamber include x-ray imaging and radiography, gamma-ray
methods of dosimetry for photon and electron imaging and radiography, neutron imaging and
beams are covered, and a review of passive radiography, infra-red imaging and radiography, film
integrating dosimeters such as radiochromic film, based techniques, digital techniques, image
chemical dosimeters and biological dosimetry given. processing and image enhancement, x-ray and
The properties and role of various pulse-mode gamma ray sources, neutron sources, and industrial
detectors in dosimetry and monitoring are discussed applications of radiography. 3 cr.
along with the metrological relationship between
measured quantities and effective dose. Internal NUCL 5470G Nuclear Forensic Analysis. There are
dosimetry and dose assessment are studied in many techniques available to forensic investigators
terms of in-vitro and in-vivo monitoring methods to investigate suspect criminal activity. In addition,
along with the standard codes and methods used for there are many times when forensic techniques are
assessing dose from bioassay data. The course required to investigate nuclear-related events. This
concludes with a survey of dosimetry practice under course explores nuclear and chemical techniques
special circumstances and environments such as related to the nuclear technology and forensics.
that encountered in space and in accident Both radiation and analytical chemistry techniques
scenarios. 3 cr. Prerequisite: Undergraduate course are introduced. Risks and hazards associated with
in dosimetry. nuclear forensic investigations are reviewed and
mitigation strategies developed. Data integrity and
NUCL 5440G Advanced Radiation Biophysics and communication of results are emphasized. 3 cr.
Microdosimetry. This course introduces advanced
concepts in radiation biophysics with an emphasis on NUCL 6000G PhD Candidacy Exam. Each student in
the stochastic nature of radiation interaction with the doctoral program is required to prepare a written
biological systems and the microdosimetric analysis of research proposal and pass a candidacy exam. The
radiation effects. The course reviews fundamental thesis proposal consists of a literature review to
charged particle interaction processes and the address the current state of knowledge in the
measurement of radiation energy deposition on the research field, thesis objectives, research hypothesis
microscopic and sub-microscopic scale and how this to be tested/examined, proposed methodology,
knowledge can be used to quantify radiation quality. timeline, major milestones and expected significance
Microdosimetric descriptions of radiation quality are of the research outcomes. The course includes a
also discussed in terms of low-dose radiation protection, candidacy exam that evaluates the student’s
medical applications of low Light Energy Transfer research proposal, knowledge of the research field,
radiation and high LET radiation therapy, as well as the and background preparation. This non-credit course
special nature of radiation fields encountered in space. is evaluated on a pass/fail basis. 0 cr. Prerequisite:
3 cr. Prerequisites: Undergraduate courses in nuclear Enrolment in the respective PhD program.
physics, radiation detection and the interaction of
radiation with matter or NUCL 5060G Nuclear Concepts
for Engineers and Scientists.
NUCL 6001G PhD Thesis. The dissertation is the is to be selected and approved in consultation with
primary component of the PhD degree requirement. the candidate’s supervisor and supervisory
The research must lead to an original contribution to committee. A thesis proposal must be submitted to
knowledge in the field and must be reported fully in and approved by the student’s supervisory
the candidate's dissertation. The research is carried committee. Normally, the thesis will be
out under the direction of the candidate's supervisor approximately 100 pages in length. Once the thesis
or co-supervisors, in co-operation with a supervisory has been completed, students undergo an oral
committee. The student receives a grade of either examination to defend their thesis. Students receive
pass or fail. 40 cr. a grade of pass or fail. 12 cr.

NUCL 6002G Workshop and Professional Development. SSCI 5010G Advanced Quantitative Methods
This course consists of a series of mandatory –Graduate. The objective of this course is to
workshops to aid in the professional development of familiarize the student with the principles of advanced
PhD candidates. Workshop topics may include, but are statistical analytical techniques and strategies as
not limited to, project management, intellectual applied to criminology and criminal justice. Topics
property, grantsmanship, communications, and career may include, but are not limited to, simple, multiple
management. The student receives a grade of either and logistic regression analysis; ANCOVA; MANCOVA;
pass or fail. 0 cr. and factor analysis. 3 cr.
NUCL 6003G Doctoral Seminar. This course includes SSCI 5020G Criminological Theory. This seminar
participation in a program of seminars by internal and provides students with an in-depth overview of major
external speakers on current research topics. All PhD criminological theories of the past and present.
students are required to give seminars on their thesis Students engage with psychological and sociological
research during each year that they are registered in approaches to the study of crime. Emphasis is given
the program. The student receives a grade of either to the pre-theoretical assumptions of each theory, its 145
pass or fail. 0 cr. major contributions in criminology, key empirical
findings generated by the theory, and contemporary
NUCL 6004G Directed Studies for Doctoral debates around each theory. In addition to reading
Candidates. Faculty permission may be given for theories in their original formulation, students are
supervised research and development projects, encouraged to examine new extensions of present
individual study, or directed readings. Students paradigmatic theoretical structures. 3 cr.
wishing to pursue a course of directed studies must,
with a faculty member who is willing to supervise SSCI 5050G Professional Seminar. This is a
such a course, formulate a proposal that accurately professional development seminar with several
describes the course content, the learning goals, the objectives. First, the seminar is designed to provide
intended method and extent of supervision, and the all graduate students with an understanding of basic
method(s) by which the student’s work will be research issues in the areas of crime, law and
evaluated. This course may only be taken once. 3 cr. justice. Second, students are introduced to the
faculty members of the Faculty of Social Science and
NUCL 6005G Special Topics for Doctoral Candidates. Humanities and their current research agendas.
This course covers material in an emerging area or Third, students acquire knowledge and skills to aid
in a subject not covered in regular offerings. This them with completing their graduate degree and
course may be taken more than once, provided the finding post graduate employment or other university
subject matter is substantially different. 3 cr. programs to continue their education. Thus, each
week this course provides an in-depth discussion of
SSCI 5001G Major Paper in Criminology. This course
current research, professional skill development,
is designed to allow students to combine the
and/or learning about current issues in setting goals
knowledge garnered from graduate level courses and
both within the program and post completion. This
apply them to a project resulting in a major paper.
course provides students with the opportunity to
The paper will develop all of the analytical and
prepare a proposal for their major research
intellectual skills of a thesis, but is shorter in length.
paper/thesis under close supervision. Students
Normally, the paper should be approximately 50
share proposals with each other and provide
pages long. The paper should be concerned with
commentary and feedback on each other’s work.
discussing a meaningful question within criminology
This course is mandatory for all students and is
and may require some empirical research, a critical
graded on a satisfactory/unsatisfactory evaluation
review of the literature or a critical analysis of a
scale. 3 cr.
theoretical problem. Students will complete this
requirement under the supervision of a professor. SSCI 5060G Advanced Methods in Qualitative
Students receive a grade of pass or fail. 6 cr. Research. The objective of this course is to
familiarize the students with the principles of
SSCI 5002G MA Thesis in Criminology. The MA thesis
qualitative research. This course does not assume
is designed to allow the student to combine the
prior knowledge of qualitative methods other than a
knowledge garnered from graduate level courses and
basic introduction to methods in a general
to develop it into a thesis. The potential thesis topic
undergraduate methods course. Students are child pornography, hacking, fraud against individuals
exposed to a variety of qualitative methods or companies, and cyberterrorism. Since these
including, but not limited to, issues of overt and crimes and their prosecution are often transnational,
covert research, comparing and contrasting a comparative approach is taken. The course
qualitative and quantitative methods, content discusses whether national laws are sufficient to
analysis, participant observation, and historical regulate international activities, and examines
comparative methods. Students also learn how to international responses to the problem of
use these methods with quantitative methods. 3 cr. cybercrime. 3 cr.
SSCI 5100G Graduate Seminar on Contemporary SSCI 5400G Special Topics in Criminology. The
Issues in Criminology. The main objective of this purpose of these special topics courses is to allow
course is to provide an in-depth, critical overview of students to delve deeper into more substantive
several new directions and debates in contemporary areas in which they are interested. The content of
criminological theory and research. Students are each course varies with instructor interests and
required to engage in a critical analysis of relevant current research specializations and projects.
public discourse, research and scholarly literature, Special topics courses may be offered either inside
and appropriate theoretical and conceptual the Faculty of Social Science and Humanities, or may
foundations on selected issues in relation to the be taken outside with the approval of the graduate
nature, extent of and response to crime in modern committee. These graduate courses explore a
societies. The course requires students to apply selection of research topics in criminology via
what they have learned to controversial moral, thorough and critical reviews of current literature.
social, economic, political and/or legal issues and Courses are expected to offer highly specialized
their relationship to crime. Topics covered depend on substantive knowledge on topics in criminology. 3 cr.
the expertise and interests of the instructor and may
146
include, but are not limited to, critical versus SSCI 5500G Reading Course. Students are required
traditional perspectives, economic and white-collar to do a series of readings in a particular area of
crime, state crime, the ethics of criminological criminology and to write an advanced level literature
research, environmental design and crime, review. Students are required to summarize relevant
criminalization and punishment, environmental literature on a topic around a clearly stated research
pollution, cybercrime, media made criminality, question of some significance. They are required to
organized crime, terrorism, drugs, the criminalization provide a critical appraisal of the strengths,
and victimization of women, and other timely and limitations, gaps in knowledge, inconsistencies and
relevant issues emerging from current literature and conflicting viewpoints associated with the literature,
conference debates. 3 cr. and to write their own interpretation of the
contribution and implications of the literature to the
SSCI 5200G Graduate Seminar in Inequality and research question at hand. 3 cr.
Crime. The main objective of this course is to provide
an in-depth, critical overview of several new
directions in criminological theory and research in
the areas of inequality and crime. Students explore
the interplay of race/ethnicity, social class and
gender in relation to crime and its control, and are
challenged to critically evaluate some of the major
explanations offered for these relationships. Special
attention is devoted to left realist and feminist
contributions to a sociological understanding of
North American inner-city crime and to sociological
work on the relationship between masculinities and
crime in various social settings. 3 cr.
SSCI 5300G Cybercrime and Criminology. This course

explores how a networked world has bred new crimes
and new responses, and investigates how the
computer has become a tool, a target, a place of
criminal activity and national security threats, and a
mechanism of response. It reviews the origins of
these crimes in ordinary crime and traces how these
crimes have developed. It examines responses to the
emerging threats posed by the various forms of
cybercrime and considers the effectiveness of
strategies used to combat them. Special topics may
include some in-depth study of predatory stalking,
SECTION 00 :: FACULTY OF
148

Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Graduate Academic Calendar and Course Catalogue 2010-2011

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY OF ONTARIO INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, OSHAWA, ONTARIO 2010

Students have a responsibility to:

Notification of disclosure of personal information to Statistics Canada

GLOSSARY OF TERMS USED IN THIS CALENDAR

10.3 Graduate faculty

Section 13: Graduate programs offered by the

for Durham Region, Northumberland County and all of Ontario.

SECTION 1: GENERAL INFORMATION

1.2 Mobile learning environment

1.3 Campus Library

SECTION 2: ACADEMIC SCHEDULE 2010-2011

courses will be graded by instructors.

SECTION 3: GOVERNING BODIES AND STAFF

President and vice-chancellor

Associate provost, Research

Associate provost, Academic

Associate provost and dean, Graduate Studies

16 Vice-president, External Relations

Vice-president, Facilities and Ancillary Services

Vice-president, Finance and CFO

Vice-president, Student Affairs

Dean, Faculty of Business and Information Technology

Dean, Faculty of Education

Dean, Faculty of Energy Systems and Nuclear Science

SECTION 3: GOVERNING BODIES AND STAFF

Dean, Faculty of Health Sciences

Dean, Faculty of Science

Dean, Faculty of Social Science and Humanities 17

Nawal Ammar, BSc (Hons), MSc, PhDG BOD

FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

4.1 Administration of Graduate Studies

4.1.2 Graduate program directors

The main duties of the graduate program director are to:

SECTION 4: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

4.2 Graduate faculty appointments

4.2.1 Categories of graduate teaching and supervision privileges

Associate graduate faculty

4.3.2 New graduate programs and review of existing programs

4.4 Admission policies and regulations

4.4.1.2 Assessment of eligibility

SECTION 4: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

4.4.1.3 Honesty in applications

4.4.2 Admission requirements

Required documentation – applicable to all programs

language proficiency in section 4.4.4.)

4.4.2.1 Transfer from a thesis-based master’s to a PhD program

4.4.3 Transfer credits

SECTION 4: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

TOEFL (iBT) 83-87

4.4.5 Types of graduate students and offers of admission

4.4.5.1 Classification of graduate students

4.4.5.2 Deferral of applications and offers

SECTION 4: POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR GRADUATE STUDIES

4.4.5.4 Appeal of admission decisions

4.4.7 Program changes

4.4.8 Mature applicants

4.4.9 Visiting students

4.4.9.1 Visiting students within Canada – OVGSP and CUGTA

4.4.9.2 Visiting students outside Canada – letters of permission